Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

Form FORM 10-K

xANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 20202021

¨TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)15(D) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

Commission file number: 001-39362GELESIS HOLDINGS, INC.

Capstar Special Purpose Acquisition Corp.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

84-4730610
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)

001-39362

(I.R.S. Employer
Identification No.)

84-4730610

405 West 14th Street
Austin, TX(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

78701(Commission
File Number)

(I.R.S. Employer Identification
Number)

501 Boylston Street, Suite 6102
Boston, MA

02116

(Address of principal executive offices)

(Zip Code)

Registrant'sRegistrant’s telephone number, including area code: ((512) 340-7800617) 456-4718

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each classEach Class:

Trading Symbol(s)Symbol:

Name of each exchangeEach Exchange on which registeredWhich Registered:

Units, each consisting of one share of Class A
Common Stock, and one-half of one Warrant$0.0001 par value per share

CPSR.U

GLS

The

New York Stock Exchange

Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per shareCPSRThe New York Stock Exchange
Warrants,

Redeemable warrants, each whole warrant
exercisable for one share of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $11.50

CPSR

GLS WS

The

New York Stock Exchange

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ¨ No x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. Yes ¨ No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x  No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company or an emerging growth company. See the definitionsdefinition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer, “smaller reporting company,”company” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer¨

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filerx

Accelerated filer   ¨

Smaller reporting companyx

Emerging growth companyx

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes x No ¨

State the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the price at which the common equity was last sold, or the average bid and asked price of such common equity, as of the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter.

As of June 30, 2020,2021, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the registrant’s common stock was not publicly traded. Accordingly, there was noaggregate market value forof the registrant’s common stock on such date.

As of March 30, 2021, there were 27,600,000 shares of Class A common stock $0.0001 par value and 6,900,000outstanding, other than shares held by persons who may be deemed affiliates of the registrant, computed by reference to the closing sales price for the shares of Class BA common stock $0.0001on June 30, 2021, as reported on the New York Stock Exchange, was approximately $270,194,493 (based on the closing sales price of the shares of Class A common stock on June 30, 2021 of $9.79). The shares of Class A common stock automatically converted into common stock in connection with the Business Combination, as defined herein.

As of March 31, 2022, 72,390,413 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 were issued and outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the Registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the Registrant’s 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K to the extent stated herein. The Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A within 120 days of the Registrant’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2021.

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

PagePAGE

PART I

5

Item 1.

BusinessITEM 1. BUSINESS

1

5

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

19

Item 1A. Risk Factors

31

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

50

68

Item 2. Properties

Properties50

69

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

50

69

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

50

69

PART II

70

Item 5.

Market For Registrant'sfor Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

50

70

Item 6. [ Reserved.]

Selected Financial Data51

70

Item 7.

Management's Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

51

70

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures Aboutabout Market Risk

53

76

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

54

76

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements Withwith Accountants on Accounting and Financial DisclosureDisclosure.

54

76

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

54

76

Item 9B.

Other Information

55

78

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

78

PART III

PART III

79

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

55

79

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

63

79

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

64

79

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

65

79

Item 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

68

79

PART IV

80

Item 15.

Exhibits, and Financial Statement Schedules

69

80

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

69

82

- i -

-i-

Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD LOOKING STATEMENTSCERTAIN TERMS

ThisUnless otherwise stated in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (the(this “Report”), references to:

“founder shares” are to the shares of Class B common stock initially issued to Capstar Sponsor Group, LLC in private placements prior to the initial public offering of Capstar Special Purpose Acquisition Corp. and the shares of common stock that were issued upon the automatic conversion of the shares of Class B common stock at the time of the business combination with Gelesis, Inc.;
“CPSR” are to Capstar Special Purpose Acquisition Corp.;
“private placement warrants” are to the warrants issued to Capstar Sponsor Group, LLC in a private placement simultaneously with the closing of the initial public offering of Capstar Special Purpose Acquisition Corp.;
“sponsor” are to Capstar Sponsor Group, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company; and
“we,” “us,” “our,” “Company,” and “Gelesis” are to Gelesis Holdings as, it currently exists following the consummation of the Business Combination, and to Legacy Gelesis, as it existed prior to the consummation of the Business Combination.

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Report, including, without limitation, statements under the headingheadings “Business” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” includes forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, (the “Securities Act”) and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, (the “Exchange Act”). These forward-looking statements can be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, including the words “believes,” “estimates,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “may,” “will,” “potential,” “projects,” “predicts,” “continue,” or “should,” or, in each case, their negative or other variations or comparable terminology. There can be no assurance that actual results will not materially differ from expectations. Such statements include, but are not limited to, any statements relating to our financial and business performance, implementation, market acceptance and success of our business model, our ability to consummate any acquisition or other business combinationexpand the scope of our offerings, and any other statements that are not statements of current or historical facts.our ability to comply with the extensive, complex and evolving regulatory requirements applicable to the healthcare industry. These statements are based on management’s current expectations, but actual results may differ materially due to various factors, including, but not limited to:

·our ability to select an appropriate target business or businesses;

·our ability to complete our initial business combination;

·our expectations around the performance of the prospective target business or businesses;

·our success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, our officers, key employees or directors following our initial business combination;

·our officers and directors allocating their time to other businesses and potentially having conflicts of interest with our business or in approving our initial business combination, as a result of which they would then receive expense reimbursements;

·our potential ability to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination;

·our pool of prospective target businesses;

·our ability to consummate an initial business combination due to the uncertainty resulting from the recent COVID-19 pandemic;

·the ability of our officers and directors to generate a number of potential acquisition opportunities;

·our public securities' potential liquidity and trading;

·the lack of a market for our securities;

·the use of proceeds not held in the trust account or available to us from interest income on the trust account balance;

·the trust account not being subject to claims of third parties; or

·our financial performance.

factors.

The forward-looking statements contained in this Report are based on our current expectations and beliefs concerning future developments and their potential effects on us. Future developments affecting us may not be those that we have anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties (some of which are beyond our control) and other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to, those factors described under the headingItem 1A: “Risk Factors.” Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. We undertake no obligation to update or revise any forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise, except as may be required under applicable securities laws. These risks and others described under Item 1A: “Risk Factors” may not be exhaustive.

- ii -

By their nature, forward-looking statements involve risks and uncertainties because they relate to events and depend on circumstances that may or may not occur in the future. We caution you that forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and that our actual results of operations, financial condition and liquidity, and developments in the industry in which we operate may differ materially from those made in or suggested by the forward-looking statements contained in this Report. In addition, even if our results or operations, financial condition and liquidity, and developments in the industry in which we operate are consistent with the forward-looking statements contained in this Report, those results or developments may not be indicative of results or developments in subsequent periods.

- 2 -

Table of Contents

BASIS OF PRESENTATION

Unless otherwise statedOn January 13, 2022 (the “Closing Date”), Capstar Special Purpose Acquisition Corp., a Delaware corporation and our predecessor company (“CPSR”), consummated the previously announced business combination (the “Business Combination”), pursuant to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement, dated as of July 19, 2021 (as amended on November 8, 2021 and December 30, 2021, the “Business Combination Agreement”), by and among CPSR, CPSR Gelesis Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of CPSR (“Merger Sub”), and Gelesis, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, “Legacy Gelesis”).

Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, on the Closing Date, (i) Merger Sub merged with and into Legacy Gelesis (the “Merger”), with Legacy Gelesis as the surviving company in this Report,the Merger, and, after giving effect to such Merger, Legacy Gelesis became a wholly-owned subsidiary of CPSR and (ii) CPSR changed its name to “ Gelesis Holdings, Inc.” (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, “New Gelesis” or the context otherwise requires, references to:“Company”).

In accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Business Combination Agreement, at the effective time of the Merger (the “Effective Time”), based on an implied Legacy Gelesis equity value of $675 million, (i) each share of Legacy Gelesis common stock outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time was exchanged for shares of the common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of New Gelesis (“Common Stock”); (ii) all vested and unvested options of Legacy Gelesis were assumed by New Gelesis, to be settled or exercisable for shares of Common Stock; (iii) each outstanding warrant of Legacy Gelesis was assumed by New Gelesis and became a warrant to purchase shares of Common Stock; (iv) each share of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of CPSR (“CPSR Class A Common Stock”) and each share of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of CPSR (“CPSR Class B Common Stock”) that was issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time became one share of Common Stock following the consummation of the Business Combination; (v) each outstanding redeemable public warrant of CPSR was automatically converted into a redeemable public warrant to purchase a share of Common Stock; and (vi) each outstanding private placement warrant of CPSR was automatically converted into a private placement warrant to purchase a share of Common Stock.

·"common stock" are to our Class A common stock and our Class B common stock, collectively;

As previously disclosed, concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, on July 19, 2021, CPSR entered into subscription agreements (the “Subscription Agreements”) with certain investors (the “PIPE Investors”), pursuant to which the PIPE Investors agreed to subscribe for and purchase, and CPSR agreed to issue and sell to the PIPE Investors, an aggregate of 9,000,000 shares of CPSR Class A Common Stock at a price of $10.00 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of $90,000,000 (the “PIPE Financing”). The PIPE Financing was consummated concurrently with the closing of the Business Combination.

·"founder shares" are to shares of our Class B common stock initially purchased by our sponsor in a private placement prior to our initial public offering, and the shares of our Class A common stock issued upon the conversion thereof as provided herein;

As previously disclosed, on December 13, 2021, the Company entered into a bridge financing arrangement (the “Bridge Financing”), executing convertible promissory note agreements with two existing investors in the aggregate amount of $27.0 million. These convertible promissory notes bore interest at 10.0% and were settled in cash for principal plus accrued interest on January 19, 2022.

·"initial stockholders" are to our sponsor and any other holders of our founder shares prior to our initial public offering (or their permitted transferees);

As previously disclosed, on December 30, 2021, CPSR entered into a Backstop Agreement (the “Backstop Agreement”) with PureTech Health LLC (“PureTech”) and SSD2, LLC (“SSD2” and together with PureTech, the “Backstop Purchasers”), pursuant to which the Backstop Purchasers agreed to purchase an aggregate of up to 1,500,000 shares of CPSR Class A Common Stock immediately prior to the Closing at a cash purchase price of $10.00 per share (the “Backstop Purchase Shares”), resulting in aggregate proceeds of up to $15.0 million, which amount, when added to the proceeds from the PIPE Financing, would ensure that the Minimum Cash Condition under the Business Combination Agreement would be satisfied. Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Backstop Agreement, the Backstop Purchasers were obligated to purchase Backstop Purchase Shares in such number that resulted in gross proceeds to CPSR equal to the amount by which $15.0 million exceeded the available funds remaining in CPSR’s trust account following all Capstar Stockholder Redemptions (the “Available Funds”), subject to the other terms and conditions of the Backstop Agreement. Based on the number of Capstar Stockholder Redemptions, the Backstop Purchasers became obligated to purchase an aggregate 744,217 Backstop Purchase Shares for an aggregate purchase price of $7,442,170, which is the amount by which $15.0 million exceeded the Available Funds. In addition, at the closing of the sale of the Backstop Purchase Shares, CPSR issued to the Backstop Purchasers 1,983,750 shares of CPSR Class A Common Stock.

·"management" or our "management team" are to our officers and directors;

·"private placement warrants" are to the warrants issued to our sponsor in a private placement simultaneously with the closing of our initial public offering;

·"public shares" are to shares of our Class A common stock sold as part of the units in our initial public offering (whether they were purchased in such offering or thereafter in the open market);

·"public stockholders" are to the holders of our public shares, including our initial stockholders and management team to the extent our initial stockholders and/or members of our management team purchase public shares, provided that each initial stockholder's and member of our management team's status as a "public stockholder" shall only exist with respect to such public shares;

·"public warrants" are to our redeemable warrants sold as part of the units in our initial public offering (whether they were purchased in our initial public offering or thereafter in the open market), to the private placement warrants if held by third parties other than our sponsor (or permitted transferees), and to any private placement warrants issued upon conversion of working capital loans that are sold to third parties that are not initial purchasers or executive officers or directors (or permitted transferees), in each case, following the consummation of our initial business combination;

·"sponsor" are to Capstar Sponsor Group, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company formed by our chairman;

·"warrants" are to our redeemable warrants, which include the public warrants as well as the private placement warrants to the extent they are no longer held by the initial purchasers of the private placement warrants or their permitted transferees; and

·"we," "us," "company," "our" or "our company" are to Capstar Special Purpose Acquisition Corp.

- iii3 -

Table of Contents

In addition to the above consideration, if the trading price of the Common Stock is greater than or equal to $12.50, $15.00 and $17.50, respectively, for any twenty (20) trading days within any thirty (30)-trading day period on or prior to the date that is five years following the Closing (the “Earnout Period”), the holders of Legacy Gelesis common stock outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, as well as holders of Legacy Gelesis options and warrants outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time will be entitled to their pro rata portion of 23,483,250 restricted earn out shares of Common Stock, which will vest in equal thirds (the “Earnout Shares”), and will also vest in connection with any change of control transaction with respect to New Gelesis if the applicable thresholds are met in such change of control transaction during the Earnout Period.

Holders of 26,844,777 shares of CPSR Class A common stock elected to have their shares redeemed in connection with the Business Combination.

Immediately after giving effect to the Business Combination and the PIPE Financing, there were 72,214,187 shares of our common stock and 24,509,491 Warrants (including public and private placement warrants) outstanding.

The audited financial statements included herein are those of CPSR prior to the consummation of the Merger and the name change. Prior to the Merger, CPSR neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenue. Until the Merger, based on CPSR’s business activities, it was a “shell company” as defined under the Exchange Act.

The audited consolidated financial statements of Legacy Gelesis, which is considered our accounting predecessor, are included in our Current Report on Form 8-K, were filed with the SEC on or about March 24, 2022.

- 4 -

Table of Contents

PART I

Item 1.Business.

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

We areDuring the year end December 31, 2021, and prior, CPSR was a newly organized blank check company formed as aincorporated in the state of Delaware corporation for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization, or similar business combination with one or more businesses, which webusinesses.

Gelesis is a commercial stage biotherapeutics company built for consumer engagement. We are focused on advancing first-in-class superabsorbent hydrogel therapeutics for chronic gastrointestinal, or GI, diseases including excess weight, type 2 diabetes, NAFLD/NASH, functional constipation, and inflammatory bowel disease. Our biomimetic superabsorbent hydrogels are inspired by the composition and mechanical properties (e.g. firmness) of raw vegetables. They are conveniently administered in capsules taken with water to create a much larger volume of small, non-aggregating hydrogel pieces that become an integrated part of the meals, and act locally in the digestive system.

Our first product, Plenity®, and our other product candidates are based on a proprietary hydrogel technology that works mechanically, as opposed to via a chemical mode of action, and exclusively in the gastrointestinal, or GI, tract rather than systemically or through surgical intervention. Plenity is indicated for over 150 million Americans, the largest number of adults struggling with excess weight (i.e., a body mass index (kg/m2), or BMI, of 25 – 40) of any prescription oral weight-management aid and the only one indicated for the entire range of overweight population, including those without co-morbidities such as diabetes and cardiovascular diseases. Plenity is marketed directly to potential members, who access it through telehealth and traditional healthcare provider services. We refer to throughout this Reportthose who are prescribed Plenity as our members — not customers — because we view our relationship with them as a long-term journey of support, not as a transactional relationship. This consumer-directed model is uniquely enabled by Plenity’s strong safety and tolerability profile. Our business is built on a subscription model, as monthly Plenity kits are delivered to our members’ homes. We leverage the latest technologies with telehealth, mail-order

Graphic

- 5 -

Table of Contents

distribution, consumer engagement, and our native digital technology platform. Plenity is an orally administered capsule that employs multiple mechanisms of action along the GI tract to aid in weight management by creating small firm 3D structures, similar to ingested raw vegetables, which create a sensation of feeling fuller. Using a biomimetic approach, we developed the first-of-its-kind superabsorbent hydrogel technology, inspired by the composition (e.g., water and cellulose) and mechanical properties (e.g. elasticity or firmness) of ingested raw vegetables. We designed Plenity and our other hydrogels to address several critical challenges of the modern diet: portion size, caloric density, and food composition. For optimal safety and efficacy, these hydrogel particles are engineered to rapidly absorb and release water at specific locations in the GI tract. Plenity does not act systemically and is not absorbed by the body. Instead, it acts locally in the GI tract by changing the volume, firmness, and reducing the caloric density of ingested meals. Because it acts mechanically and it is the first of its kind, Plenity is regulated as a novel medical device (de novo pathway). Our product pipeline also includes multiple other potential therapeutic candidates for common chronic conditions affected by gut health that are currently in clinical and preclinical testing, including diabetes, nonalcoholic fatty liver disease, or NAFLD, nonalcoholic steatohepatitis, or NASH, and functional constipation, or FC, all based on our hydrogel technology.

Obesity and obesity-related metabolic diseases represent a global health challenge for which there are few safe and effective interventions. These conditions are associated with comorbidities such as type 2 diabetes, hypertension, and heart disease.

There are limited available treatments that address the overweight and obesity epidemic safely and effectively. Available therapies include pharmaceuticals and surgical interventions, including device implantation. These approaches are associated with safety concerns that limit their use. Conversely, we believe our hydrogel technology presents a breakthrough in material science as it is the first and only superabsorbent hydrogel that is constructed from building blocks used in foods and specifically engineered to achieve its medical purpose. Our first commercial product based on this technology, Plenity, is clinically validated and was granted de novo classification by the FDA to aid in weight management in adults with overweight or obesity, when used in conjunction with diet and exercise. The types of FDA marketing authorization available to a medical device are premarket notification (also called 510(k) when a predicate device exists) and premarket approval (also called PMA) for higher risk Class III devices. The de novo classification is a pathway to market for low to medium risk novel devices for which there is no predicate.

Plenity’s de novo clearance included clinical trials and other data that demonstrated assurance of safety and effectiveness. Plenity has the broadest label of any FDA-regulated weight management approach as it is indicated for the largest number of adults struggling with excess weight, offering a safe, convenient and effective oral treatment option.

Our biomimetic hydrogel, which is engineered to rapidly absorb and release water at specific locations in the GI tract, is synthesized through a multi-step, proprietary process using a specific form of modified cellulose and citric acid, both of which are generally recognized as safe, or GRAS, by the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, and are commonly used in the food industry. In our manufacturing process, we crosslink the modified cellulose with citric acid to form a three-dimensional matrix, resulting in the desired properties of Plenity. Each Plenity capsule contains thousands of hydrogel particles, with each particle approximately the size of a grain of salt. We designed the Plenity capsule to be ingested with water before a meal. In the stomach, the hydrogel particles are released from the capsules and rapidly absorb water, hydrating to approximately 100 times their original size. When fully hydrated, each gel particle is, on average, approximately 2 mm in diameter and its elastic response (a measurement of the ability of matter to recover its original shape after deformation) is similar to that of ingested raw vegetables. The hydrogel particles mix homogeneously with food and travel through the GI tract and are designed to induce satiety and improve glycemic control through multiple mechanisms of action. Once in the large intestine, the particles partially degrade and release most of the water, which is reabsorbed by the body. The remaining degraded particles are then eliminated by the body in the same manner as raw vegetables.

- 6 -

Table of Contents

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS

Complete of Business Combination

On January 13, 2022, we consummated the Merger. At the effective time of the Merger, among other things, each stockholder of CPSR received one share of our common stock for each share of Class A common stock or Class B common stock of CPSR. Each outstanding warrant exercisable for shares of CPSR Class A common stock became exercisable for an equal number of shares of our common stock.

The PIPE Financing was consummated substantially concurrently with the Closing. Immediately after giving effect to the Business Combination and the PIPE Financing, there were 72,214,187 shares of our common stock and 24,509,491 Warrants (including public and private placement warrants) outstanding.

In connection with the Closing, CPSR changed its name to Gelesis Holdings, Inc.

Launch of Broad Consumer Awareness Campaign

On January 31, 2022, we debuted our broad consumer awareness campaign which included TV, digital, social, and Out of Home (OOH) media channels to grow awareness of Plenity. Following the launch of the campaign:

we acquired approximately 4,700 new members per week, a 3.5-fold increase, within the first three weeks of the launch, compared to the previous months before campaign launch;
within the first two weeks of campaign launch, Plenity became one of our telehealth partner Ro’s most sought-after offerings and Ro’s fastest growing offering, bringing on more new consumers than any other treatment or product during the period;
traditional physician prescriptions of Plenity increased 100% within the first three weeks of campaign launch and over 40% of those treatment requests were driven by the consumer (a 60% increase from the pre-campaign baseline); and
our digitally native platform enables live results, and within seconds of launching the campaign search interest and website traffic increased significantly, scaling from seven to ten thousand visitors per day prior to the campaign to between thirty to forty thousand website visitors per day.

Following the success of the initial wave of this campaign, we are evaluating optimal media channels, timing, pulse frequency, and investment levels going forward.

- 7 -

Table of Contents

BUSINESS STRATEGY AFTER THE MERGER

Our Commercial Approach

Our first product, Plenity, is a prescription therapy delivered through a direct-to-consumer approach. It is the first weight management product to provide consumer access through a telehealth platform as well as through traditional healthcare provider services at launch. Our direct-to-consumer commercial approach integrates proven traditional and online consumer marketing strategies with our synergistic partnerships in telehealth and online pharmacy industries.

Graphic

By allowing consumers to seek out our product on their own time, on their own terms, and from the privacy of their homes, we aim to drive consumer demand. Through our telehealth model in partnership with leading telehealth provider Ro, consumers can initiate an evaluation with a board certified, independent physician online at any time that is convenient to them. We anticipate that some consumers will want to see their own physician to discuss Plenity. We are undertaking a physician and healthcare provider education program to drive professional awareness of Plenity.

Plenity is affordably and transparently priced at $98 for a 28-day supply ($1.75/meal). Knowing the product cost when it is prescribed by a healthcare provider, not having to deal with the hurdles and hassle of payor, co-pays or reimbursement hoops further lowers the barrier to access. We have priced Plenity at an amount we believe will allow a large portion of the 150 million target population to afford to pay for the product out of pocket. We anticipate our commercial approach will also remove the significant and ever- growing margin erosion forced on healthcare companies from payors and pharmaceutical benefit managers in order to gain access to their controlled patient pools. Our business combination.model is driven by consumer demand with out-of-pocket consumer payment and is not dependent on reimbursement from third-party payors, such as government health programs and private insurance companies.

- 8 -

Table of Contents

We are fully focused on our members and their needs: about half our members provide us with data about their weight management journey and this helps us tailor additional programs and content to support them in achieving their weight loss goals. Among the feedback we have received is that fifty percent (50)% of our members surveyed indicated that they were unlikely to pursue Plenity outside of the online experience. We are building our partner ecosystem centered around Plenity to complement our members’ experience and provide the specific kinds of help they need, including, for example, meal delivery, SMS adherence reminders and facilitating provider check-ins. This support also includes behavioral and educational programs from WW International, Inc. and Noom, as well as optional one-on-one lifestyle coaching. We see these organizations as complementary offerings that will support our members with their weight loss and wellness goals.

We believe social support is essential in the weight loss journey. Our member experience features a robust private Facebook community where members can exchange tips, ask questions, and share progress with each other. About 80% of private community members actively participate in this platform.

WhileObesity is a chronic medical condition and we believe people require ongoing, often long-term, support to achieve and maintain weight loss. Given its safety profile and broad FDA label, Plenity can be taken without limitation to duration of therapy — addressing this long-term challenge. We view our relationship with our members as long term and anticipate that some people will take Plenity chronically, and some will stop or pause treatment. Of the data we have collected around the latter group, 70% said they would try Plenity again.

Pricing & Availability

Plenity is available by prescription via a telehealth consultation with a physician trained in weight management support, with free, unlimited follow-up visits as needed. Consumers may visit myplenity.com to start their online consultations or speak with their physician to determine if the Plenity prescription therapy is their best treatment option. A Plenity subscription costs $98 for a four-week supply ($1.75 per meal). Members may pause their subscription or delay shipment at any time.

Manufacturing the superabsorbent hydrogel used in Plenity and our other product candidates is a unique, proprietary process that is performed in-house by our subsidiary, Gelesis S.r.l., located in Italy. During 2020, we completed a limited manufacturing scale-up to enable the beta launch of Plenity in the U.S. market, while simultaneously constructing state-of-the-art commercial-scale facilities to enable the full launch of Plenity. Production at our first commercial-scale manufacturing facility commenced in the fourth quarter of 2021, with the facility designed to accommodate three commercial-scale manufacturing lines, which is equivalent to an aggregate manufacturing capacity of approximately 480,000 Plenity 28-day supply units produced on a monthly basis when development is complete. We expect we will be able to produce up to 160,000 Plenity 28-day supply units on a monthly basis beginning in the second quarter of 2022, scaling up to 320,000 Plenity 28-day supply units on a monthly basis by the third quarter of 2022 and rising up to 480,000 Plenity 28-day supply units on a monthly basis by the first half of 2023. We have also initiated construction of a second commercial-scale manufacturing facility. Our second commercial-scale facility is designed to accommodate six commercial-scale manufacturing lines, which is equivalent to an aggregate manufacturing capacity of approximately 960,000 Plenity 28-day supply units produced on a monthly basis when development is complete. To date, we have invested over $50 million in commercial manufacturing capabilities. We estimate each commercial scale manufacturing line, which is equivalent to an aggregate manufacturing capacity of approximately 160,000 Plenity 28-day supply units produced on a monthly basis, to cost approximately $15 million to $25 million to construct and at full capacity to support annual product revenue, net, of $125 million to $150 million. In addition to our existing know-how in manufacturing superabsorbent hydrogels, we continue to seek improvements in manufacturing efficiency through research and development in material science and commercial-scale real-world optimization.

We engage contract-manufacturing organizations in North America to perform ancillary finished-good packaging services as a means of controlling costs and enabling growth capabilities.

Our Competitive Strengths

Unmet Need. In the United States, roughly 7 out of 10 Americans struggle with their weight. Our first product, Plenity, is indicated for the largest number of adults struggling with their weight (approximately 150 million Americans) as compared to any other weight management prescription product and has no limitation on duration of therapy. Seventy (70)% of our members have never tried a prescription weight management product before, indicating Plenity is bringing new people into the category of prescription weight management products.

- 9 -

Table of Contents

Attractive Efficacy and Safety Profile. In clinical trials, six out of ten people achieved clinically meaningful weight loss in six months on Plenity, averaging a loss 10% of their total body weight (or an average of 22 pounds), with a side effect profile similar to placebo, and no serious adverse events.The strong safety, efficacy, and tolerability profile of Plenity provides a clinically validated option as a first line of defense after diet and exercise for people who are just overweight, before the onset of obesity, many of whom did not have any prescription option before.
Consumer Focus and Engagement. We leverage telehealth and traditional healthcare to provide members with easy access to Plenity. We are developing the infrastructure to directly engage with our members in a digital ecosystem designed to also provide behavioral and educational support for our members’ weight loss journey. Through our platform we provide our members with immediate access to physicians with real-time communications through telehealth. We believe this consumer-focused approach empowers our members to improve and change their diet, lifestyle and health. We offer our members transparent pricing and home delivery with two-day pharmacy direct shipping. Our reliance on direct-to-consumer marketing as our primary demand driver should allow us to improve the efficiency of our sales force investments. The consumer pull created reduces the need for typical high healthcare provider, or HCP, call frequencies and allows for efficient use of a limited sales force.
Proven Early Success. Our beta launch was successful, and we believe that it indicates strong future demand for Plenity given a broad label in the underserved weight loss market. We believe that our advanced data and analytics capabilities will help us optimize marketing. As weight management is a chronic medical condition, we see the potential for long-lived, recurring revenues if consumers make Plenity a part of their everyday weight management routine.
Global Scalability. Worldwide, more than 1.9 billion adults aged 18 years and older have unhealthy weight and of these over 650 million adults classified as having obesity. We believe our commercial infrastructure is purpose-built to scale quickly and efficiently to accommodate new geographies. We have partnered with China Medical System Holdings Limited for commercialization of Plenity in Greater China (including Mainland China, Hong Kong, Macau, and Taiwan), Singapore and United Arab Emirates. With our CE Mark authorization for Plenity in Europe, we intend to pursue expansion through strategic partnerships or direct commercialization.
Profit Margin Potential. We believe that our proprietary manufacturing process and agile distribution and supply chain networks will provide sustainable profit margins.
New Product Pipeline. We believe that our superabsorbent hydrogel technology can address large patient populations with chronic conditions related to obesity and have a pipeline of product candidates which we expect to advance through the FDA’s de novo 510(k) pathway as clinical data become available. We are developing manufacturing capacity for our hydrogels using a novel, proprietary process which we perform at our own facilities. We have nine families of patents and more than 130 individual patents and patent applications directed to compositions of matter and methods of production for Plenity, other product candidates and our hydrogel technology as well as methods of use for certain hydrogels.
Management Team. We are a founder-led team that combines innovative scientific thinkers and proven industry leaders in research and discovery, clinical development and product approval, and consumer driven commercialization.

Market Overview

Global Epidemic: Overweight and Obesity

Obesity is a serious medical condition that is growing rapidly in prevalence worldwide. It has been designated by the American Medical Association, or AMA, as a “multi-metabolic and hormonal disease state.” Between 1988 and 1994, 23% of adults in the United States 20 years of age and older, or approximately 40 million, had obesity according to a CDC report. However, between 2017-2018, this number had risen to 42.5% or approximately 105 million, representing a 263% increase. Furthermore, the CDC reported that an additional 31% of adults in the United States 20 years of age and older, or approximately 75 million, were overweight, with many of these individuals expected to cross the threshold into obesity in the near future. Globally, there were more than 1.9 billion adults 18 years of age and older that had an unhealthy weight, of which approximately 650 million in 2016 had obesity, according to the WHO.

- 10 -

Table of Contents

In addition to the adult population, the pediatric population is also suffering from an obesity epidemic. According to the CDC, by 2016, obesity in the United States has more than tripled in children and adolescents since the 1970s. In 2017-2018, more than one-third of children and adolescents had excess weight or obesity. According to a study by WHO, in 2016 over 340 million children and adolescents aged 5-19 had excess weight or obesity.

The designations “overweight” and “having obesity” are based on the thresholds of BMI, which measures weight on a height-adjusted basis. A person with a BMI of 30 or greater is typically classified as having obesity, while a person with a BMI of between 25 and 30 is typically classified as overweight. BMI is considered the standard within the medical community for measuring body fat and is recommended by the National Institutes of Health, or NIH, as a guide for the classification of people with excess weight and obesity.

There are a number of comorbidities caused by having either overweight or obesity. In the United States, obesity-related medical care costs were an estimated $147 billion in 2008 dollars. Approximately 300,000 people in the United States die each year as a result of obesity and its associated comorbidities, according to the Department of Health and Human Services, or HHS. According to the WHO, 44% of diabetes diagnoses, 23% of ischemic heart disease diagnoses, and a significant percentage of certain cancer diagnoses can be attributed to being either having overweight or obesity.

The Covid-19 pandemic has placed even greater focus on the need to urgently address obesity. Unfortunately Covid-19-related lockdowns appear to have exacerbated the problem, as an estimated 71 million Americans gained weight during the pandemic. Further, the World Obesity Federation (WOF) reported that 2.2 million of the 2.5 million (or 90%) of global Covid-19 deaths were in countries with high levels of obesity. In fact, people with obesity are 48% more likely to die of Covid-19.

Barriers to Weight Management

Despite over 70% of adults in the United States having a BMI greater than 25, with a higher risk for serious medical complications, only 2% of this population are prescribed drug therapy. In contrast, more than 80% of patients with type 2 diabetes are prescribed anti-diabetes pharmacotherapy. Considering that obesity is a major cause of type 2 diabetes, we believe these realities are paradoxical. Multiple studies have indicated that therapeutic inertia is high in the management of weight, particularly in patients with lower BMI. The highest rates of weight management interventions by primary care physicians occur for patients with BMI larger than 40 and the lowest for patients in the overweight category. A 2019 study of several large healthcare organizations reported that patients with a BMI greater than 35 accounted for 50.3% of all prescriptions for weight management pharmacotherapy, despite only making up 25.3% of the total patient sample. This study also found that the median BMI of a patient receiving weight management pharmacotherapy was 37.2. These results suggest that prescribers restrict the use of drug therapy to only patients in whom the benefit justifies the risk.

Other barriers to weight management include shorter health care provider visits allowing for limited time to educate patients on injection techniques (required of some pharmacotherapy options), titration of medication dose, signs and symptoms to monitor to prevent serious adverse events, how to manage milder drug-related symptoms such as nausea, etc.

In addition, we believe much of the inertia in addressing weight management can be attributed to the prevailing societal bias that obesity is a matter of personal responsibility and the false belief that “eat less and move more” will work for most people. A large number of people will not achieve meaningful and/or long- lasting weight loss simply by dieting and exercising on their own. Without help from drug, device or surgery, many people will fail. Finally, cost is a significant barrier for the majority of the population. Few weight management options are covered by third party payors and these drugs or interventions can be very costly and remain unaffordable.

- 11 -

Table of Contents

Limitations of Current Treatments

Current treatments for patients with excess weight or obesity include lifestyle interventions (dietary changes, behavioral modification, increased physical activities, etc.), pharmacotherapies, endoscopic applications of intragastric balloons, and bariatric surgery that creates permanent changes in the GI tract anatomy. Lifestyle interventions focused on diet, and exercise and behavioral modification are typically prescribed as an initial treatment for a patient with overweight or obesity. However, lifestyle interventions frequently fail to produce adequate and durable weight loss due to poor compliance and other limiting factors. In conjunction with lifestyle interventions, pharmacotherapies are approved for use by patients with a BMI of 27 or greater with at least one comorbidity, and all patients with a BMI of 30 or greater. Bariatric surgery, including gastric bypass and gastric banding procedures, is typically limited to patients with severe obesity, a BMI of greater than 40 or greater than 35 with at least one comorbidity. Although these procedures can produce dramatic weight loss results in this population, they come with a multitude of risks, including those inherent in surgery, such as an increased risk of death.

There are currently five pharmaceutical products approved in the United States for long-term weight management in people with excess weight and obesity, including products such as Orlistat, a combination product of phentermine and extended release topiramate, a combination product of naltrexone extended release and bupropion extended release; a higher dose subcutaneous injection of liraglutide, and a weekly subcutaneous injection of semaglutide. Each of these products act through mechanisms that require the product to be absorbed into the patient’s blood stream. As a result, these products carry the risk of systemic side effects, such as adverse gastrointestinal, cardiovascular and central nervous system effects, some of which can be serious or even life-threatening. Each of these approvals has also been accompanied by requirements for post-marketing safety studies to assess the safety of long-term treatment, with an emphasis on potential adverse cardiovascular side effects. In addition, Qsymia has been designated a Schedule IV controlled substance due to their potential for abuse. Furthermore, in connection with its approval of Qsymia, the FDA required a Risk Evaluation and Mitigation Strategy, or REMS, program to inform prescribers and women with the potential to become pregnant about the increased risk of congenital malformation in infants exposed to Qsymia in early pregnancy, as well as limiting access to certified pharmacies. The label for Contrave includes a black box warning from the FDA to alert health care professionals and patients to the increased risk of suicidal thoughts and behaviors, as well as serious neuropsychiatric events, associated with bupropion. These drugs also compete against generic forms of phentermine, topiramate, naltrexone, and bupropion. None of these products have been approved for use in pediatric patients and phentermine is only approved for short term use of no longer than 12 weeks.

All current prescribed pharmacotherapies are indicated only for individuals with BMI ≥ 30 or individuals with BMI ≥ 27 with existing health conditions brought on by extra weight such as diabetes, blood pressure or heart disease. More invasive treatment options include intragastric balloons, which reduce gastric volume via a foreign object such as a balloon that, in most cases, is placed by an endoscopic procedure similar to a gastroscopy in the stomach. The balloon is left in place for 6-12 months and then removed via endoscopy.

Long-term data is limited and weight loss is not anticipated to be maintained once the balloon is removed. Endoscopic procedures needed for placement and removal, in addition to the potential associated complications, limit their adoption. As of April 2020, the FDA has received reports of a total of 18 deaths that occurred in patients with liquid-filled intragastric balloon systems worldwide. Eight of these 18 deaths were patients in the United States.

We believe there is an urgent demand for affordable therapies that result in clinically meaningful weight loss with little or no additional safety risk, opening the possibility to treat people earlier at a lower BMI and potentially prevent or delay the progression of complications related to weight gain.

- 12 -

Table of Contents

Our Approach to Weight Management

Graphic

- 13 -

Table of Contents

Plenity — A Biomimetic Approach. There are many lifestyle related drivers that contributed to the dramatic increase in obesity in the developed world over the last 50 years. One major contributor is the significant increase in the portion size of meals and another major contributor is the quality and composition of food, which has shifted to calorie dense and heavily processed. In addition there is a significant reduction in the consumption of hypocaloric foods, especially foods rich with fiber like vegetables and fruits. One of the reasons vegetables and fruits are so important to a healthy diet — in addition to their nutritional value — is that they provide bulk and texture to a meal and maintain their shape, structure, and firmness, through nearly the entire digestive process. They are also known to have important effect on the gut health. That’s why you tend to feel fuller when you eat a big salad with a meal, and thereby desire to eat less. We wanted to use science to create the same effect.

Graphic

Plenity was designed using the principles of biomimicry. Biomimicry is the design of materials modeled on biologic structures — thereby leveraging natural designs that have evolved to work favorably in the body. Many modern inventions were developed by studying and mimicking the natural designs of plants and animals. Taking a biomimetic approach and therefore leveraging on “nature’s R&D,” Plenity is a first-of-its- kind superabsorbent hydrogel technology, specifically engineered to have the composition (i.e. large amount of water held by cellulose) and mechanical properties (i.e., elasticity or firmness) as ingested raw vegetables.

Our hydrogels are designed to address several critical challenges of the modern diet: portion size, caloric density, and food composition. Our solution to this challenge: the first super absorbent hydrogel technology based on naturally-derived building blocks, creating small firm 3D structures, similar to ingested raw vegetables, designed to create a sensation of feeling fuller. In the stomach the hydrogel particles form small solid non-aggregating gel pieces consisting of water held by 3D cellulose structures, similar to raw vegetables. There, they are homogeneously mixed with ingested foods, increasing volume and firmness while reducing the caloric density of meals. Like vegetables, the hydrogel pieces are not absorbed and ultimately partially degrade in the large intestine, releasing their water before leaving the body naturally. In clinical trials, 6 out of 10 people achieved clinically meaningful weight loss without serious side effects — losing an average of 10% of their total body weight or approximately 22 pounds.

- 14 -

Table of Contents

The technology is non-invasive (taken by capsule, not an injectable), easy to use (the dosing is simple), and straightforward (with minimal clinical follow up). Plenity is non-systemic, not absorbed, and non-habit forming, giving consumers an option that is scientifically proven and clinically validated, FDA cleared, and rooted in nature.

Graphic

The packaging for Plenity is designed for convenience and to be discrete: each pod contains one dose and is small enough to fit in your pocket. By having Plenity in pods it makes it easier to carry the dose needed for the day. Additionally, a week supply comes in a separate container of 14 pods so it makes it easy to travel with or keep at work for lunch and the rest at home.

Plenity is not a drug, so it does not negatively impact the brain as stimulants do, or affect other internal organs. It is non-systemic, and does not use hormones or require injections. It is also not habit forming and there is no limit on how long you can take Plenity.

We believe Plenity provides the following safety advantages over currently available therapies:

acts mechanically in the GI tract and is not absorbed into the blood stream, avoiding acute and chronic side effects caused by systemically acting therapies;
passes with food through the GI tract with no procedure required for introduction or removal;
has a natural cycling effect similar to food, preventing the habituation, adaptation, and irritation of the GI tract associated with some therapies, such as gastric balloons; and
is engineered using components that are considered GRAS by the FDA and widely used in the food industry.

Mechanisms of Action

Plenity is designed to act mechanically throughout the GI tract, working with the body’s natural digestive process to occupy space in the stomach and small intestine without being absorbed as follows:

(1)Twenty minutes before lunch and dinner, three Plenity capsules are taken with two glasses (16 ounces) of water.

- 15 -

Table of Contents

(2)The capsules are rapidly dissolved in the water, releasing thousands of individual hydrogel particles.
(3)These particles absorb up to 100X their size in water, forming small pieces of solid gel. They mix homogenously with the foods, increasing the volume and firmness of the ingested meals while reducing the caloric density, therefore promoting satiety and fullness.
(4)The hydrogel pieces are not digested and maintain their solid gel form as they pass throughout the small intestine as well. This prolongs the sensation of satiety and fullness.
(5)Upon transition into the large intestine, the digestive enzymes degrade the three-dimensional structure of the hydrogel particles resulting in the release of most of the water, which is then reabsorbed in the body. The remaining degraded particles pass through and are eliminated naturally from the body.

During this process, there are several relevant characteristics of Plenity that we believe ensure that the hydrogel travels safely through the body. 1

Graphic

(1)“Caloric density” refers to the number of calories in a given mass of food.

How Plenity differs from fibers

Plenity forms a solid gel in the stomach and small intestine, which is orders of magnitude firmer than hydrated functional fibers like psyllium or glucomannan. This is because Plenity particles have a three- dimensional structure holding water inside them, while functional fibers have a liner structure and only attract water to their surface. Therefore, Plenity creates a firm solid gel pieces very similar to ingested raw vegetables, while functional fibers create viscous liquids, more like a soup. This firmness can be measured and demonstrated through digestive simulations, by measuring the firmness/elasticity, measured as G prime, or G’, utilizing a rheometer.

- 16 -

Table of Contents

Graphic

Note: Data presented as log-transformed G’ values in pascals.

SGF = simulated gastric fluid; SIF = simulated intestinal fluid; SCF = simulated colonic fluid.

Demitri C, et al. Poster presented at American Diabetes Association 77th Scientific Sessions. San Diego, CA; June 9-13, 2017.

Plenity clinical study overview

We conducted a double-blind, placebo-controlled, multi-center trial (the most rigorous type of trial design) of 436 adults with excess weight or obesity, with or without type 2 diabetes, BMI 27-40, over the course of 24 weeks (six months). Plenity or placebo were given in conjunction with diet and exercise.

The GLOW study was designed to measure:

Whether at least 35% of individuals receiving Plenity lost 5% or more of their body weight
Whether individuals receiving Plenity lost more of their body weight than individuals receiving placebo with a super-superiority margin of 3%

Key highlights of the GLOW study include the following:

Six out of ten of individuals receiving Plenity lost at least 5% of their body weight with an average loss of 10% of total body weight (about 22 pounds). These responders also lost an average of 3.5 inches off of their waist measurement.
The percent weight loss in all individuals receiving Plenity was 6.4% compared to a 4.4% loss for individuals receiving placebo (p=0.0007)
27% were “super-responders” to Plenity. Their average weight loss was 14% (about 30 pounds)
Plenity doubled the odds of achieving 5% or greater weight loss compared to placebo

- 17 -

Table of Contents

Plenity had an overall side effect profile similar to placebo, and no serious adverse events. The most common side effects were diarrhea, distended abdomen, infrequent bowel movements, and flatulence Data from this study was presented in the journal Obesity authored by leading obesity experts including Frank L. Greenway, MD of LSU’s Pennington Biomedical Research Center, Louis J. Aronne, MD of Weill Cornell Medicine, Caroline Apovian, MD of the Boston University School of Medicine, and Lee M. Kaplan, MD PhD of Massachusetts General Hospital. The paper was named Editor’s Choice.

We have also conducted a small clinical trial in patients that are overweight or obese that was an extension of our larger GLOW study. This extension clinical trial looked at patients who stayed on Plenity for an additional six months (for a total of 12 months). This study demonstrated that, on average, subjects maintained the weight loss they achieved during the first six months of treatment or lost an additional small amount of weight in months six through twelve. In addition, we have a large “real world” registry study planned to begin in the first half of 2022. This study will follow a large number of patients on Plenity for up to two years.

We believe that currently having limited long-term data does not impact the commercialization of Plenity for patients with a BMI of 25 to 40. This is because as part of the April 2019 FDA clearance of Plenity, we received a clear indication that Plenity can be prescribed for patients for an unlimited amount of time — therefore, we believe no additional data or studies are required to support the long-term use of Plenity.

In terms of additional indications that we may pursue, an acquisition opportunitywe have completed, and plan to complete, additional studies to support gaining FDA clearance for these indications. A six-month study examining the impact of one of our hydrogels on patients with pre-diabetes or diabetes with respect to weight loss was recently completed and, as of the date of this prospectus, the results remain under analysis as described below. The two primary endpoints of this study are: 1) the proportion of subjects who achieve weight loss ≥5.0%, and 2) the average percent change in any business industrytotal body weight. In both cases the outcome for subjects on our hydrogel (i.e., GS200) are compared to the outcomes for subjects on placebo at the end of the six-month study.

These two weight loss metrics are standard for weight studies designed for FDA review. We are still evaluating whether the outcome results of this study will support FDA authorization for these specific populations or sector,if further studies are advisable. We will also be initiating a study for non-alcoholic fatty liver disease in early 2022 and with input from many of the country’s experts in this disease, we intendexpect the six-month design will be appropriate for the proof-of-concept study. Finally, with respect to capitalizea pivotal study we are planning regarding using another version of our hydrogel to treat functional constipation, we have already received formal feedback from the FDA that our proposed 12-week study design is appropriate and acceptable.

Our Other Product Candidates

Our proprietary hydrogel technology allows the flexibility to specifically engineer the hydrogel structure to have different physical properties (e.g., elasticity, media uptake ratio or volume, and hydration speed) that could potentially benefit multiple GI-related and chronic metabolic diseases including pre-diabetes (which occurs in approximately 30% of the adult population), type 2 diabetes (which occurs in approximately 10% of the population), NAFLD/NASH (occurring in 25% of the adult population), and FC (occurring in 14% of the adult population). Each of our pipeline candidates are likely to be regulated through the De Novo or 510(K) FDA pathways.

- 18 -

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the current and expected development status of our product candidates.

Graphic

GS200 for Weight loss in Prediabetes and Type 2 Diabetes

Because people classified as having obesity are much more likely to develop type 2 diabetes, the increase in obesity rates has contributed significantly to the increase in the number of patients diagnosed with type 2 diabetes (defined by a fasting blood glucose level ≥ 126 mg/dL). According to the American Diabetes Association, or ADA, diabetes was the seventh leading cause of death by disease in the United States in 2017. In 2018, approximately 30.7-32.5 million Americans suffered from type 2 diabetes and 89% of U.S. adults diagnosed with diabetes were overweight or had obesity. An additional 88 million American adults 20 years of age and older were considered as having prediabetes (defined by a fasting blood glucose level ≥ 100 mg/dL and < 126 mg/dL), with approximately 1.5 million new diagnoses of type 2 diabetes per year. Based on current trends, as many as one in three Americans will develop type 2 diabetes in their lifetime. According to the ADA, the economic impact of diagnosed diabetes was estimated to be $327 billion in 2017, approximately $237 billion of which was attributed to direct medical costs, and approximately $90 billion of which was attributed to reduced productivity.

The current treatment paradigm for prediabetes and type 2 diabetes focuses on lifestyle changes, in particular weight loss, as a foundational therapy — as weight loss alone is associated with improvements in glycemic parameters and prevention of the progression from prediabetes to diabetes. Medications to manage blood glucose levels are also prescribed for patients with diabetes. Surprisingly, weight loss therapies are generally not commonly prescribed to these patient populations. Only 2% of people who have excess weight or obesity receive weight loss therapies, and many of these patients have prediabetes or diabetes.

GS200 is a hydrogel similar in concept to Plenity, but has different physical properties that we believe could address different indications and treatment regimens. When compared to Plenity, GS200 hydrates more rapidly and creates a higher elastic response while occupies a slightly smaller volume in the stomach. For example, due to its higher elastic response and accelerated hydration, GS200 could be more suitable for glycemic control, where one relevant mechanism is the delay of the absorption of glucose in the small intestine. For this purpose, the volumetric effect at the beginning of the meal could be less important and GS200 could be administered immediately prior to the meal. We believe that these properties could make GS200 more suitable as a weight loss and glycemic control product for prediabetics and type 2 diabetics.

GS200 is currently being evaluated in a human study where the primary endpoints are weight loss and some of the secondary endpoints are related to glycemic control. We are presently reviewing the data reported in this study.

- 19 -

Table of Contents

GS200 clinical study overview and reported data

We completed a preliminary analysis of the LIGHT-UP study, a multicenter, randomized, double- blind, placebo-controlled, investigational study that enrolled 254 subjects with overweight or obesity who also have prediabetes or type 2 diabetes, and that analysis remains underway. The study was designed to assess the change in body weight in adults after six months of treatment with a new oral superabsorbent hydrogel (GS200) or placebo. The study met both of its primary endpoints: the proportion of participants who achieved at least 5% body weight loss (defined as “Responders”) and the change in body weight as compared to placebo after six months of therapy.

Among the participants who completed the study protocol requirements (PP population1), 64% of GS200-treated participants were Responders vs. 41% in the placebo group (p=0.001). Including data from participants who did not complete the study (ITT-MI population2) in the preliminary analysis, 55% of GS200- treated participants were Responders vs. 34% in the placebo group (p=0.0004). The average body weight loss of the Responders was 11% (approximately 23 pounds) and their waist circumference was reduced by 5.5 inches on average. Importantly, GS200 treated participants had 2.8 higher odds as compared to placebo to become Responders (adjusted odds ratio [OR]: 2.83, P=0.0004), achieving the first primary endpoint of the study.

With respect to average total weight loss, the complete GS200 treatment group (including both Responders and non-Responders) demonstrated superiority over placebo after 6 months of treatment (body weight loss of 6.9% vs. 4.1%, P=0.0003 in the PP population and 6.3% vs. 3.6%, P=0.0006 in the ITT-MI population), thereby achieving the second primary endpoint.

This study was conducted at 36 clinical sites in Europe and North America with 208 subjects who completed the 6-month study. Upon preliminary regional analyses, both primary endpoints were met across the entire ITT-MI and PP populations and were also highly significant in Europe alone (N=134 completers). In North America alone, there was no difference between GS200 and placebo with respect to the primary endpoints. The North American region included approximately half the number of subjects who completed the study compared to Europe (N=74 completers). While the primary endpoints were met, Gelesis continues to analyze this data and the insights it may derive as it plans its next steps in the development of GS200 and final plans to present the detailed results in a scientific venue.

Less than 2% of the GS200 treated participants dropped out of the LIGHT-UP study due to adverse events (AEs), which was similar to the dropout rate in the placebo group. There were no statistically significant differences in the incidence and severity of AEs between the two groups except for the overall incidence of gastrointestinal-related AEs, which was slightly higher in the GS200 group. No serious adverse events related to GS200 were observed and 95% of all AEs in the GS200 group were mild or moderate in intensity.

Note: The primary endpoints were calculated by using two pre-specified statistical methods:

(1)The Per Protocol Population (PP population). This is the population of study subjects who completed the study without major protocol deviations; and
(2)The Intent-to-Treat Multiple Imputation Population (ITT-MI population) This is the population of all randomized subjects, and missing data is handled through the use of multiple imputation statistical techniques.

GS300 for Nonalcoholic Fatty Liver Disease (NAFLD) and Nonalcoholic Steatohepatitis (NASH)

NAFLD is defined as the presence of excess hepatic fat accumulation after the exclusion of other causes of hepatic steatosis, including excessive alcohol consumption, and other conditions that may lead to deposition of fat in the liver. NAFLD encompasses a broad clinical spectrum of severity ranging from simple nonalcoholic fatty liver, that is not generally a severe clinical problem, to NASH that can lead to advanced fibrosis, cirrhosis, and finally hepatocellular carcinoma. NAFLD is the most common liver disease in the world with about 25% to 30% prevalence in developed countries based on various studies. It is highly correlated with obesity and diabetes. Around 7% – 30% of NAFLD patients develop NASH, which is associated with hepatic inflammation and cellular ballooning with or without fibrosis. The National Institutes of Health estimates as many as 30 million people, or 12% of U.S. adults, now have NASH and it is currently the second leading indication for liver transplantation and is projected to be the leading cause of liver transplantation within the next few years as it is now the fasting growing cause of liver transplantation in the world. It is estimated the United States spends $5 billion annually in healthcare costs related to the NASH and the costs are expected to rise to $18 billion by 2030. Importantly, other than weight loss, the are no proven therapies on the abilitymarket for NAFLD and NASH.

- 20 -

Table of Contents

NASH is also commonly associated with metabolic comorbidities, including obesity, type 2 diabetes, dyslipidemia, and insulin resistance. A correlation between increased gut permeability and NASH has also been observed in clinical and experimental studies. NASH is usually asymptomatic and currently can only be reliably diagnosed by liver biopsy after exclusion of other causes for steatohepatitis such as alcohol abuse or certain medications. Diagnosing NASH can be improved using imaging and serum biomarkers (e.g., liver enzymes and liver magnetic resonance imaging, or MRI, scans). Weight loss is the primary treatment for NASH (and NAFLD). Significant weight loss (i.e., greater than 7% of total body weight reduction) has proven to reduce liver fat, inflammation and fibrosis or scarring in several clinical studies. There are no FDA- approved treatments available for NAFLD and NASH, though several therapeutic products are in late- stage clinical development. There is an urgent need for safe and effective therapies to treat NASH and related issues of obesity and metabolic syndrome.

Based on our preclinical and clinical research, we believe that GS300 has the potential to be an effective and safe treatment for NAFLD and NASH, either alone or in combination with other therapies. Our belief is based on observed positive effects of this version of our management teamhydrogel technology on multiple mechanisms of action believed to identify, acquire and manage a businessbe important in the consumer, healthcaredevelopment and/or progression of NAFLD to NASH and technology, mediacirrhosis:

weight loss;
improvement in insulin resistance;
reduced gut permeability; and
improved composition of the microbiome.

With input from a scientific advisory board of scientific leaders in NASH research, we developed a research protocol for a pilot study that began site selection in late 2020. The study will be a randomized double- blind, placebo-controlled trial comparing GS300 to a placebo. We expect to enroll approximately 250 subjects in the study and telecom (“TMT”) industries that can benefit from our differentiatedhave top-line results in the second quarter of 2024. Key primary outcomes of this study are weight loss and proprietary deal flow, leading brand namereduction of liver fat as measured by MRI-proton density fat fraction scanning. Other outcomes will be markers of liver inflammation, insulin resistance, fibrosis, gut permeability, and global network. We intend to focus our search on business combination targets with an aggregate enterprise value ranging from $600.0 million to $1.5 billion.shifts in the microbiome.

GS500 for Functional Constipation (formerly known as chronic idiopathic constipation)

Capstar Partners' affiliates and the PIMCO private funds are members of our sponsor.

Capstar Partners

Capstar PartnersFC is a private investment firm basedhealth condition in Austin, Texas that participates in small and middle market buyouts, real estate development and public and other private investments. Through our affiliation with Capstar Partners, we intend to capitalize on the abilitywhich a person experiences chronic symptoms of the Capstar Partners platform in the consumer, healthcare and TMT industry sectors. Given Capstar's reach and experience, we believe our team has the required investment, operational, diligence and capital raising expertise to effect a business combination withconstipation without an attractive target and to position it for long-term success in the public markets.

PIMCO

PIMCOidentifiable cause. It is one of the world's premier fixed income investment managers. For nearly 50 years, PIMCOmost common gastrointestinal disorders worldwide, with a global prevalence of 14% in adults. In the United States, there approximately 35 million adults may suffer from FC. Lifestyle modifications, including increasing dietary fiber, hydration and exercise, are the first step in managing FC. If patients do not respond to these lifestyle modifications, then treatment with osmotic and stimulant laxatives (mostly over-the-counter products) are often used. Approximately 50% of patients do not find these traditional laxatives to be satisfactory and seek other solutions. Prescription options sometimes are offered to patients that do not respond to traditional laxatives, but these options have common side effects (e.g., diarrhea).

Existing prescription options include Amitiza (lubiprostone), Linzess (linaclotide), Trulance (plecanatide) and Motegrity (prucalopride). All of these drug therapies work by entering the patient’s blood stream.

Similar to Plenity, our superabsorbent hydrogel candidate GS500 has worked relentlesslya unique non-systemic mechanism of action and works locally in the GI tract. If proven safe and effective, GS500 has the potential to help millionsbecome a new approach to treat FC. In an investigator sponsored study conducted by researchers at the Massachusetts General Hospital, GS500 demonstrated statistically significant benefit in decreasing colon transit time. We plan to advance GS500 into a pivotal 12-week global study that is expected to enroll 260 subjects with FC and compare the effectiveness of investors achieve their objectives—regardlessGS500 to a placebo. We anticipate top line results in the fourth quarter of shifting market conditions. Today, PIMCO has offices around2023.

Sales and Marketing

Plenity is, and our future product candidates, if approved, may, be marketed, detailed, and presented through the worldsame channels as orally administered weight loss pharmaceuticals. Plenity is, and 2,800+ professionals committedour future product candidates, if approved, may be prescribed predominantly by primary care physicians, including general practitioners, family practitioners, and internists, as well as endocrinologists and obesity/metabolism specialists.

- 21 -

Table of Contents

Driving consumer awareness, interest, and demand is foundational to its mission: delivering superior investment returns, solutionsour brand strategy and servicethe significant planned sales and marketing spend we expect to its clients. PIMCO's alternatives platform combinesincur. We aim to leverage vehicles in the firm's time-tested investment processmedia mix including in-home and out-of-home advertising using digital, linear TV, direct response TV, social promotion, celebrity engagement and social influencers. Our reliance on direct-to-consumer marketing as our primary demand driver should allow us to improve the efficiency of our sales force investments. We anticipate consumer pull will reduce the need for typical high volume HCP call frequencies and allow for efficient use of a limited and outsourced contract sales force. We anticipate our promotional activities will motivate potential future members to ask an HCP about acquiring Plenity through one of two channels: telehealth or traditional non-telehealth.

We are partnering with opportunistic approaches to marketable and private credit, global real estate, macroeconomic, and quantitative strategies. As of March 31, 2020, PIMCO had approximately $1.78 trillion in assets under management, including over $34 billion in alternatives strategies. PIMCO is owned by Allianz S.E.Roman Health Pharmacy (“Ro”), a leading global diversified financial services provider.telehealth platform in the United States, to provide convenient and immediate access to physicians online at no cost. We have entered into an agreement with Ro, giving it exclusive telehealth distributor rights to sell Plenity via telehealth in the United States through June 2023. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, we have no obligations or commitments beyond the sale and supply of Plenity to Ro. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, Ro has no obligations or commitments specifically with respect to marketing and promotional spend in support of the sale of Plenity to consumers.

We have engaged a limited outsourced contract sales force to promote Plenity to target physicians. To support prescription fulfillment for our non-telehealth tradition HCP promotional efforts, we executed an exclusive distribution agreement with GoGoMeds, or GGM, giving GGM exclusive distributor rights to all non-telehealth mail order prescriptions generated in the United States by health care providers through February 2022.

Our Management TeamWe have established partnerships with behavioral weight management companies such as WW International, Inc. and Noom, providing members access to WW’s behavioral weight management program and supporting lifestyle content and offering discounts to Noom’s subscription programs.

To further develop our commercial infrastructure, we may establish additional alliances with additional biotechnology or pharmaceutical company collaborators, depending on, among other things, the applicable indications, the related development costs, and our available resources.

R. Steven Hicks has servedCompetition

Due to the growing overweight and obesity epidemic and consumer demand, there are many competitors in the field of obesity treatment. Obesity treatments range from behavioral modification, to drugs and medical devices, and surgery, generally as our Chairmana last resort. Although Plenity regulated as a novel medical device, it can be used by patients and Chief Financial Officer since our inceptionprescribed by physicians in the same manner as an orally administered drug. Because of Plenity’s unique product profile and since May 2020, as our Chief Executive Officer.go-to-market strategy, also considering the significant clinical inertia not to treat overweight and obesity, we expect Plenity to become a foundational approach for weight management and be positioned to work synergistically with other approaches rather than being a direct competition.

Orally Administered Drugs

Three oral drugs that are FDA approved and currently marketed for the treatment of obesity are phentermine/topiramate, naltrexone/bupropion, and orlistat. Each treatment is indicated for patients with overweight and obesity with at least one comorbidity. In June 2000, Mr. Hicks founded Capstar Partners. Mr. Hicks has served as Chairman of Capstar Partners sinceSeptember 2012, Vivus, Inc. commercially launched its founding. Prior to founding Capstar Partners, Mr. Hicks was the Vice Chairman of AMFM Inc. (NYSE: AFM), the nation's largest owner and operator of radio stations, with over 450 radio stationscombination product, Qsymia (phentermine/topiramate) in markets across the United States. In 1996, Mr. Hicks founded Capstar Broadcasting Corporation, which became the nation's largest radio station holding company by 1998 with 350 radio stations. Mr. Hicks led Capstar Broadcasting Corporation to a successful initial public offering on the New York Stock Exchange in 1998. In August 1999, Capstar Broadcasting Corporation merged with Dallas-based Chancellor Media Corporation in a stock swap valued at $4.1 billion, forming AMFM, where Mr. Hicks remained as the Vice Chairman. In 1993, Mr. Hicks co-founded SFX Broadcasting, building it into one of the largest radio groupsOctober 2014, Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited commercially launched its combination product, Contrave (naltrexone/ bupropion), in the United States. Mr. Hicks serves onContrave is currently marketed in the UniversityUnited States by Currax Pharmaceuticals LLC. Orlistat is currently marketed in the United States by H2-Pharma, LLC under the brand name Xenical and over-the-counter at half the dose of Texas System Board of Regents after being appointed for a six-year term in each of 2009 and 2016.Orlistat by GlaxoSmithKline plc under the brand name alli. In addition Mr. Hicks has served onto competing with one another, these drugs also compete against generic forms of phentermine, topiramate, naltrexone, and bupropion.

Injectable Drugs

Several pharmaceutical companies, have or are developing injectable drugs for obesity. Saxenda, a formulation of Novo Nordisk’s liraglutide, was approved by the BoardFDA in December 2014 for the treatment of obesity. Liraglutide is currently also marketed by Novo Nordisk for the treatment of type 2 diabetes under the brand name Victoza in the United States. Wegovy, a sub-cutaneoous formulation of Novo Nordisk’s semaglutide was approved by the FDA in June of 2021.

- 22 -

Table of Contents

Medical Devices and Surgery

Other than Plenity, four types of FDA-regulated devices are currently marketed for weight loss. Intragastric balloon manufacturers including Apollo EndoSurgery, Inc. and Obalon Therapeutics, Inc. commercialize ORBERA Balloon and the Obalon Balloon, respectively. Aspire Assist, manufactured by Aspire Bariatrics, Inc., is a gastric emptying system that allows patient to aspirate digested food after a meal. SmartByte, manufactured by Scientific Intake Limited Co., is a device that is designed to occupy space in the roof of the Universitymouth to reduce food intake. LAP-BAND Adjustable Gastric Banding System, manufactured by BioEnterics Corporation, is a gastric band that is placed around the upper part of Texas Investment Management Company since 2009. Mr. Hicks received his Bachelor of Arts from the University of Texas at Austinstomach in 1972.a surgical procedure leaving only a small pouch available for food.

- 1 -

Rodrigo de la Torre has served on our board of directors as Lead Director. Mr. de la Torre has over 15 years of business development, financeBariatric surgery, including gastric bypass, gastric sleeve and strategy experience in top tier multinational organizations, predominantly in the consumer and retail sectors. He has been the Head of Finance and Strategygastric banding procedures, is typically employed for Taco Bell Global since April 2019 and previously served as Global Director of Finance and Head of M&A at Pizza Hut International from March 2016 to April 2019. During his time at Yum! Brands, Mr. de la Torre has executed landmark master franchise agreements and partnershipspatients with obesity with a BMI exceeding 40 or those with a BMI greater than 35 who are experiencing obesity-related complications such as type 2 diabetes, high blood pressure or severe sleep apnea.

Reimbursement

We believe the 2018 strategic alliance with Telepizza across Latin America & Iberia. Prior to joining Yum! Brands, Mr. de la Torre was a Vice President in the Consumer & Retail Investment Banking Group of Credit Suisse in New York, where he worked from 2010 to March 2016. During his time at Credit Suisse, Mr. de la Torre advised corporations and financial sponsors in a range of high-profile consumer sector transactions. Mr. de la Torre additionally held M&A and strategy roles at Fonterra Co-operative, a leading dairy products manufacturer, from 2004 to 2007 and was an analyst at ANZ Bank from 2003 to 2004. Mr. de la Torre received a Master of Business Administration from the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth in 2010 and a Bachelor of Commerce with Honors in Economics and Finance from Victoria University of Wellington in New Zealand in 2003.

With respect to the above, past performancesuccessful launch of our management team, Capstar Partnersproducts and the PIMCOproduct candidates will not be dependent on reimbursement from third-party payors, such as government health programs and private funds is not a guarantee of either (i) success with respect to a business combination that may be consummated or (ii) the ability to successfully identifyinsurance companies and execute a business combination. You should not rely on the historical record of management, Capstar Partners or the PIMCO private funds as indicative of future performance. Our management, Capstar Partners and the PIMCO private funds have no experience in operating blank check companies or special purpose acquisition companies. For a list of our executive officers and entities for which a conflict of interest may or does exist between such officers and the Company, please refer to "Management—Conflicts of Interest."

Certain of our officers and directors have fiduciary and contractual obligations to Capstar Partners, PIMCO or their respective affiliates and to certain other companies. As a result, certain of our officers and directors will have a duty to offer acquisition opportunities to certain Capstar Partners or PIMCO funds or other entities before Capstar Special Purpose Acquisition Corp. can pursue such opportunities. However, we do not expect these dutiesany such direct reimbursement to presentbe available at this time. Accordingly, our strategy and business plan do not contemplate any such reimbursement. Although obesity has long been recognized as a significant conflictpublic health and economic problem for the U.S. healthcare system, insurance coverage for obesity treatments has been limited. The legislative authorization for Medicare’s prescription drug benefit program specifically prohibits coverage of interestobesity drugs and until recently, there has been little clinical evidence to convince insurers of the efficacy of obesity treatments, let alone coverage for dietary regimens and products. When coverage is provided by insurers, such as for treatments such as bariatric surgery, it is typically limited to patients with morbid obesity. For reasons noted elsewhere herein, we believe that our searchcommercialization strategy, which does not rely on third-party-payor reimbursement, has a number of significant strategic advantages for us.

Government Regulation

General Requirements for Regulation of Medical Devices in the United States

Under the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or the FDC Act, a medical device is an initial business combination. We believe this conflictinstrument, apparatus, implement, machine, contrivance, implant, in vitro reagent, or other similar or related article, including any component part, or accessory which is: (i) recognized in the official National Formulary, or the United States Pharmacopoeia, or any supplement to them; (ii) intended for use in the diagnosis of interest will be naturally mitigated,disease or other conditions, or in the cure, mitigation, treatment, or prevention of disease, in man or other animals; or (iii) intended to some extent,affect the structure or any function of the body of man or other animals, and which does not achieve any of its primary intended purposes through chemical action within or on the body of man or other animals and which is not dependent upon being metabolized for the achievement of any of its primary intended purposes.

In the United States, medical devices are subject to extensive regulation by the differing natureFDA under the FDC Act, and its implementing regulations, and certain other federal and state statutes and regulations. The laws and regulations govern, among other things, the research and development, design, testing, manufacture, packaging, storage, recordkeeping, approval, labeling, promotion, post-approval monitoring and reporting, distribution and import and export of medical devices. Failure to comply with applicable requirements may subject a device and/or its manufacturer to a variety of administrative sanctions, such as FDA refusal to approve pending premarket approval applications, or PMAs, issuance of warning letters, mandatory product recalls, import detentions, civil monetary penalties, and/or judicial sanctions, such as product seizures, injunctions, and criminal prosecution.

The FDC Act classifies medical devices into one of three classifications based on the risks associated with the device and the level of control necessary to provide reasonable assurance of safety and effectiveness. Class I devices are deemed to be low risk and are subject to the fewest regulatory controls. Class III devices are generally the highest risk devices and are subject to the highest level of regulatory control to provide reasonable assurance of the acquisition targets Capstar Partnersdevice’s safety and PIMCOeffectiveness. Class III devices must typically considerbe approved by the FDA before they are marketed.

- 23 -

Table of Contents

Generally, establishments that manufacture and/or distribute devices, including manufacturers, contract manufacturers, sterilizers, repackagers and relabelers, specification developers, reprocessors of single- use devices, remanufacturers, initial importers, manufacturers of accessories and components sold directly to the end user, and U.S. manufacturers of export-only devices, are required to register their establishments with the FDA and provide the FDA a list of the devices that they handle at their facilities.

Pre-market Approval and Pre-market Notification

While most attractiveClass I and some Class II devices can be marketed without prior FDA authorization, most medical devices can be legally sold within the United States only if the FDA has: (i) approved a PMA application prior to marketing, applicable to Class III devices for their respective fundswhich the FDA has required a PMA; or (ii) cleared the device in response to a premarket notification, or 510(k) submission, generally applicable to Class II and some Class I devices. Some devices that have been classified as Class III are regulated pursuant to the 510(k) requirements because FDA has not yet called for PMAs for these devices. Other less common regulatory pathways to market for Class III devices include the humanitarian device exception, or HDE, or a product development protocol, or PDP.

510(k) Pre-market Notification

Most Class II and limited Class I devices require a 510(k) clearance in order to be commercially distributed in the United States. To obtain 510(k) clearance, a manufacturer must submit a premarket notification to the FDA demonstrating that the proposed device is substantially equivalent to a legally marketed device, referred to as the predicate device. A predicate device may be a previously 510(k) cleared device or a device that was in commercial distribution before May 28, 1976 for which the FDA has not yet required submission of PMA applications. The manufacturer must show that the proposed device has the same intended use as the predicate device, and it either has the same technological characteristics, or it is shown to be equally safe and effective and does not raise different questions of safety and effectiveness as compared to the predicate device.

There are three types of 510(k)s: traditional, special and abbreviated. Special 510(k)s are for devices that are modified and the typesmodification needs a new 510(k) but does not affect the intended use or alter the fundamental scientific technology of acquisitions we expect Capstar Special Purpose Acquisition Corp.the device. Abbreviated 510(k)s are for devices that conform to finda recognized standard. The special and abbreviated 510(k)s are intended to streamline review. The FDA intends to process special 510(k)s within 30 days of receipt, and abbreviated 510(k) within 90 days of receipt.

Though statutorily required to clear a traditional 510(k) within 90 days of receipt, the clearance pathway for traditional 510(k)s can take from four to 12 months, or even longer.

De Novo Classification

Devices of a new type that FDA has not previously classified based on risk are automatically classified into Class III by operation of section 513(f)(1) of the FDC Act, regardless of the level of risk they pose. To avoid requiring PMA review of low- to moderate-risk devices classified in Class III by operation of law, Congress enacted section 513(f)(2) of the FDC Act. This provision allows FDA to classify a low- to moderate-risk device not previously classified into Class I or II. The de novo process has been infrequently used. In 2012, Congress amended the process to potentially make it more amenable to FDA and industry. It is not yet clear whether the changes will lead to greater use of de novo classification.

PMA Approval

For Class III devices for which the FDA has required a PMA, a PMA application must be submitted to the FDA with proof of the safety and effectiveness of the device to the FDA’s satisfaction. The cost of preparing and submitting a PMA is substantial. Under federal law, the submission of most attractive. AsPMAs is additionally subject to a substantial annually-adjusted application user fee, currently exceeding $250,000. Satisfaction of FDA premarket approval requirements typically takes years and the actual time required may vary substantially based upon the type, complexity, and novelty of the device or disease.

Results from adequate and well-controlled clinical trials are required to establish the safety and effectiveness of a Class III PMA device for each indication for which FDA approval is sought. After completion of the required clinical testing, a PMA including the results of all preclinical, clinical, and other testing, and information relating to the product’s marketing history, manufacture, and controls, is prepared and submitted to the FDA.

- 24 -

Table of Contents

Upon submission, the FDA determines if the PMA application is sufficiently complete to permit a substantive review, and, if so, the application is accepted for filing. The FDA then commences an in-depth review of the PMA application, which typically takes one to three years, but could take longer. The review time is often significantly extended as a result of due diligencethe FDA asking for additional information or clarification of information already provided. During the review period, an FDA advisory committee, typically a panel of clinicians, may be convened to review the application and recommend to the FDA whether, or upon what conditions, the device should be approved. Although the FDA is not bound by the advisory panel decision, the panel’s recommendation is important to the FDA’s overall decision making process. The FDA will also typically inspect one or more clinical sites to assure compliance with FDA regulations. Additionally, the FDA will inspect the facility or the facilities at which the device is manufactured. FDA will not approve the device unless compliance is shown with QSR requirements, which impose elaborate testing, control, documentation and other quality assurance procedures.

Upon completion of PMA review, the FDA can: (i) approve the PMA; (ii) issue an approvable letter which indicates the FDA’s belief that the PMA is approvable and states what additional information the FDA requires, or the post-approval commitments that must be agreed to prior to approval; (iii) issue a not approvable letter which outlines steps required for approval, but which are typically more onerous than those in an approvable letter, and may require additional clinical trials that are often expensive and time consuming and can delay approval for months or even years; or (iv) deny the application. If the FDA issues an approvable or not approvable letter, the applicant has 180 days to respond, after which the FDA’s review clock is reset.

An approval order authorizes commercial marketing of the device with specific prescribing information for one or more specific indications, which can be more limited than those originally sought by the manufacturer. As a condition of PMA approval, the FDA may restrict the sale, distribution, or use of the device to help ensure that the benefits of the device outweigh the potential risks. Moreover, FDA may impose substantial post-approval testing and post-market surveillance to monitor the device’s safety or effectiveness. Failure to comply with the conditions of approval can result in material adverse enforcement action, including the loss or withdrawal of the approval. Once granted, FDA has the authority to withdraw device approvals if compliance with regulatory requirements is not maintained or problems are identified following initial marketing.

An “approvable letter” generally requires the applicant’s agreement to specific conditions, e.g., changes in labeling, or specific additional information, e.g., submission of final labeling, in order to secure final approval of the PMA application. Once the approvable letter is satisfied, the FDA will issue a PMA for the approved indications.

Exempt Devices

If a manufacturer’s device falls into a generic category of Class I or Class II devices that FDA has exempted by regulation, a premarket notification is not required before marketing the device in the United States. Manufacturers of such devices are required to register their establishments and list the generic category or classification name of their devices. Some 510(k)-exempt devices are also exempt from QSR requirements, except for the QSR-complaint handling and recordkeeping requirements.

Pre-Submission Meetings

The FDA has mechanisms to provide companies with guidance prior to formal submission of either a 510(k) or PMA. One such mechanism is the pre-submission program in which a company has a “pre-submission” meeting as outlined in the FDA guidance document “Requests for Feedback on Medical Device Submissions: The Pre-Submission Program and Meetings with the Food and Drug Administration Staff” that was issued on February 18, 2014. The main purpose of the pre-submission meeting is to provide companies with guidance from the broader platform, we may become awareFDA on matters of significance to an approval decision. Prior to the pre-submission meeting, the company provides a briefing document to the FDA. The FDA is not obligated to follow the recommendations it provides to companies as a result of a potential transactionpre-submission meeting.

- 25 -

Table of Contents

Clinical Trials

A clinical trial is almost always required to support a PMA application or de novo submission and is sometimes required for a premarket notification. For significant risk devices, the FDA regulations require that human clinical investigations conducted in the United States be approved via an Investigational Drug Exemption (IDE), which must become effective before clinical testing may commence. A nonsignificant risk device does not require FDA approval of an IDE; however, the clinical trial must still be conducted in compliance with various requirements of FDA’s IDE regulations. In some cases, one or more smaller studies may precede a pivotal clinical trial intended to demonstrate the safety and effectiveness of the investigational device. A 30-day waiting period after the submission of each IDE is required prior to the commencement of clinical testing in humans. If the FDA determines that there are deficiencies or other concerns with an IDE that require modification, the FDA may permit a clinical trial to proceed under a conditional approval. If the FDA disapproves the IDE within this 30-day period, the clinical trial proposed in the IDE may not begin.

An IDE application must be supported by appropriate data, such as animal and laboratory test results, showing that it is safe to test the device in humans and that the testing protocol is scientifically sound. The IDE application must also include a description of product manufacturing and controls, and a proposed clinical trial protocol. FDA typically grants IDE approval for a specified number of patients to be treated at specified study centers. During the study, the sponsor must comply with the FDA’s IDE requirements for investigator selection, trial monitoring, reporting, and record keeping. The investigators must obtain patient informed consent, rigorously follow the investigational plan and study protocol, control the disposition of investigational devices, and comply with all reporting and record keeping requirements. The IDE requirements apply to all investigational devices, whether considered a significant or nonsignificant risk.

Prior to granting PMA approval, the FDA typically inspects the records relating to the conduct of the study and the clinical data supporting the PMA application for compliance with IDE requirements.

Clinical trials must be conducted: (i) in compliance with federal regulations, including those related to good clinical practices, or GCPs, which are intended to protect the rights and health of patients and to define the roles of clinical trial sponsors, investigators, and monitors; and (ii) under protocols detailing the objectives of the trial, the parameters to be used in monitoring safety, and the effectiveness criteria to be evaluated. Clinical trials are typically conducted at geographically diverse clinical trial sites, and are designed to permit FDA to evaluate the overall benefit-risk relationship of the device and to provide adequate information for the labeling of the device. Clinical trials, for significant and nonsignificant risk devices, must be approved by an institutional review board, or IRB, for each trial site. An IRB is an appropriately constituted group that has been formally designated to review and monitor biomedical research involving patients and which has the authority to approve, require modifications in, or disapprove research to protect the rights, safety, and welfare of human research subjects.

The FDA may order the temporary, or permanent, discontinuation of a clinical trial at any time, or impose other sanctions, if it believes that the clinical trial either is not being conducted in accordance with FDA requirements or presents an unacceptable risk to the clinical trial subjects. An IRB may also require the clinical trial at the site to be halted, either temporarily or permanently, for failure to comply with the IRB’s requirements, or may impose other conditions.

Although the QSR does not fully apply to investigational devices, the requirement for controls on design and development does apply. The sponsor also must manufacture the investigational device in conformity with the quality controls described in the IDE application and any conditions of IDE approval that FDA may impose with respect to manufacturing.

Investigational devices may only be distributed for use in an investigation, and must bear a fitlabel with the statement: “CAUTION — Investigational device. Limited by Federal law to investigational use.”

Disclosure of Clinical Trial Information

Sponsors of clinical trials of medical devices are required to register with clinicaltrials.gov, a public database of clinical trial information, and disclose certain clinical trial information. Information related to the product, patient population, phase of investigation, study sites and investigators, and other aspects of the clinical trial is made public as part of the registration. Sponsors are also obligated to disclose the results of these trials after completion. Disclosure of the results of these trials can be delayed until the product being studied has been approved. For medical device clinical trials, public availability of study registration information can also be delayed until approval of the device. Competitors may use this publicly-available information to gain knowledge regarding the design and progress of our development programs.

- 26 -

Table of Contents

Post-market Requirements

After a device is placed on the market, numerous regulatory requirements apply. These include: the QSR, labeling regulations, the FDA’s general prohibition against promoting products for unapproved or “off- label” uses, the Medical Device Reporting regulation, and the Reports of Corrections and Removals regulation (which requires manufacturers to report recalls and field actions to the FDA if initiated to reduce a risk to health posed by the device or to remedy a violation of the FDC Act).

FDA enforces these requirements by inspection and market surveillance. If the FDA finds a violation, it can institute a wide variety of enforcement actions, ranging from a public warning letter to more severe sanctions such as:

fines, injunctions, and civil penalties;
recall or seizure of products;
operating restrictions, partial suspension or total shutdown of production;
refusing requests for 510(k) clearance or PMA approval of new products;
withdrawing PMA approvals already granted; and
criminal prosecution.

Discovery of previously unknown problems with a product or the failure to comply with applicable FDA requirements can have negative consequences, including adverse publicity, judicial or administrative enforcement, warning letters from the FDA, mandated corrective advertising or communications with doctors, and civil or criminal penalties, among others. Newly discovered or developed safety or effectiveness data may require changes to a product’s approved labeling, including the addition of new warnings and contraindications, and also may require the implementation of other risk management measures. Also, new government requirements, including those resulting from new legislation, may be established, or the

FDA’s policies may change, which could delay or prevent regulatory approval of our products under development.

Device Modifications

Some changes to an approved PMA device, including changes in indications, labeling, or manufacturing processes or facilities, require submission and FDA approval of a new PMA or PMA supplement, as appropriate, before the change can be implemented. Supplements to a PMA often require the submission of the same type of information required for an original PMA, except that the supplement is generally limited to that information needed to support the proposed change from the product covered by the original PMA. The FDA uses the same procedures and actions in reviewing PMA supplements as it does in reviewing original PMAs.

Modifications to a device that received 510(k) clearance may require a new 510(k) submission if those changes could significantly affect the safety or effectiveness of the device, or if the modifications represent a major change in intended use. If the manufacturer determines that a modification could not substantially affect the safety or effectiveness of the device, it should document the changes and rationale for not submitting a new 510(k). Though the manufacturer is responsible for the traditional investing activitiesinitial assessment, FDA may disagree, and later require the manufacturer to submit a 510(k) for the modified device. FDA could require the manufacturer to cease marketing the modified device during the pendency of Capstar Partnersthe 510(k) clearance process.

- 27 -

Table of Contents

Adverse Event Reporting and QSR Compliance

Following FDA approval of a PMA or PIMCO510(k) clearance, the device sponsor must submit reports to FDA regarding adverse events. Under the Medical Device Reporting regulation, manufacturers must report to the FDA if their device may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or if a malfunction occurred that would be likely to cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if it were to recur. For a PMA or Class II 510(k) device, the FDA also may require device tracking, and post-market surveillance to monitor the effects of an approved or cleared product. The FDA may also require post-market studies. In addition, quality-control, manufacture, packaging, and labeling procedures must continue to conform to the Quality System Requirements (QSR) after approval and clearance. FDA is required by the FDC Act to inspect device manufacturers every 2 years to assess compliance with the QSR, although FDA does not always adhere to this schedule. Accordingly, manufacturers must continue to expend time, money, and effort in the areas of production and quality-control to maintain compliance with the QSR. The FDA may withdraw product approvals or recommend product recalls if a company fails to comply with regulatory requirements. FDA has the authority to conduct mandatory recalls, but that authority is an attractive opportunityrarely used.

Regulation of the Practice of Medicine and Telehealth in the United States

An important element of our direct-to-consumer approach is providing consumer access through telehealth platforms. The practice of medicine, including telehealth medicine, is subject to various federal, state and local certification and licensing laws, regulations, approvals and standards, relating to, among other things, the qualifications of the provider, the practice of medicine (including specific requirements when providing health care utilizing telehealth technologies and the provision of remote care), the continuity and adequacy of medical care, the maintenance of medical records, the supervision of personnel, and the prerequisites for Capstar Special Purpose Acquisition Corp. the prescription of medical devices such as Plenity. Because the practice of telehealth is relatively new and rapidly developing, regulation of telehealth is evolving and the application, interpretation and enforcement of these laws, regulations and standards can be uncertain or uneven. However, as of now, interpretation of the state medical boards policy in all fifty states permit the prescribing of Plenity through telehealth platforms, and Plenity is being made available through telehealth platforms in all fifty states.

Advertising, Promotion, Anti-Kickback Statute, False Claims Laws, and Other Healthcare Regulatory Laws

A device may be marketed only for the indications for use for which it was approved or cleared.

In addition to FDA restrictions on marketing of devices, device companies are subject to additional healthcare regulation and enforcement by the above,federal government and by authorities in the states and foreign jurisdictions in which they conduct their business that may constrain the financial arrangements and relationships through which we research, as well as sell, market and distribute any products for which we obtain marketing authorization. Such laws include, without limitation, state and federal anti-kickback, fraud and abuse, false claims, and transparency laws and regulations related to pricing and payments and other transfers of value made to physicians and other healthcare providers. If our officersoperations are found to be in violation of any of such laws or any other governmental regulations that apply, we may be subject to penalties, including, without limitation, administrative, civil and directorscriminal penalties, damages, fines, disgorgement, the curtailment or restructuring of operations, integrity oversight and reporting obligations, exclusion from participation in federal and state healthcare programs and responsible individuals may be subject to imprisonment.

Regulatory Considerations for Outside the United States

In the European Union medical devices were previously regulated under Directive 93/42/EEC, also known as the Medical Device Directive, or MDD, and the implementing legislation in each Member State of the European Union, or EU. On May 25, 2017, Regulation 2017/745, also known as the Medical Devices Regulation, or MDR, entered into force. The MDR repealed the MDD and was, among other things, intended to establish a uniform, transparent, predictable and sustainable regulatory framework across the EU for medical devices and ensure a high level of safety and health while supporting innovation. The MDR has been fully applicable since May 26, 2021.

- 28 -

Table of Contents

In order to be sold in the Member States of the EU, medical devices must comply with the essential requirements of the MDR (and previously, the MDD) and therefore be entitled to bear the Conformité Européene, or CE, marking, without which they cannot be sold. The most fundamental essential requirement is that a medical device must be designed and manufactured in such a way that it will not compromise the clinical condition or safety of patients, or the safety and health of users and others. In addition, the device must achieve the performances intended by the manufacturer and be designed, manufactured, and packaged in a suitable manner. The method of assessing conformity varies depending on the risk class of the device. Devices can fall under Class I (lowest risk), Class IIa, Class IIb and Class III (the highest risk). Except for low- risk medical devices (Class I non-sterile, non-measuring devices), where the manufacturer can issue an EC Declaration of Conformity based on a self-assessment of the conformity of its products with the essential requirements of the MDR, a conformity assessment procedure requires the intervention of an organization accredited by a Member State of the European Union to conduct conformity assessments, known as a notified body. Depending on the device’s class, the manufacturer may submit a Technical File to a notified body that demonstrates consistency with the essential requirements under the MDR. Class III devices also require submission of a Design Dossier. Demonstrating consistency with the MDR’s requirements may entail the manufacturer providing both pre-clinical as well as human data form clinical trials. The notified body’s assessment also may consist of an audit of the manufacturer’s quality system or specific testing of the manufacturer’s product. A number of notified bodies exist in Europe and the sponsoring company is responsible for choosing the notified body. The notified body issues a certificate of conformity following successful completion of a conformity assessment procedure conducted in relation to the medical device and its manufacturer and their conformity with the essential requirements. This certificate entitles the manufacturer to affix the CE mark to its medical devices after having prepared and signed a related EC Declaration of Conformity.

Under the MDR, conformity assessment certificates issued under the MDD prior to May 25, 2017 will remain valid in accordance with their term, however, certain requirements of the MDR will apply, including relating to post-market surveillance, vigilance and registration of economic operators and devices.

Certificates issued under the MDD from May 25, 2017 until May 25, 2021 will remain valid in accordance with their term, but shall not exceed five years and shall become void after May 26, 2024.

In order for devices to be sold in the EU, a quality management system, or QMS, must be put in place that is consistent with certain sets of standards set by the International Standards Organization, or ISO, such as ISO 13485. The QMS must be audited prior to Gelesis100 obtaining a CE mark. In the EU, manufacturing, sales, promotion and other activities following product approval are also subject to regulation by competent authorities.

Following the UK’s departure from the EU on January 31, 2020, the UK (which comprises Great Britain and Northern Ireland) continued to follow the same regulations as the EU during a transition period which ended on December 31, 2020. Now that this transition period has ended, all medical devices must be registered with the Medicines and Healthcare products Regulatory Agency, or MHRA, before being placed on the Great Britain (GB) market. There is a grace period to allow time for compliance with the new registration process, with high risk devices (i.e. Class III devices and Class IIb implantables) requiring registration by May 1, 2021, and low risk devices requiring registration later in 2021 (Class IIb and IIa devices from September 1, 2021 and Class I devices from January 1, 2022). European CE marks will continue to be recognized in GB until June 30, 2023, following which a UKCA mark will be required for a medical device to be marketed in GB. The MDR will not requiredautomatically apply in GB, so the regulation of medical devices in GB may diverge from EU regulations in future. The EU regulatory framework on medical devices will, however, continue to commit any specific amount of time to our affairs,apply in Northern Ireland under the Northern Irish Protocol and accordingly will have conflicts of interestmedical devices in allocating management time among various business activities, including identifying potential business combinations and monitoringNorthern Ireland may either carry a European CE mark or a CE UKNI mark (although devices bearing the related due diligence.

Business Strategy & Competitive Strengths

While weCE UKNI marking will not be limitedaccepted on the EU market).

Although some other countries outside of the United States and the EU may accept either FDA approval or a CE mark as a basis for regulatory approval, many countries, e.g., Japan, have their own requirements in order for a device to a particular industry or geographic region, givenbe marketed. In order to market its products in those countries, Gelesis would need to submit the experience of our management teamappropriate applications and Capstar Partners, our acquisition and value creation strategy will be to identify, acquire and build a companymeet the requirements set by those regulatory agencies.

As is the case in the consumer, healthcareUnited States, the failure to comply with regulatory requirements in foreign countries subjects firms to possible legal or TMT industry sectors. Our acquisition strategy will leverage Capstar Partners' andregulatory action. Depending on the PIMCO private funds' networkscircumstances, failure to meet applicable regulatory requirements can result in criminal prosecution, fines or other penalties, injunctions, recall or seizure of proprietary deal sourcing where we believeproducts, total or partial suspension of production, denial or withdrawal of product approvals, or refusal to allow a combination of industry research, private equity sponsorship and lending relationships will provide us with a number of business combination opportunities. Additionally, we expect that relationships cultivated from years of transaction experience with management teams of public and private companies, investment bankers, restructuring advisers, attorneys and accountants will provide potential opportunities for the Company. Our goal is to collaborate with a company that already is a fundamentally healthy company. We will seek to work with a potential acquisition candidate to access the capital markets, attract top tier management talent, and execute a proprietary value-creation business plan helping the company continue to grow into the next phase of its life cycle. We plan to employ a fundamental, value-oriented acquisition framework that seeks a target with the potential for significant equity value creation coupled with strong downside protection from dependable cash flows and a durable business franchise. The management team along with its Board of Directors have experience in:

·operating companies in the public and private markets, defining corporate strategy, and identifying, mentoring and recruiting top talent;

·growing companies, both organically and through strategic transactions, expanding product portfolios and broadening geographic footprints;

- 2 -

·strategically investing in leading private and public consumer, healthcare and TMT companies to help accelerate growth and maturation;

·sourcing, structuring, acquiring and selling businesses;

·accessing public and private capital markets to optimize capital structure, including financing businesses and helping companies transition ownership structures; and

·fostering relationships with sellers, capital providers and experienced target management teams.

Acquisition Criteria

Consistent with our strategy, we have identified the following general criteria and guidelines which we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses. We will use these criteria and guidelines in evaluating acquisition opportunities, but we may decidefirm to enter into supply contracts, including government contracts. New information regarding the safety or effectiveness of a product could result in either increased regulatory requirements or change the ability of Gelesis to access markets.

- 29 -

Table of Contents

License Agreements

One S.r.l.

In October 2008, we entered into a patent license and assignment agreement and master agreement with One S.r.l., or One, and certain inventors to license and subsequently purchase certain intellectual property, including core patents that cover our initial business combination withsuperabsorbent hydrogel technology. One and the inventors are bound by non-competition provisions, which prohibit them from developing, manufacturing or commercializing any product or process related to diet, weight loss, food products or obesity during the term of our agreement and for a target business that does not meet these criteria and guidelines. We intendyear after its termination. Additionally, the inventors have agreed to acquire one or more businesses that we believe:

·Will benefit from a public currency. Access to the public equity markets could allow the target company to utilize an additional form of capital, enhancing its ability to pursue accretive acquisitions, high-return capital projects, and/or strengthen its balance sheet and recruit and retain key employees through the use of publicly-traded equity compensation;

·Has a healthy growing platform. We will seek to invest in companies that we believe possess not only established business models and sustainable competitive advantages, but also a growing platform for equity investors;

·Has a management team and/or a strong sponsor that desires a significant equity stake in the post-business combination company. We will seek to partner with a management team and/or seller who is well-incentivized and aligned in an effort to create stockholder value;

·Can be acquired at an attractive valuation for public market investors. We will seek to be a disciplined and valuation-centric steward of capital that will invest on terms that we believe provide significant upside potential with protected downside risk;

·Will be resilient to economic cycles. We will focus on recession-resilient business models;

·Will maintain strong cash flow characteristics. We will seek to target businesses with low capital intensity and attractive free cash flow conversion; and

·Will benefit from Capstar Partners' long-term sponsorship as it looks to accelerate its growth in the public markets. We intend to acquire a company which we believe will benefit from our differentiated industry network, brand and proprietary value-creation capabilities to improve financial performance and business planning.

These criteria are not intendedassign to be exhaustive. Any evaluationus certain future technology relating to food products that they develop during the meritsterm of a particular initial business combination may be based, to the extent relevant, on these general guidelinesagreement, as well as other considerations, factors and criteriaimprovements to our existing intellectual property rights that our management may deem relevant.

- 3 -

Our Acquisition Process

result from certain activities they perform for us.

In evaluatingOctober 2020, we last amended and restated the agreement with One, pursuant to which we are required to pay One a prospective target business,2.0% royalty on net product sales and €17.5 million upon the achievement of certain milestones and pay royalties on future sales and/or a percentage of sublicense income.

China Medical System (CMS)

In June 2020, we expectand CMS Bridging DMCC, a subsidiary of China Medical Systems Holdings Limited, or CMS, entered into a set of licensing, collaboration, and investing agreements, or CMS Agreements, involving the license of our intellectual property to conductCMS in Greater China (including Mainland China, Hong Kong, Macau, and Taiwan), Singapore and United Arab Emirates, or the CMS Territory, and governing the supply of Plenity to CMS for sale in the CMS Territory. Under the terms of the CMS Agreements, we granted CMS an exclusive, transferable, sublicensable, and royalty-bearing license of our intellectual property to develop, import, register, manufacture, and commercialize Plenity, whether through online sales channels or offline sales channels during the term of the CMS Agreements. In accordance with the CMS Agreements, all legal and beneficial ownership of (i) all intellectual property rights relating to Plenity (including any data generated from the use of Plenity and other improvements) and (ii) all of the information provided or generated under the CMS Agreements or otherwise related to Plenity shall both ultimately belong to and remain vested with us. CMS must purchase Plenity at a thorough due diligence review which will encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent managementmarkup of our cost of goods sold.

As consideration for the rights and key employees, document reviews, inspectionlicenses granted by to CMS under the CMS Agreements, CMS paid us a one-time, non-refundable and non-creditable upfront fee of facilities, as well$15.0 million and is required to pay a one- time, non-refundable, and non-creditable milestone payment of $5.0 million within thirty (30) days after the earlier of (i) the approval of marketing authorization of Plenity as a reviewprescription product by the National Medical Products Administration, and (ii) the fifth (5th) anniversary of financial, operational, legalthe CMS Agreements’ effective date. The CMS Agreements also contain commercial milestones of up to $388 million in the aggregate, due to us based on the achievement of annual net product revenue thresholds in the CMS Territory. Additionally, CMS will pay us royalties on net sales of all our products sold in the CMS Territory commencing January 1, 2022 through the expiration date of the CMS Agreements.

PureTech Health

In December 2009, we entered into a royalty and other informationsublicense income agreement with PureTech Health LLC, or PureTech, under which will be made availablewe are required to us. We will also utilize our operationalpay PureTech a 2.0% royalty on net product sales received as a result of developing hydrogel-based products and capital planning experience.

We are not prohibitedtechnology using the intellectual property we license from pursuing an initial business combination with a company thatPureTech. The royalty rate is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors. Insubject to certain downward adjustments in the event we seekare required to completepay third parties to obtain a license to intellectual property rights that are necessary for us to develop or commercialize our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, we, or a committee of independent directors,products. Our obligation to pay royalties to PureTech will obtain an opinion that our initial business combination is fair to the Company from a financial point of view from either an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions.

Membersterminate upon termination of our management team may directly or indirectly own our founder shares, common stock and/or private placement warrants and, accordingly, may havelicense agreement with One.

Trade Secrets

Our proprietary superabsorbent hydrogel technology is also protected as trade secrets, which cover a conflictvariety of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination. Further, eachaspects of our officersoperations. Our trade secrets may include manufacturing operations and directors mayother business processes. We use a variety of means to protect our trade secrets, including entering into confidentiality agreement with employees and third parties.

- 30 -

Table of Contents

Trademarks and Domain Names

We have trademark rights and registrations in our name, logo, and other brand indicia in the United States and other jurisdictions around the world. We also have registered domain names for websites that we use in our business, such as www.gelesis.com, and www.myplenity.com.

Human Capital Resources

As of December 31, 2021, Gelesis employed 103 full-time employees and 10 consultants. We have never had a conflictwork stoppage, and none of interest with respect to evaluatingour employees is represented by a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors werelabor organization. We consider our employee relations to be included by a target business as a conditiongood.

Available Information

Our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, proxy and information statements and amendments to any agreement with respectreports filed pursuant to our initial business combination.

Mr. Hicks has agreed not to participate in the formationSections 13(a), and 15(d) of or become an officer or director of, any other special purpose acquisition company with a class of securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended or the(the Exchange Act, until we have entered into a definitive agreement regarding our initial business combination or we have failed to complete our initial business combination by July 7, 2022, as such may be extended by stockholder approval. However, our independent directors and PIMCO and its affiliates, including Mr. Weinstein, may sponsor or form other blank check companies similar to ours during the period in which weAct) are seeking an initial business combination. Any such companies may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an acquisition target. However, we do not believe that any such potential conflicts would materially affect our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Initial Business Combination

As required by the NYSE rules, our initial business combination will be approved by a majority of our independent directors. The NYSE rules also require that we must complete one or more business combinations having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the value of the assets held in the trust account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. Our board of directors will make the determination as to the fair market value of our initial business combination. If our board of directors is not able to independently determine the fair market value of our initial business combination, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. While we consider it unlikely that our board of directors will not be able to make an independent determination of the fair market value of our initial business combination, it may be unable to do so if it is less familiar or experiencedfiled with the business of a particular target or if there is a significant amount of uncertainty as to the value of a target's assets or prospects. In addition, we have agreed not to enter into a definitive agreement regarding an initial business combination without the prior consent of our sponsorU.S. Securities and the PIMCO private funds.

- 4 -

Exchange Commission (SEC). We anticipate structuring our initial business combination either (i) in such a way so that the post-transaction company in which our public stockholders own shares will own or acquire 100% of the equity interests or assets of the target business or businesses, or (ii) in such a way so that the post-transaction company owns or acquires less than 100% of such interests or assets of the target business in order to meet certain objectives of the target management team or stockholders, or for other reasons. However, we will only complete an initial business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, or the "Investment Company Act". Even if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our stockholders prior to the initial business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post-transaction company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the initial business combination. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% controlling interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares, our stockholders immediately prior to our initial business combination could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares subsequent to our initial business combination. If less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company, the portion of such business or businesses that is owned or acquired is what will be taken into account for purposes of the NYSE's 80% of fair market value test. If the initial business combination involves more than one target business, the 80% of fair market value test will be based on the aggregate value of all of the transactions and we will treat the target businesses together as the initial business combination for purposes of a tender offer or for seeking stockholder approval, as applicable.

Value Creation Philosophy Post-Merger

After the initial business combination, our management team intends to apply a rigorous approach to enhancing stockholder value, including evaluating the experience and expertise of incumbent management and making changes when appropriate, examining opportunities for revenue enhancement, cost savings, operating efficiencies and strategic acquisitions and divestitures, and accessing the financial markets to optimize the company's capital structure. Our management team intends to pursue post-merger initiatives through participation on the board of directors, through direct involvement with company operations and/or calling upon former managers and advisors when necessary. We currently expect these initiatives to include the following:

·Corporate governance and oversight:  Actively participating as board members can include many activities: (i) monthly or quarterly board meetings; (ii) chairing standing (compensation, audit or investment committees) or special committees; (iii) replacing or supplementing company management teams when necessary; (iv) adding outside directors with industry expertise which may or may not include members of our own board of directors; (v) providing guidance on strategic and operational issues including revenue enhancement opportunities, cost savings, operating efficiencies, reviewing and testing annual budgets, reviewing acquisitions and divestitures; and (vi) assisting in accessing capital markets to further optimize financing costs and fund expansion. As active members on the board of directors of the company, our management team members also intend to evaluate the suitability of the incumbent organization leaders;

·Direct operations involvement:  The management team members, through ongoing board service or direct leadership within the business combination, intend to actively engage with company management to effect positive changes in the organization. These activities may include: (i) establishing an agenda for management and instilling a sense of accountability and urgency; (ii) aligning the interests of management with growing stockholder value; (iii) providing strategic planning and management consulting assistance, particularly as regards re-invested capital and growth capital in order to grow revenues, achieve more optimal operating scale, and eliminate unnecessary costs; and (iv) establishing measurable key performance metrics and accretive internal processes;

·M&A expertise and add-on acquisitions:  Our management team has expertise in identifying, acquiring and integrating both synergistic and margin-enhancing businesses. We intend to, wherever possible, utilize M&A as a strategic tool to strengthen both the financial profile of the business we acquire and its competitive positioning. We would only enter into accretive business combinations where our management team or the acquired company's management team can seamlessly transition to working together as one organization and team; and

·Access to portfolio company managers and advisors:  Over their collective history of investing in and controlling businesses, our management team members have developed strong professional relationships with former successful company managers and advisors. When appropriate, we intend to bring in outside directors, managers and consultants to assist in corporate governance and operating turnaround activities.

- 5 -

Status as a Public Company

We believe our structure will make us an attractive business combination partner to target businesses. As a public company, we offer a target business an alternative to the traditional initial public offering through a merger or other business combination with us. Following an initial business combination, we believe the target business would have greater access to capital and additional means of creating management incentives that are better aligned with stockholders' interests than it would as a private company. A target business can further benefit by augmenting its profile among potential new customers and vendors and aid in attracting talented employees. In a business combination transaction with us, the owners of the target business may, for example, exchange their shares of stock in the target business for our shares of Class A common stock (or shares of a new holding company) or for a combination of our shares of Class A common stock and cash, allowing us to tailor the consideration to the specific needs of the sellers.

Although there are various costs and obligations associated with being a public company, we believe target businesses will find this method a more expeditious and cost-effective method to becoming a public company than the typical initial public offering. The typical initial public offering process takes a significantly longer period of time than the typical business combination transaction process, and there are significant expenses in the initial public offering process, including underwriting discounts and commissions, marketing and road show efforts that may not be present to the same extent in connection with an initial business combination with us.

Furthermore, once a proposed initial business combination is completed, the target business will have effectively become public, whereas an initial public offering is always subject to the underwriters' ability to complete the offering, as well as general market conditions, which could delay or prevent the offering from occurring or could have negative valuation consequences. Following an initial business combination, we believe the target business would then have greater access to capital and an additional means of providing management incentives consistent with stockholders' interests and the ability to use its shares as currency for acquisitions. Being a public company can offer further benefits by augmenting a company's profile among potential new customers and vendors and aid in attracting talented employees.

While we believe that our structure and our management team's backgrounds will make us an attractive business partner, some potential target businesses may view our status as a blank check company, such as our lack of an operating history and our ability to seek stockholder approval of any proposed initial business combination, negatively.

We are an "emerging growth company," as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. As such, we are eligible to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not "emerging growth companies" including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a non-binding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the prices of our securities may be more volatile.

In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act also provides that an "emerging growth company" can take advantage of the extended transition period provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act for complying with new or revised accounting standards. In other words, an "emerging growth company" can delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. We intend to take advantage of the benefits of this extended transition period. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earlier of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following the fifth anniversary of the completion of our initial public offering, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion, or (c) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of our Class A common stock that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the prior June 30th, and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the prior three-year period.

- 6 -

Financial Position

With funds available for an initial business combination initially in the amount of $267,590,000 after payment of up to $9,660,000 of deferred underwriting fees, in each case before fees and expenses associated with our initial business combination, we offer a target business a variety of options such as creating a liquidity event for its owners, providing capital for the potential growth and expansion of its operations or strengthening its balance sheet by reducing its debt or leverage ratio. Because we are able to complete our initial business combination using our cash, debt or equity securities, or a combination of the foregoing, we have the flexibility to use the most efficient combination that will allow us to tailor the consideration to be paid to the target business to fit its needs and desires. However, we have not taken any steps to secure third party financing and there can be no assurance it will be available to us.

Effecting Our Initial Business Combination

We are not presently engaged in, and we will not engage in, any operations for an indefinite period of time. We intend to effectuate our initial business combination using cash from the proceeds of our initial public offering and the private placement of the private placement warrants, the proceeds of the sale of our shares in connection with our initial business combination, shares issued to the owners of the target, debt issued to bank or other lenders or the owners of the target or a combination of the foregoing. We may seek to complete our initial business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth, which would subject us to the numerous risks inherent in such companies and businesses.

If our initial business combination is paid for using equity or debt securities, or not all of the funds released from the trust account are used for payment of the consideration in connection with our initial business combination or used for redemptions of our Class A common stock, we may apply the balance of the cash released to us from the trust account for general corporate purposes, including for maintenance or expansion of operations of the post-transaction company, the payment of principal or interest due on indebtedness incurred in completing our initial business combination, to fund the purchase of other companies or for working capital.

We may seek to raise additional funds through a private offering of debt or equity securities in connection with the completion of our initial business combination, and we may effectuate our initial business combination using the proceeds of such offering rather than using the amounts held in the trust. In addition, we intend to target businesses larger than the amount of funds we have raised through our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, and may as a result be required to seek additional financing to complete such proposed initial business combination. Subject to compliance with applicable securities laws, we would expect to complete such financing only simultaneously with the completion of our initial business combination. In the case of an initial business combination funded with assets other than the trust account assets, our proxy materials or tender offer documents disclosing the initial business combination would disclose the terms of the financing and, only if required by law, we would seek stockholder approval of such financing. There are no prohibitions on our ability to raise funds privately or through loans in connection with our initial business combination. At this time, we are not a party to any arrangement or understanding with any third party with respect to raising any additional funds through the sale of securities or otherwise.

- 7 -

Sources of Target Businesses

We anticipate that target business candidates will be brought to our attention from various unaffiliated sources, including investment bankers and investment professionals. Target businesses may be brought to our attention by such unaffiliated sources as a result of being solicited by us by calls or mailings. These sources may also introduce us to target businesses in which they think we may be interested on an unsolicited basis, since many of these sources will have read this Report and know what types of businesses we are targeting. Our officers and directors, as well as our sponsor and their affiliates, may also bring to our attention target business candidates that they become aware of through their business contacts as a result of formal or informal inquiries or discussions they may have, as well as attending trade shows or conventions. In addition, we expect to receive a number of proprietary deal flow opportunities that would not otherwise necessarily be available to us as a result of the business relationships of our officers and directors and our sponsor and their respective industry and business contacts as well as their affiliates. While we do not presently anticipate engaging the services of professional firms or other individuals that specialize in business acquisitions on any formal basis, we may engage these firms or other individuals in the future, in which event we may pay a finder's fee, consulting fee, advisory fee or other compensation to be determined in an arm's length negotiation based on the terms of the transaction. We will engage a finder only to the extent our management determines that the use of a finder may bring opportunities to us that may not otherwise be available to us or if finders approach us on an unsolicited basis with a potential transaction that our management determines is in our best interest to pursue. Payment of finder's fees is customarily tied to completion of a transaction, in which case any such fee will be paid out of the funds held in the trust account. In no event will our sponsor or any of our existing officers or directors, or any entity with which our sponsor or officers are affiliated, be paid any finder's fee, reimbursement, consulting fee, monies in respect of any payment of a loan or other compensation by the company prior to, or in connection with any services rendered for any services they render in order to effectuate, the completion of our initial business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). Although none of our sponsor, executive officers or directors, or any of their respective affiliates, will be allowed to receive any compensation, finder's fees or consulting fees from a prospective business combination target in connection with a contemplated initial business combination, we do not have a policy that prohibits our sponsor, executive officers or directors, or any of their respective affiliates, from negotiating for the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses by a target business. We pay an affiliate of our sponsor a total of $10,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support and to reimburse our sponsor for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination. Upon completion of our initial business combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees. Some of our officers and directors may enter into employment or consulting agreements with the post-transaction company following our initial business combination. The presence or absence of any such fees or arrangements will not be used as a criterion in our selection process of an initial business combination candidate.

We are not prohibited from pursuing an initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, or their respective affiliates. In the event we seek to complete our initial business combination with a company that is affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, or their respective affiliates, we, or a committee of independent directors, will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions that our initial business combination is fair to our company and our stockholders from a financial point of view. We are not required to obtain such an opinion in any other context.

Selection of a Target Business and Structuring of our Initial Business Combination

As required by the NYSE rules, our initial business combination will be approved by a majority of our independent directors. The NYSE rules also require that we must complete one or more business combinations having an aggregate fair market value of at least 80% of the value of the assets held in the trust account (excluding the deferred underwriting commissions and taxes payable) at the time of our signing a definitive agreement in connection with our initial business combination. The fair market value of our initial business combination will be determined by our board of directors based upon one or more standards generally accepted by the financial community, such as discounted cash flow valuation, a valuation based on trading multiples of comparable public businesses or a valuation based on the financial metrics of M&A transactions of comparable businesses. If our board of directors is not able to independently determine the fair market value of our initial business combination, we will obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions with respect to the satisfaction of such criteria. While we consider it unlikely that our board of directors will not be able to make an independent determination of the fair market value of our initial business combination, it may be unable to do so if it is less familiar or experienced with the business of a particular target or if there is a significant amount of uncertainty as to the value of a target's assets or prospects. We do not intend to purchase multiple businesses in unrelated industries in conjunction with our initial business combination. Subject to this requirement, our management will have virtually unrestricted flexibility in identifying and selecting one or more prospective target businesses, although we will not be permitted to effectuate our initial business combination with another blank check company or a similar company with nominal operations.

In any case, we will only complete an initial business combination in which we own or acquire 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquire a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. If we own or acquire less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business or businesses, the portion of such business or businesses that are owned or acquired by the post-transaction company is what will be taken into account for purposes of the NYSE's 80% of fair market value test.

- 8 -

To the extent we effect our initial business combination with a company or business that may be financially unstable or in its early stages of development or growth we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in such company or business. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all significant risk factors.

In evaluating a prospective business target, we expect to conduct a thorough due diligence review, which may encompass, among other things, meetings with incumbent management and key employees, document reviews, interviews of customers and suppliers, inspection of facilities, as well as a review of financial and other information that will be made available to us.

The time required to select and evaluate a target business and to structure and complete our initial business combination, and the costs associated with this process, are not currently ascertainable with any degree of certainty. Any costs incurred with respect to the identification and evaluation of a prospective target business with which our initial business combination is not ultimately completed will result in our incurring losses and will reduce the funds we can use to complete another business combination.

In addition, we have agreed not to enter into a definitive agreement regarding an initial business combination without the prior consent of our sponsor and the PIMCO private funds.

Lack of Business Diversification

For an indefinite period of time after the completion of our initial business combination, the prospects for our success may depend entirely on the future performance of a single business. Unlike other entities that have the resources to complete business combinations with multiple entities in one or several industries, it is probable that we will not have the resources to diversify our operations and mitigate the risks of being in a single line of business. In addition, we intend to focus our search for an initial business combination in a single industry. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may:

·subject us to negative economic, competitive and regulatory developments, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact on the particular industry in which we operate after our initial business combination, and

·cause us to depend on the marketing and sale of a single product or limited number of products or services.

Limited Ability to Evaluate the Target's Management Team

Although we intend to closely scrutinize the management of a prospective target business when evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with that business, our assessment of the target business' management may not prove to be correct. In addition, the future management may not have the necessary skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company. Furthermore, the future role of members of our management team, if any, in the target business cannot presently be stated with any certainty. The determination as to whether any of the members of our management team will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of our initial business combination. While it is possible that one or more of our directors will remain associated in some capacity with us following our initial business combination, it is unlikely that any of them will devote their full efforts to our affairs subsequent to our initial business combination. Moreover, we cannot assure you that members of our management team will have significant experience or knowledge relating to the operations of the particular target business.

We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with the combined company. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with the combined company will be made at the time of our initial business combination.

- 9 -

Following an initial business combination, we may seek to recruit additional managers to supplement the incumbent management of the target business. We cannot assure you that we will have the ability to recruit additional managers, or that additional managers will have the requisite skills, knowledge or experience necessary to enhance the incumbent management.

Stockholders May Not Have the Ability to Approve Our Initial Business Combination

We may conduct redemptions without a stockholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC. However, we will seek stockholder approval if it is required by law or applicable stock exchange rule, or we may decide to seek stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons. Presented in the table below is a graphic explanation of the types of initial business combinations we may consider and whether stockholder approval is currently required under Delaware law for each such transaction.

Type of TransactionWhether Stockholder
Approval is Required
Purchase of assetsNo
Purchase of stock of target not involving a merger with the companyNo
Merger of target into a subsidiary of the companyNo
Merger of the company with a targetYes

Under the NYSE's listing rules, stockholder approval would be required for our initial business combination if, for example:

·we issue shares of Class A common stock that will be equal to or in excess of 20% of the number of shares of our Class A common stock then outstanding;

·any of our directors, officers or substantial security holders (as defined by the NYSE rules) has a 5% or greater interest, directly or indirectly, in the target business or assets to be acquired and if the number of shares of common stock to be issued, or if the number of shares of common stock into which the securities may be convertible or exercisable, exceeds either (a) 1% of the number of shares of common stock or 1% of the voting power outstanding before the issuance in the case of any of our directors and officers or (b) 5% of the number of shares of common stock or 5% of the voting power outstanding before the issuance in the case of any substantial security holders; or

·the issuance or potential issuance of common stock will result in our undergoing a change of control.

Permitted Purchases of our Securities

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our sponsor, initial stockholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase shares or public warrants in privately negotiated transactions or in the open market either prior to or following the completion of our initial business combination. There is no limit on the number of shares our initial stockholders, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates may purchase in such transactions, subject to compliance with applicable law and the NYSE rules. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactions and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. If they engage in such transactions, they will not make any such purchases when they are in possession of any material nonpublic information not disclosed to the seller or if such purchases are prohibited by Regulation M under the Exchange Act. We do not currently anticipate that such purchases, if any, would constitute a tender offer subject to the tender offer rules under the Exchange Act or a going-private transaction subject to the going-private rules under the Exchange Act; however, if the purchasers determine at the time of any such purchases that the purchases are subject to such rules, the purchasers will comply with such rules. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements. None of the funds held in the trust account will be used to purchase shares or public warrants in such transactions prior to completion of our initial business combination.

- 10 -

The purpose of any such purchases of shares could be to vote such shares in favor of the initial business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of the initial business combination or to satisfy a closing condition in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. The purpose of any such purchases of public warrants could be to reduce the number of public warrants outstanding or to vote such warrants on any matters submitted to the warrant holders for approval in connection with our initial business combination. Any such purchases of our securities may result in the completion of our initial business combination that may not otherwise have been possible. In addition, if such purchases are made, the public "float" of our shares of Class A common stock or warrants may be reduced and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, which may make it difficult to maintain or obtain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

Our sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates anticipate that they may identify the stockholders with whom our sponsor, officers, directors or their affiliates may pursue privately negotiated purchases by either the stockholders contacting us directly or by our receipt of redemption requests submitted by stockholders following our mailing of proxy materials in connection with our initial business combination. To the extent that our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates enter into a private purchase, they would identify and contact only potential selling stockholders who have expressed their election to redeem their shares for a pro rata share of the trust account or vote against our initial business combination, whether or not such stockholder has already submitted a proxy with respect to our initial business combination. Our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates will only purchase shares if such purchases comply with Regulation M under the Exchange Act and the other federal securities laws.

Any purchases by our sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates who are affiliated purchasers under Rule 10b-18 under the Exchange Act will only be made to the extent such purchases are able to be made in compliance with Rule 10b-18, which is a safe harbor from liability for manipulation under Section 9(a)(2) and Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act. Rule 10b-18 has certain technical requirements that must be complied with in order for the safe harbor to be available to the purchaser. Our sponsor, officers, directors and/or their affiliates will not make purchases of common stock if the purchases would violate Section 9(a)(2) or Rule 10b-5 of the Exchange Act. Any such purchases will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchases are subject to such reporting requirements.

Redemption Rights for Public Stockholders upon Completion of our Initial Business Combination

We will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their shares of Class A common stock upon the completion of our initial business combination at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account as of two business days prior to the consummation of the initial business combination including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, subject to the limitations described herein. The amount in the trust account as of December 31, 2020 is approximately $10.00 per public share. The per-share amount we will distribute to investors who properly redeem their shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions we will pay to the underwriters. The redemption rights may include the requirement that a beneficial holder must identify itself in order to validly redeem its shares. Our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the completion of our initial business combination.

Manner of Conducting Redemptions

We will provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their shares of Class A common stock upon the completion of our initial business combination either (i) in connection with a stockholder meeting called to approve the initial business combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether we will seek stockholder approval of a proposed initial business combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would require us to seek stockholder approval under the law or stock exchange listing requirement. Under the NYSE rules, asset acquisitions and stock purchases would not typically require stockholder approval while direct mergers with our company where we do not survive and any transactions where we issue more than 20% of our outstanding common stock or seek to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation would require stockholder approval. If we structure an initial business combination with a target company in a manner that requires stockholder approval, we will not have discretion as to whether to seek a stockholder vote to approve the proposed initial business combination. We may conduct redemptions without a stockholder vote pursuant to the tender offer rules of the SEC unless stockholder approval is required by law or stock exchange listing requirements or we choose to seek stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons. So long as we obtain and maintain a listing for our securities on the NYSE, we will be required to comply with such rules.

- 11 -

If a stockholder vote is not required and we do not decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other legal reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation:

·conduct the redemptions pursuant to Rule 13e-4 and Regulation 14E of the Exchange Act, which regulate issuer tender offers, and

·file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing our initial business combination which contain substantially the same financial and other information about the initial business combination and the redemption rights as is required under Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies.

Upon the public announcement of our initial business combination, we or our sponsor will terminate any plan established in accordance with Rule 10b5-1 to purchase shares of our Class A common stock in the open market if we elect to redeem our public shares through a tender offer, to comply with Rule 14e-5 under the Exchange Act.

In the event we conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, our offer to redeem will remain open for at least 20 business days, in accordance with Rule 14e-1(a) under the Exchange Act, and we will not be permitted to complete our initial business combination until the expiration of the tender offer period. In addition, the tender offer will be conditioned on public stockholders not tendering more than a specified number of public shares which are not purchased by our sponsor, which number will be based on the requirement that we may not redeem public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 upon consummation of our initial business combination and after payment of underwriters' fees and commissions (so that we are not subject to the SEC's "penny stock" rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. If public stockholders tender more shares than we have offered to purchase, we will withdraw the tender offer and not complete the initial business combination.

If, however, stockholder approval of the transaction is required by law or stock exchange listing requirement, or we decide to obtain stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons, we will, pursuant to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation:

·conduct the redemptions in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to Regulation 14A of the Exchange Act, which regulates the solicitation of proxies, and not pursuant to the tender offer rules, and

·file proxy materials with the SEC.

In the event that we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, we will distribute proxy materials and, in connection therewith, provide our public stockholders with the redemption rights described above upon completion of the initial business combination.

- 12 -

If we seek stockholder approval, we will complete our initial business combination only if a majority of the outstanding shares of common stock voted are voted in favor of the initial business combination. A quorum for such meeting will consist of the holders present in person or by proxy of shares of outstanding capital stock of the company representing a majority of the voting power of all outstanding shares of capital stock of the company entitled to vote at such meeting. Our initial stockholders will count toward this quorum and pursuant to the letter agreement, our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed to vote their founder shares and any public shares purchased during or after our initial public offering (including in open market and privately negotiated transactions) in favor of our initial business combination. For purposes of seeking approval of the majority of our outstanding shares of common stock voted, non-votes will have no effect on the approval of our initial business combination once a quorum is obtained. As a result, in addition to our initial stockholders' founder shares, we would need only 10,350,001, or 37.5%, of the 27,600,000 public shares sold in our initial public offering to be voted in favor of an initial business combination (assuming all outstanding shares are voted) in order to have our initial business combination approved (assuming the over-allotment option is not exercised). We intend to give approximately 30 days (but not less than 10 days nor more than 60 days) prior written notice of any such meeting, if required, at which a vote shall be taken to approve our initial business combination. These quorum and voting thresholds, and the voting agreements of our initial stockholders, may make it more likely that we will consummate our initial business combination. Each public stockholder may elect to redeem its public shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 upon consummation of our initial business combination and after payment of underwriters' fees and commissions (so that we are not subject to the SEC's "penny stock" rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. For example, the proposed initial business combination may require: (i) cash consideration to be paid to the target or its owners, (ii) cash to be transferred to the target for working capital or other general corporate purposes or (iii) the retention of cash to satisfy other conditions in accordance with the terms of the proposed initial business combination. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all shares of Class A common stock that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed initial business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the initial business combination or redeem any shares, and all shares of Class A common stock submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof.

Limitation on Redemption upon Completion of our Initial Business Combination if we Seek Stockholder Approval

Notwithstanding the foregoing, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a "group" (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in our initial public offering, which we refer to as the "Excess Shares." Such restriction shall also be applicable to our affiliates. We believe this restriction will discourage stockholders from accumulating large blocks of shares, and subsequent attempts by such holders to use their ability to exercise their redemption rights against a proposed initial business combination as a means to force us or our management to purchase their shares at a significant premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. Absent this provision, a public stockholder holding more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in our initial public offering could threaten to exercise its redemption rights if such holder's shares are not purchased by us or our management at a premium to the then-current market price or on other undesirable terms. By limiting our stockholders' ability to redeem no more than 15% of the shares sold in our initial public offering without our prior consent, we believe we will limit the ability of a small group of stockholders to unreasonably attempt to block our ability to complete our initial business combination, particularly in connection with an initial business combination with a target that requires as a closing condition that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. However, we would not be restricting our stockholders' ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination.

- 13 -

Tendering Stock Certificates in Connection with a Tender Offer or Redemption Rights

We may require our public stockholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in "street name," to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in the tender offer documents or proxy materials mailed to such holders, or up to two business days prior to the initial vote on the proposal to approve the initial business combination in the event we distribute proxy materials, or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically using the Depository Trust Company's DWAC (Deposit/Withdrawal At Custodian) System, at the holder's option. The tender offer or proxy materials, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will indicate whether we are requiring public stockholders to satisfy such delivery requirements, which may include the requirement that a beneficial holder must identify itself in order to validly redeem its shares. Accordingly, a public stockholder would have from the time we send out our tender offer materials until the close of the tender offer period, or up to two days prior to the vote on the initial business combination if we distribute proxy materials, as applicable, to tender its shares if it wishes to seek to exercise its redemption rights. Given the relatively short exercise period, it is advisable for stockholders to use electronic delivery of their public shares.

There is a nominal cost associated with the above-referenced tendering process and the act of certificating the shares or delivering them through the DWAC System. The transfer agent will typically charge the tendering broker $80.00 and it would be up to the broker whether or not to pass this cost on to the redeeming holder. However, this fee would be incurred regardless of whether or not we require holders seeking to exercise redemption rights to tender their shares. The need to deliver shares is a requirement of exercising redemption rights regardless of the timing of when such delivery must be effectuated.

The foregoing is different from the procedures used by many blank check companies. In order to perfect redemption rights in connection with their business combinations, many blank check companies would distribute proxy materials for the stockholders' vote on an initial business combination, and a holder could simply vote against a proposed initial business combination and check a box on the proxy card indicating such holder was seeking to exercise his or her redemption rights. After the initial business combination was approved, the company would contact such stockholder to arrange for him or her to deliver his or her certificate to verify ownership. As a result, the stockholder then had an "option window" after the completion of the initial business combination during which he or she could monitor the price of the company's stock in the market. If the price rose above the redemption price, he or she could sell his or her shares in the open market before actually delivering his or her shares to the company for cancellation. As a result, the redemption rights, to which stockholders were aware they needed to commit before the stockholder meeting, would become "option" rights surviving past the completion of the initial business combination until the redeeming holder delivered its certificate. The requirement for physical or electronic delivery prior to the meeting ensures that a redeeming holder's election to redeem is irrevocable once the initial business combination is approved.

Any request to redeem such shares, once made, may be withdrawn at any time up to the date set forth in the tender offer materials or the date of the stockholder meeting set forth in our proxy materials, as applicable. Furthermore, if a holder of a public share delivered its certificate in connection with an election of redemption rights and subsequently decides prior to the applicable date not to elect to exercise such rights, such holder may simply request that the transfer agent return the certificate (physically or electronically). It is anticipated that the funds to be distributed to holders of our public shares electing to redeem their shares will be distributed promptly after the completion of our initial business combination.

If our initial business combination is not approved or completed for any reason, then our public stockholders who elected to exercise their redemption rights would not be entitled to redeem their shares for the applicable pro rata share of the trust account. In such case, we will promptly return any certificates delivered by public holders who elected to redeem their shares.

If our initial proposed initial business combination is not completed, we may continue to try to complete an initial business combination with a different target until 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering.

- 14 -

Redemption of Public Shares and Liquidation if no Initial Business Combination

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that we will have until 24 months from the closing of our initial public offering, or until July 7, 2022 to complete our initial business combination. If we do not complete our initial business combination by July 7, 2022, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders' rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to our warrants, which will expire worthless if we fail to complete our initial business combination within the 24-month time period.

Our sponsor, officers and directors have entered into a letter agreement with us, pursuant to which they have waived their rights to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to any founder shares held by them if we fail to complete our initial business combination by July 7, 2022. However, if our sponsor, officers or directors acquire public shares in or after our initial public offering, they will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the trust account with respect to such public shares if we fail to complete our initial business combination by July 7, 2022.

Our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (i) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination by July 7, 2022 or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders' rights or pre-initial business combination activity, unless we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of Class A common stock upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. However, we may not redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 upon consummation of our initial business combination and after payment of underwriters' fees and commissions (so that we are not subject to the SEC's "penny stock" rules). If this optional redemption right is exercised with respect to an excessive number of public shares such that we cannot satisfy the net tangible asset requirement (described above), we would not proceed with the amendment or the related redemption of our public shares at such time.

We expect that all costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, as well as payments to any creditors, will be funded from amounts remaining out of the approximately $1,250,000 of proceeds held outside the trust account, although we cannot assure you that there will be sufficient funds for such purpose. We will depend on sufficient interest being earned on the proceeds held in the trust account to pay any tax obligations we may owe. However, if those funds are not sufficient to cover the costs and expenses associated with implementing our plan of dissolution, to the extent that there is any interest accrued in the trust account not required to pay taxes on interest income earned on the trust account balance, we may request the trustee to release to us an additional amount of up to $100,000 of such accrued interest to pay those costs and expenses.

If we were to expend all of the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, other than the proceeds deposited in the trust account, and without taking into account interest, if any, earned on the trust account, the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders upon our dissolution would be approximately $10.00. The proceeds deposited in the trust account could, however, become subject to the claims of our creditors which would have higher priority than the claims of our public stockholders. We cannot assure you that the actual per-share redemption amount received by stockholders will not be substantially less than $10.00. Under Section 281(b) of the DGCL, our plan of dissolution must provide for all claims against us to be paid in full or make provision for payments to be made in full, as applicable, if there are sufficient assets. These claims must be paid or provided for before we make any distribution of our remaining assets to our stockholders. While we intend to pay such amounts, if any, we cannot assure you that we will have funds sufficient to pay or provide for all creditors' claims.

- 15 -

Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public stockholders, there is no guarantee that they will execute such agreements or even if they execute such agreements that they would be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account including but not limited to fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain an advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party's engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third-party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver.

In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may have in the future as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. Our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or similar agreement or business combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, less taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to the monies held in the trust account (whether or not such waiver is enforceable) nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of our initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. However, we have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believe that our sponsor's only assets are securities of our company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. None of our officers, directors or members of our sponsor will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

In the event that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, due to reductions in value of the trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, and our sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its indemnification obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations. While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment may choose not to do so if, for example, the cost of such legal action is deemed by the independent directors to be too high relative to the amount recoverable or if the independent directors determine that a favorable outcome is not likely. We have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations and we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. Accordingly, we cannot assure you that due to claims of creditors the actual value of the per-share redemption price will not be less than $10.00 per public share.

- 16 -

We will seek to reduce the possibility that our sponsor will have to indemnify the trust account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the trust account. Our sponsor will also not be liable as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of our initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. We have access to up to approximately $1,250,000 from the proceeds of our initial public offering with which to pay any such potential claims (including costs and expenses incurred in connection with our liquidation, currently estimated to be no more than approximately $100,000). In the event that we liquidate and it is subsequently determined that the reserve for claims and liabilities is insufficient, stockholders who received funds from our trust account could be liable for claims made by creditors.

Under the DGCL, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporation to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution. The pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination by July 7, 2022 may be considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law. If the corporation complies with certain procedures set forth in Section 280 of the DGCL intended to ensure that it makes reasonable provision for all claims against it, including a 60-day notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought against the corporation, a 90-day period during which the corporation may reject any claims brought, and an additional 150-day waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to stockholders, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder's pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution.

Furthermore, if the pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination by July 7, 2022, is not considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law and such redemption distribution is deemed to be unlawful (potentially due to the imposition of legal proceedings that a party may bring or due to other circumstances that are currently unknown), then pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, the statute of limitations for claims of creditors could then be six years after the unlawful redemption distribution, instead of three years, as in the case of a liquidating distribution. If we do not complete our initial business combination by July 7, 2022, we will: (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the public shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account including interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders' rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. Accordingly, it is our intention to redeem our public shares as soon as reasonably possible following our July 7, 2022 and, therefore, we do not intend to comply with those procedures. As such, our stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of our stockholders may extend well beyond the third anniversary of such date.

Because we will not be complying with Section 280, Section 281(b) of the DGCL requires us to adopt a plan, based on facts known to us at such time that will provide for our payment of all existing and pending claims or claims that may be potentially brought against us within the subsequent 10 years. However, because we are a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our operations will be limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from our vendors (such as lawyers, investment bankers, etc.) or prospective target businesses. As described above, pursuant to the obligation contained in our underwriting agreement, we will seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses or other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account. As a result of this obligation, the claims that could be made against us are significantly limited and the likelihood that any claim that would result in any liability extending to the trust account is remote. Further, our sponsor may be liable only to the extent necessary to ensure that the amounts in the trust account are not reduced below (i) $10.00 per public share or (ii) such lesser amount per public share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account, due to reductions in value of the trust assets, in each case net of the amount of interest withdrawn to pay taxes and will not be liable as to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of our initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. In the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, our sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims.

- 17 -

If we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, we cannot assure you we will be able to return $10.00 per share to our public stockholders. Additionally, if we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a "preferential transfer" or a "fraudulent conveyance." As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover some or all amounts received by our stockholders. Furthermore, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or may have acted in bad faith, thereby exposing itself and our company to claims of punitive damages, by paying public stockholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors. We cannot assure you that claims will not be brought against us for these reasons.

Our public stockholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only upon the earlier to occur of: (i) the completion of our initial business combination, (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly tendered in connection with a stockholder vote to amend any provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business by July 7, 2022 or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders' rights or pre-initial business combination activity, and (iii) the redemption of all of our public shares if we do not complete our business combination by July 7, 2022, subject to applicable law. In no other circumstances will a stockholder have any right or interest of any kind to or in the trust account. In the event we seek stockholder approval in connection with our initial business combination, a stockholder's voting in connection with the initial business combination alone will not result in a stockholder's redeeming its shares to us for an applicable pro rata share of the trust account. Such stockholder must have also exercised its redemption rights as described above. These provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, like all provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, may be amended with a stockholder vote.

Competition

In identifying, evaluating and selecting a target business for our initial business combination, we may encounter competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including other blank check companies, private equity groups and leveraged buyout funds, and operating businesses seeking strategic business combinations. Many of these entities are well established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates. Moreover, many of these competitors possess greater financial, technical, human and other resources than we do. Our ability to acquire larger target businesses will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the initial business combination of a target business. Furthermore, our obligation to pay cash in connection with our public stockholders who exercise their redemption rights may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination and our outstanding warrants, and the future dilution they potentially represent, may not be viewed favorably by certain target businesses. Either of these factors may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating an initial business combination.

Employees

We currently have two officers. These individuals are not obligated to devote any specific number of hours to our matters but they intend to devote as much of their time as they deem necessary to our affairs until we have completed our initial business combination. The amount of time they will devote in any time period will vary based on whether a target business has been selected for our initial business combination and the stage of the initial business combination process we are in. We do not intend to have any full-time employees prior to the completion of our initial business combination.

- 18 -

Periodic Reporting and Financial Information

We have registered our units, Class A common stock and warrants under the Exchange Act and have reporting obligations, including the requirement that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with the SEC. In accordance with theinformational requirements of the Exchange Act our annualand file or furnish reports, will contain financialproxy statements audited and reported on by our independent registered public accountants.

We will provide stockholders with audited financial statements of the prospective target business as part of the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials sent to stockholders to assist them in assessing the target business. In all likelihood, these financial statements will need to be prepared in accordance with, or reconciled to, GAAP, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances, and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordanceother information with the standards of the PCAOB. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential targets we may conductSEC. The SEC maintains an initial business combination with because some targets may be unable to provide suchInternet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements in time for us to disclose such statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame. We cannot assure youother information regarding issuers that any particular target business identified by us as a potential business combination candidate will have financial statements prepared in accordance with GAAP or that the potential target business will be able to prepare its financial statements in accordance with the requirements outlined above. To the extent that these requirements cannot be met, we may not be able to acquire the proposed target business. While this may limit the pool of potential business combination candidates, we do not believe that this limitation will be material.

We will be required to evaluate our internal control procedures for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2021 as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer, and no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, will we be required to have our internal control procedures audited. A target company may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of their internal controls. The development of the internal controls of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such business combination. We filed a registration statement on Form 8-Afile electronically with the SEC to voluntarily register our securities under Section 12at www.sec.gov. Such documents and other information filed by us with the SEC are available free of charge on the Exchange Act. As a result, we are subject to the rules and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act. We have no current intention of filing a Form 15 to suspend our reporting or other obligations under the Exchange Act prior or subsequent to the consummationInvestor section of our initial business combination.website when such reports are available on the SEC's website.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

Risk Factors.

An investment in our securities involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully all of the risk factors and allrisks described below, together with the other information contained in this Report, including the financial statements.before making a decision to invest in our securities. If any of the following risksevents occur, our business, financial condition and operating results may be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the trading price of our securities could decline, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this “Risk Factors” section to “we,” “ us,” “ our,” “Company,” and “Gelesis” refer to Gelesis Holdings as it currently exists following the consummation of the Business Combination and to Legacy Gelesis as it existed prior to the consummation of the Business Combination.

Summary of Principal Risk Factors

Our business is subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including those highlighted in the section titled “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which illuminate challenges that we face in connection with the successful implementation of our strategy and the growth of our business. The risk factors described belowfollowing considerations, among others, may offset our competitive strengths or have a negative effect on our business strategy, which could cause a decline in the price of shares of our securities and result in a loss of all or a portion of any investment in our securities:

Risks Related to Product Development, Regulatory Approval and Commercialization

Gelesis is dependent on the success of its hydrogel technology for Plenity, which is currently its only marketed and FDA authorized product.
Plenity may cause undesirable side effects that could result in significant negative consequences, including product liability or other litigation, that may be costly to Gelesis and/or adversely impact the commercial success of Plenity. The broad prescription pharmaceutical and medical device market for overweight and obesity is strictly regulated. Several competitors have attempted unsuccessfully to generate significant, sustainable sales in that market.
Gelesis is, and will continue to be, subject to ongoing and extensive regulatory requirements. Any failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations, including those pertaining to the advertising and promotion of healthcare products, could expose Gelesis to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm and diminished profits and future earnings, and substantially harm Gelesis’ business.

- 31 -

Table of Contents

Plenity is currently regulated as a medical device by the FDA and may become subject to similar or other therapeutic regulatory requirements outside the United States.
Recently enacted and future legislation may increase the difficulty and cost for us to further commercialize Plenity and any other products Gelesis may develop in the future and decrease the prices Gelesis may obtain for its approved products.
Gelesis is responsible for manufacturing Plenity and it currently has a validated and active commercial scale manufacturing facility that it is currently expanding, a fully functional pilot manufacturing site that can be quickly activated and land owned and zoned for commercial capacity expansion. Gelesis will continue to invest in manufacturing capacity at these sites and possibly build additional manufacturing sites to meet increased demand as Plenity is launched through new channels or in new markets. Gelesis’ inability to produce an adequate supply of Plenity, due to the loss of these facilities or other future facilities or any material limitation of production at these facilities, could materially and adversely impact the commercial growth and success of Plenity and, consequently, could cause Gelesis’ revenue, earnings or reputation to suffer.
There is no guarantee that Gelesis will be able to successfully commercialize Plenity through the channels, or in the markets, it is targeting or at all.
The telehealth market is immature and volatile, and if it does not develop, if it develops more slowly than Gelesis expects, or if it encounters negative publicity, Gelesis’ ability to fully commercialize Plenity and grow its business will be harmed.
Successful commercialization of Plenity is dependent on the willingness of the ultimate patient to pay out-of-pocket. If there is not sufficient patient demand for Plenity, Gelesis’ financial results and future prospects will be harmed.
Competing products and technologies could emerge, including pharmaceuticals, devices, and surgical procedures, that adversely affect Gelesis’ opportunity to generate sales of Plenity and achieve profitability.

Risks Relating to Intellectual Property Rights

If Gelesis is unable to adequately protect its proprietary technology or maintain issued patents that are sufficient to protect Plenity, or if competitors are able to market competitive products without infringing Gelesis’ protected intellectual property rights, others could compete against Gelesis in ways that would have a material adverse impact on Gelesis’ business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.
Gelesis has licensed Plenity to third party partners (e.g. for launch in Greater China, including Mainland China, Hong Kong, Macau, and Taiwan) and has also granted limited licenses to practice patent rights for noncommercial, research purposes. Gelesis may continue to outlicense its intellectual property and may agree under certain circumstances to grant limited exclusive or non-exclusive commercial rights as well. There can be no guarantee that the third party’s activities will not in any way overlap or interfere with the commercialization of Plenity. Additionally, there is always the possibility that Gelesis may become dependent on obtaining access to third party intellectual property in connection with the commercialization of Plenity or for other new product candidates in the future.
Gelesis may infringe the intellectual property rights of others, which may prevent or delay its development efforts or stop Gelesis from commercializing or increase the costs of commercializing Plenity.
Gelesis may be involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce its patents, which could be expensive, time- consuming, and unsuccessful.
Issued patents covering Plenity could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged in court.
Changes in U.S. patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing Gelesis’ ability to protect its products.

- 32 -

Table of Contents

Risks Related to Our Business and Strategy

Gelesis will need to continue to develop and expand its company, and if it fails to manage such development and expansion effectively, its expenses could increase more than expected, its revenue may not increase sufficiently to generate sustainable profits and it may be unable to successfully execute on its growth initiatives, business strategies or operating plans.
Gelesis’ ability to identify, engage with, and retain Plenity patients is essential to its ability to grow and sustain its sales.
Gelesis relies on a limited number of channels for the distribution of Plenity, with a few qualified distributors currently accounting for substantially all of its revenue. The loss of one or more of such qualified distributors would materially harm its business.
Gelesis’ future success depends on its ability to retain its senior executive officers, and to attract and keep senior management and key scientific and commercial personnel.
Gelesis may not be successful in its efforts to identify or discover additional product candidates.
Gelesis faces potential product liability exposure and, if claims are brought against Gelesis, it may incur substantial liability.
If Gelesis does not continually enhance its brand recognition, increase distribution of Plenity, attract new patients and introduce new and innovative products, either on a timely basis or at all, its business may suffer.
Gelesis’ international operations for the supply chain of Plenity pose certain political, legal and compliance, operational, regulatory, economic and other risks to its business that may be different from or more significant than risks associated with its U.S. operations.
Competition from other weight management and wellness industry participants or the development of more effective or more favorably perceived weight management methods could result in decreased demand for Plenity.

Risks Related to Financial Position and Financing Needs

Gelesis is a commercial stage biotherapeutics company, but to date has generated limited product sales. Gelesis has incurred significant operating losses since its inception and anticipates that it will continue to incur continued losses for the next several years.
Gelesis may be unable to accurately forecast revenue and appropriately plan its expenses in the future.
In order to support its business, Gelesis has and may need to incur additional indebtedness or seek capital through new equity or debt financings, which sources of additional indebtedness or capital may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all, and the failure to obtain this additional funding when needed may force Gelesis to delay, limit or terminate its product development efforts or other operations.

- 33 -

Table of Contents

Risks Related to Gelesis’ Business and Industry

Risks Related to Product Development, Regulatory Approval and Commercialization

We are not necessarily exhaustivedependent on the success of our hydrogel technology for Plenity, which is currently our only marketed and youFDA-authorized product.

Plenity is currently our only marketed FDA de novo authorized product and our business depends on the successful commercialization of Plenity. We may never be able to achieve widespread market acceptance of Plenity or, if we do, be able to develop additional indications for Plenity, which will require substantial additional clinical development, testing and regulatory approval before we are encouragedpermitted to perform your own investigation with respectcommercialize those indications. The manufacturing and marketing of Plenity is subject to extensive and rigorous review and regulation by numerous government authorities in the United States and in other countries where we intend to market Plenity. Because our business is almost entirely dependent upon Plenity and our underlying hydrogel technology, any setback in our pursuit of commercialization of Plenity would have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects.

Plenity may cause undesirable side effects that could result in significant negative consequences, including product liability or other litigation, that may be costly to us and/or adversely impact the commercial success of Plenity.

Undesirable side effects caused by Plenity could cause us, the FDA or European regulatory authorities to interrupt, delay or halt the continued commercialization of Plenity and our business.

We arecould result in more restrictive labeling, or withdrawal or limitations on Plenity’s marketing approval. To date, the main adverse events in patients taking Plenity have been bloating, flatulence, abdominal pain and diarrhea. However, there have been no serious adverse events attributed to Plenity and the difference in adverse events between Plenity and placebo has been negligible. If we or others identify other undesirable side effects caused by Plenity, a newly formed company with no operating historynumber of potentially significant consequences could result, including:

the FDA or European notified bodies may withdraw or limit their marketing approval of the product;
the FDA or European notified bodies may require the addition of labeling statements, such as a black box warning or a contraindication;
we may be required to change the way the product is distributed or administered, conduct additional clinical trials or change the labeling of the product;
we may decide to remove the products from the marketplace;
we could be sued and held liable for injury caused to individuals using our product; and
our reputation may suffer.

Any of these events could prevent us from achieving or maintaining market acceptance of Plenity and no revenues, and you have no basis on which to evaluatecould substantially increase the costs of commercializing the product and/or significantly impact our ability to successfully commercialize and generate product sales.

The broad prescription pharmaceutical and medical device market for overweight and obesity is strictly regulated.

Even though we obtained the required regulatory approval in the United States, our ability to generate product sales is dependent on our ability to market and sell Plenity, which depends upon the awareness and acceptance of Plenity among the medical community, including physicians and patients. If Plenity does not achieve an adequate level of acceptance by patients and physicians, we will not generate sufficient product sales of Plenity to become or remain profitable. Our efforts to educate the medical community about the benefits of Plenity may require significant resources and may never be successful.

- 34 -

Table of Contents

We are, and will continue to be, subject to ongoing and extensive regulatory requirements, and our business objective.

failure to comply with these requirements could substantially harm our business.

We are, and will continue to be, subject to ongoing FDA requirements and continued regulatory oversight and review, including routine inspections by the FDA of our manufacturing facilities and compliance with requirements such as the Quality System Regulation, or QSR, which establishes extensive requirements for quality assurance and control as well as manufacturing procedures; requirements pertaining to the registration of our manufacturing facilities and the listing of Plenity with the FDA; continued complaint, adverse event and malfunction reporting; corrections and removals reporting; and labeling and promotional requirements. The promotional claims we are, and will continue to be, able to make for Plenity are limited to the approved indications for use. We may also be subject to additional FDA post-marketing requirements. If we are not able to maintain regulatory compliance, we may not be permitted to market Plenity and/or may be subject to enforcement by the FDA such as the issuance of warning or untitled letters, the imposition of fines, injunctions, and civil penalties; the recall or seizure of products; the imposition of operating restrictions; and the institution of criminal prosecution. In addition, we will be subject to similar regulatory regimes in Europe for Plenity. Adverse EU Competent Authority or FDA action in any of these areas could significantly increase our expenses and limit our product sales and profitability.

The FDA and other regulatory authorities actively enforce the laws and regulations pertaining to the advertising and promotion of healthcare products. If we are found to have improperly promoted off-label uses, including for the use of an unapproved indication or in an unapproved age group or dosage, we may become subject to significant liability and corresponding litigation.

The FDA and European regulatory authorities strictly regulate the promotional claims that may be made about prescription products, such as Plenity. In particular, a newly formedmedical device may not be promoted for uses that are not approved by the FDA or other regulatory authorities as reflected in the product’s approved labeling. For example, we are not allowed to make claims for Plenity pertaining to diabetes management or glycemic control in prediabetic and type 2 diabetic patients without approval of specific labeling regarding such use. Even though we received marketing approval for Plenity to aid in weight management in overweight and obese adults with a body mass index (kg/m2), or BMI, of 25 – 40, when used in conjunction with diet and exercise, physicians may nevertheless prescribe Plenity to their patients in a manner that is inconsistent with the approved label. If we are found to have promoted such off-label uses, we may become subject to enforcement action by the FDA, including warning or untitled letters. In addition, the federal government has levied large civil and criminal fines against companies for alleged improper promotion and has enjoined companies from engaging in off-label promotion. The FDA has also requested that companies enter into consent decrees of permanent injunctions under which specified promotional conduct is changed or curtailed. If we cannot successfully manage the promotion of Plenity, we could become subject to significant liability, which would materially adversely affect our business and financial condition.

Healthcare laws and regulations expose us to criminal sanctions, civil penalties, contractual damages, reputational harm and diminished profits and future earnings, and our direct marketing strategy could enhance such exposure.

Healthcare providers, physicians and others play a primary role in the recommendation and prescription of Plenity. Any arrangements with third party payors will expose us to broadly applicable fraud and abuse and other healthcare laws and regulations that may constrain the business or financial arrangements and relationships through which we market, sell and distribute Plenity. Restrictions under applicable federal and state healthcare laws and regulations include the following:

The federal anti-kickback statute prohibits, among other things, persons from knowingly and willfully soliciting, offering, receiving or providing remuneration, directly or indirectly, in cash or in kind, to induce or reward either the referral of an individual for, or the purchase, order or recommendation of, any good or service, for which payment may be made under federal healthcare programs such as Medicare and Medicaid.
The federal False Claims Act imposes criminal and civil penalties, including those from civil whistleblower or qui tam actions, against individuals or entities for knowingly presenting, or causing to be presented, to the federal government, claims for payment that are false or fraudulent or making a false statement to avoid, decrease, or conceal an obligation to pay money to the federal government.
The federal Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended by the Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health Act, imposes criminal and civil liability for executing a scheme to defraud any healthcare benefit program and also imposes obligations, including mandatory contractual terms, with respect to safeguarding the privacy, security and transmission of individually identifiable health information.

- 35 -

Table of Contents

The federal false statements statute prohibits knowingly and willfully falsifying, concealing or covering up a material fact or making any materially false statement in connection with the delivery of or payment for healthcare benefits, items or services.
The federal transparency requirements, sometimes referred to as the “Sunshine Act,” under the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, require manufacturers of drugs, medical devices, biologics and medical supplies to report to the Department of Health and Human Services information related to physician payments and other transfers of value and physician ownership and investment interests.
Analogous state laws and regulations, such as state anti-kickback and false claims laws and transparency laws, may apply to sales or marketing arrangements and claims involving healthcare items or services reimbursed by non-governmental third party payors, including private insurers. Some state laws require medical device companies to comply with the medical device industry’s voluntary compliance guidelines and the relevant compliance guidance promulgated by the federal government in addition to requiring device manufacturers to report information related to payments to physicians and other healthcare providers or marketing expenditures and pricing, with the reported information to be made publicly available on a searchable website.
Ensuring that our future business arrangements with third parties comply with applicable healthcare laws and regulations could be costly. It is possible that governmental authorities will conclude that our business practices do not comply with current or future statutes, regulations or case law involving applicable fraud and abuse or other healthcare laws and regulations. If our operations, including current or future activities to be conducted by our or a collaborator’s sales team, were found to be in violation of any of these laws or any other governmental regulations that may apply to us, we may be subject to significant civil, criminal and administrative penalties, damages, fines and exclusion from government funded healthcare programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid, any of which could substantially disrupt our operations. If any of the physicians or other providers or entities with whom we expect to do business are found not to be in compliance with applicable laws, they may be subject to criminal, civil or administrative sanctions, including exclusions from government funded healthcare programs.

Plenity is currently regulated as a medical device by the FDA and may become subject to similar or other therapeutic regulatory requirements outside the United States.

Plenity is currently regulated by the FDA as a medical device and may become subject to similar or other therapeutic regulatory requirements outside of the United States. We expect to expand the sales of Plenity internationally, and as we do so we will also become subject to similar regulations by foreign governments. Government regulations specific to medical devices are wide ranging and govern, among other things:

product design, development and manufacture;
laboratory, preclinical and clinical testing, labeling, packaging, storage, and distribution;
premarketing clearance or approval or de novo authorization;
record keeping;
product marketing, promotion and advertising, sales and distribution; and
post-marketing surveillance, including reporting of deaths, serious injuries and product malfunctions, recalls, corrections and removals.

- 36 -

Table of Contents

Before a new medical device, or a new intended use for a device in commercial distribution, can be marketed in the United States, a company must first submit and receive either 510(k) clearance pursuant to section 510(k) of the Federal Food, Drug, and Cosmetic Act, or FDCA, unless an exemption applies; approval of a premarket approval, or PMA, application from the FDA; or de novo classification or authorization. In the 510(k) clearance process, the FDA must determine that a proposed device is “substantially equivalent” to a device legally on the market, known as a “predicate” device, in order to clear the proposed device for marketing. To be substantially equivalent, the proposed device must have the same intended use as the predicate device, and either have the same technological characteristics as the predicate device or have different technological characteristics and not raise different questions of safety or effectiveness than the predicate device. Clinical data is sometimes required to support substantial equivalence. Failure to demonstrate substantial equivalence to a predicate device to the FDA’s satisfaction will require the submission and approval by the FDA of a PMA application. However, the FDA can reclassify, or use “de novo classification” for, a device for which there was no predicate device if the device is low or moderate risk. The FDA will identify “special controls” that the manufacturer must implement, which often include labeling and other restrictions. Subsequent applicants can rely on the de novo product as a predicate for a 510(k) clearance. The FDA’s 510(k) clearance process usually takes from three to 12 months, but may last longer. The process for obtaining a PMA approval takes from one to three years, or even longer, from the time the PMA is submitted to the FDA until an approval is obtained. Any delay or failure to obtain necessary regulatory approvals, authorizations, or clearances for new product offerings, if any, could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Material modifications to the intended use or technological characteristics of Plenity may also require new 510(k) clearances, premarket approvals, or de novo authorizations prior to implementing the modifications, or require us to recall or cease marketing Plenity until these clearances, approvals or authorizations are obtained.

In addition, we are required to timely submit various reports with no operating results. Becausethe FDA, including reports that Plenity may have caused or contributed to a death or serious injury or malfunctioned in a way that would likely cause or contribute to a death or serious injury if the malfunction were to recur. If these reports are not filed in a timely manner, regulators may impose sanctions and we lack an operating history, youmay be subject to product liability or regulatory enforcement actions, all of which could harm our business, financial condition and results of operations. Any corrective actions can be costly, time-consuming, and divert resources from other portions of our business. Furthermore, the submission of these reports could be used by competitors against us, which could harm our reputation.

The FDA and the FTC also regulate the advertising and promotion of Plenity and services to ensure that the claims we make are consistent with our marketing authorizations, that there is adequate and reasonable data to substantiate the claims and that our promotional labeling and advertising are neither false nor misleading. If the FDA or FTC determines that any of our advertising or promotional claims are misleading, not substantiated or not permissible, we may be subject to enforcement actions, including warning letters, and we may be required to revise our promotional claims and make other corrections or restitutions.

Recently enacted and future legislation may increase the difficulty and cost for us to further commercialize Plenity and any other products we may develop in the future and decrease the prices we may obtain for our approved products.

In the United States and some foreign jurisdictions, there have no basis upon which to evaluatebeen a number of legislative and regulatory changes and proposed changes regarding the healthcare system that could prevent or delay marketing approval of our products, restrict or regulate post-approval activities, and affect our ability to achieveprofitably sell our business objectiveapproved products and any product candidates for which we obtain marketing approval.

In March 2010, the Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, or ACA, was enacted into law. The ACA is a sweeping law intended to broaden access to health insurance, reduce or constrain the growth of completinghealthcare spending, enhance remedies against fraud and abuse, add new transparency requirements for the healthcare and health insurance industries, impose new taxes and fees on the health industry, and impose additional health policy reforms.

Among the provisions of the ACA of importance to Plenity and other product candidates are the following:

expansion of healthcare fraud and abuse laws, including the False Claims Act and the Anti- Kickback Statute, new government investigative powers, and enhanced penalties for non-compliance;
extension of manufacturers’ Medicaid rebate liability;
expansion of eligibility criteria for Medicaid programs;

- 37 -

Table of Contents

expansion of the entities eligible for discounts under the Public Health Service pharmaceutical pricing program;
requirements to report financial arrangements with physicians and teaching hospitals; and
a Patient-Centered Outcomes Research Institute to oversee, identify priorities in, and conduct comparative clinical effectiveness research, along with funding for such research.

Some of the provisions of the ACA have yet to be fully implemented, while certain provisions have been subject to reform through legislation and executive orders by the previous U.S. presidential administration and to judicial challenges. In 2012, the U.S. Supreme Court heard challenges to the constitutionality of the individual mandate and the viability of certain provisions of the ACA. The U.S. Supreme Court’s decision upheld most of the ACA and determined that requiring individuals to maintain “minimum essential” health insurance coverage or pay a penalty to the Internal Revenue Service was within Congress’s constitutional taxing authority. However, as a result of tax reform legislation enacted into law in late December 2017, the individual mandate has been eliminated, effective January 1, 2019. On December 14, 2018, a U.S. District Court judge in the Northern District of Texas ruled that the individual mandate is a critical and inseverable feature of the ACA, and therefore, because it was repealed as part of the 2017 Tax Reform Act, the remaining provisions of the ACA are invalid as well. On December 18, 2019, the Fifth Circuit U.S. Court of Appeals held that the individual mandate is unconstitutional. On March 2, 2020, the U.S. Supreme Court granted the petitions for writs of certiorari to review this case, and held oral arguments on November 10, 2020. On June 17, 2021, the U.S. Supreme Court dismissed the most recent judicial challenge to the ACA brought by several states without specifically ruling on the constitutionality of the ACA. Prior to the U.S. Supreme Court’s decision, President Biden issued an executive order to initiate a special enrollment period from February 15, 2021 through August 15, 2021 for the purpose of obtaining health insurance coverage through the ACA marketplace. The executive order also instructed certain governmental agencies to review and reconsider their existing policies and rules that limit access to healthcare, including among others, reexamining Medicaid demonstration projects and waiver programs that include work requirements, and policies that create unnecessary barriers to obtaining access to health insurance coverage through Medicaid or the ACA. It is unclear how other healthcare reform measures of the Biden administration or other efforts, if any, to challenge, repeal or replace the ACA will impact our initial business combinationbusiness.

Other legislative changes have also been proposed and adopted since the ACA was enacted that, directly or indirectly, affect or are likely to affect, the pharmaceutical industry and the commercialization of our products, including the Budget Control Act of 2011, or BCA, the American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012, or ATRA, and the Middle Class Tax Relief and Job Creation Act of 2012. In August 2011, the BCA, among other things, created measures for spending reductions by Congress. A Joint Select Committee on Deficit Reduction, tasked with onerecommending a targeted deficit reduction of at least $1.2 trillion for the years 2013 through 2021, was unable to reach required goals, thereby triggering the legislation’s automatic reduction to several government programs. This includes aggregate reductions of Medicare payments to providers up to 2% per fiscal year, and, due to subsequent legislative amendments, will remain in effect through 2030 unless additional Congressional action is taken.

However, the Medicare sequester reductions under the BCA have been suspended from May 1, 2020 through December 31, 2021 due to the COVID-19 pandemic. The ATRA, among other things, reduced Medicare payments to several providers, including hospitals, imaging centers and cancer treatment centers, and increased the statute of limitations period for the government to recover overpayments to providers from three to five years.

We expect that the ACA, as well as other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in more rigorous coverage criteria and in additional downward pressure on the price that we receive for our products that obtain marketing approval. Any reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government programs may result in a similar reduction in payments from private payors. The implementation of cost-containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability, or commercialize our products.

Individual states in the United States have also become increasingly aggressive in passing legislation and implementing regulations designed to control product pricing, including price or patient reimbursement constraints, discounts, restrictions on certain product access, and marketing cost disclosure and transparency measures, and, in some cases, designed to encourage importation from other countries and bulk purchasing.

- 38 -

Table of Contents

There have been, and likely will continue to be, legislative and regulatory proposals at the foreign, federal and state levels directed at containing or lowering the cost of healthcare. The implementation of cost- containment measures or other healthcare reforms may prevent us from being able to generate revenue, attain profitability, or commercialize our products. Such reforms could have an adverse effect on anticipated revenue from our products and product candidates that we may successfully develop and for which we may obtain regulatory approval and may affect our overall financial condition and ability to develop future product candidates. We cannot predict the initiatives that may be adopted in the future. The continuing efforts of the government, insurance companies, managed care organizations, and other payors of healthcare services to contain or reduce costs of healthcare and/or impose price controls may adversely affect:

the demand for our product and product candidates, if approved;
our ability to receive or set a price that we believe is fair for our products;
our ability to generate revenue and achieve or maintain profitability;
the amount of taxes that we are required to pay; and
the availability of capital.

We expect that the ACA, as well as other healthcare reform measures that may be adopted in the future, may result in additional reductions in Medicare and other healthcare funding, more target businesses.rigorous coverage criteria, lower reimbursement, and new payment methodologies. This could lower the price that we receive for our approved products. Any denial in coverage or reduction in reimbursement from Medicare or other government-funded programs may result in a similar denial or reduction in payments from private payors, which may prevent us from being able to generate sufficient revenue, attain profitability or commercialize our product and product candidates, if approved. Litigation and legislative efforts to change or repeal the ACA are likely to continue, with unpredictable and uncertain results.

We are responsible for manufacturing Plenity and currently has a validated and active commercial scale manufacturing facility that it is currently expanding, a fully functional pilot manufacturing site that can be quickly activated and land owned and zoned for commercial capacity expansion. We will continue to invest in manufacturing capacity at these sites and possibly build additional manufacturing sites to meet increased demand as Plenity is launched through new channels or in new markets. Our inability to produce an adequate supply of Plenity, due to the loss of these facilities or other future facilities or any material limitation of production at these facilities, could materially and adversely impact the commercial growth and success of Plenity and, consequently, could cause our revenue, earnings or reputation to suffer.

We have developed proprietary processes and manufacturing technologies for the production of Plenity. Our subsidiary, Gelesis S.r.l., operates manufacturing and research and development facilities in southern Italy that produce Plenity. These facilities are currently our sole supplier of Plenity and while we currently plan to quadruple the output of this facility in 2022 to meet the near term demands associated with the commercialization of Plenity there are no assurances that we will be able to do so successfully or at all.

Any performance failure by us could delay or otherwise adversely affect the commercialization of Plenity and we may encounter difficulties involving the production yields, regulatory compliance, lot release, quality control and quality assurance, as well as shortages of qualified personnel. Moreover, the ability to manufacture and supply Plenity adequately and in a timely manner is dependent on the uninterrupted and efficient operation of Gelesis S.r.l., which may be impacted by many manufacturing variables, including, but not limited to:

availability of raw materials from suppliers;
contamination of raw materials and components used in the manufacturing process;
capacity of our facilities or those of our contract manufacturers, if any;
the ability to adjust to changes in actual or anticipated use of the facility, including with respect to having sufficient capacity and a sufficient number of qualified personnel;

- 39 -

Table of Contents

facility contamination by microorganisms or viruses or cross contamination;
compliance with regulatory requirements, including inspectional notices of violation and warning letters;
changes in actual or forecasted demand;
timing and number of production runs;
production success rates; and
timing and outcome of product quality testing.

In addition, we may encounter delays and problems in manufacturing Plenity for a variety of reasons, including accidents during operations, failure of equipment, delays in receiving materials, natural or other disasters, political or governmental unrest or changes, social unrest, epidemics and pandemics, intentional misconduct or other factors inherent in operating complex manufacturing facilities. We may not be able to operate our manufacturing facility in a cost-effective manner or in a time frame that is consistent with manufacturing needs. If we cease or interrupt production or if other third parties fail to supply materials, products or services to us for any reason, such interruption could delay the commercial supply of Plenity, with the potential for additional costs and lost product sales. If this were to occur, we may also need to seek alternative means to fulfill our manufacturing needs. If we encounter unexpected failures or difficulties in our manufacturing process or require amounts of Plenity in excess of our current estimates we may be unable to manufacture sufficient supplies to support its commercialization, which will adversely impact the growth and success of Plenity and, consequently, could cause our revenue, earnings or reputation to suffer.

Furthermore, we will also be subject to ongoing periodic inspection, which may be unannounced, by the FDA, corresponding state authorities and European regulatory authorities to ensure strict compliance with QSR requirements and other applicable government regulations and corresponding foreign standards. If we fail to complete our initial business combination,maintain compliance or otherwise experience setbacks, we will never generate any operating revenues.could be subject to enforcement action, including warning or untitled letters or civil or criminal penalties, the production of Plenity could be interrupted or suspended, or Plenity could be recalled or withdrawn, resulting in delays, additional costs and potentially lost product sales.

Our public stockholders may not be afforded an opportunity to vote on our proposed initial business combination, which means we may complete our initial business combination even though a majority of our public stockholders do not support such a combination.

We may choose not to hold a stockholder vote to approve our initial business combination unless the initial business combination would require stockholder approval under applicable law or stock exchange listing requirements or if we decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other legal reasons. Except as required by law, the decision as to whether we will seek stockholder approval of a proposed initial business combination or will allow stockholders to sell their shares to us in a tender offer will be made by us, solely in our discretion, and will be based on a variety of factors, such as the timing of the transaction and whether the terms of the transaction would otherwise require us to seek stockholder approval. Accordingly, we may complete our initial business combination even if holders of a majority of our public shares do not approve of the initial business combination we complete.

- 19 -

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, our initial stockholders have agreed to vote in favor of such initial business combination, regardless of how our public stockholders vote.

Pursuant to the letter agreement, our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed to vote their founder shares, as well as any public shares purchased (including in open market and privately negotiated transactions), in favor of our initial business combination. As a result, in addition to our initial stockholders' founder shares, we would need only 10,350,001, or 37.5%, of the 27,600,000 public shares to be voted in favor of an initial business combination (assuming all outstanding shares are voted) in order to have our initial business combination approved (assuming the over-allotment optionThere is not exercised). Our initial stockholders own shares representing [20%] of our outstanding shares of common stock. Accordingly, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination, the agreement by our initial stockholders to vote in favor of our initial business combination will increase the likelihoodno guarantee that we will receivebe able to successfully commercialize Plenity through the requisite stockholder approval for such initialchannels or in the markets it is targeting or at all.

The commercial success of Plenity depends upon the awareness and acceptance of Plenity among the medical community, including physicians and patients. Market acceptance of Plenity depends on a number of factors, including, among others:

Plenity’s demonstrated ability to aid in weight management in overweight and obese patients;
the perceived advantages and disadvantages of Plenity over existing products and other competitive treatments and technologies for weight management in overweight and obese patients;
the prevalence and severity of any adverse side effects associated with Plenity, such as bloating, flatulence, abdominal pain and diarrhea;
limitations or warnings contained in the labeling approved for Plenity by the FDA or certain European notified bodies;
availability of alternative treatments, including a number of competitive obesity therapies already approved or expected to be commercially launched in the near future;
the extent to which physicians prescribe Plenity;
the willingness of the target patient population to try new therapies;
the strength of marketing and distribution support and timing of market introduction of competitive products;

- 40 -

Table of Contents

publicity concerning our products or competing products and treatments;
pricing and cost effectiveness;
the effectiveness of our sales and marketing strategies; and
the willingness of patients to pay out-of-pocket in the absence of third party reimbursement.

If Plenity does not achieve an adequate level of acceptance by patients and physicians, we will not generate sufficient product sales of Plenity to become or remain profitable. Our efforts to educate the medical community about the benefits of Plenity may require significant resources and may never be successful.

The telehealth market is immature and volatile, and if it does not develop, if it develops more slowly than we expect, or if it encounters negative publicity, our ability to fully commercialize Plenity and grow our business combination.

Your only opportunity to affect the investment decision regarding a potential business combination will be limitedharmed.

Our ability to fully commercialize Plenity and grow our business will depend, to a certain extent, upon the exercisewillingness of your rightpatients to redeem your shares from us for cash, unless we seek stockholder approvaluse, and extent of their utilization of, telehealth services. The telehealth market is relatively new and unproven, and it is uncertain whether it will achieve and sustain high levels of demand, consumer acceptance and market adoption. The outbreak of the initial business combination.

AtCOVID-19 pandemic has increased utilization of telehealth services, but it is uncertain whether such increase in demand will continue post- pandemic. Negative publicity concerning the timetelehealth market as a whole could limit market acceptance of, your investment in us, you will not be provided with an opportunityor ability to evaluate the specific merits or risksgenerate sales of, our initial business combination. Since our board of directors may complete an initial business combination without seeking stockholder approval, public stockholders may not have the right or opportunity to vote on the initial business combination, unless we seek such stockholder vote.

Accordingly, if wePlenity. If patients do not seek stockholder approval, your only opportunityengage with Plenity through telehealth services then our ability to affect the investment decision regarding aaccess potential business combinationpatients and, accordingly, our market, may be limited, may develop more slowly than we expect, or may not develop at all. Similarly, individual and healthcare industry concerns or negative publicity regarding patient confidentiality and privacy in the context of telehealth could limit the use of telehealth services to exercising your redemption rights withinaccess Plenity. If any of these events occurs, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to market and sell Plenity through telehealth services in a particular jurisdiction is directly dependent on the periodapplicable laws that govern remote healthcare and the practice of time (which will be at least 20medicine and healthcare delivery in general in such jurisdiction, which are subject to changing political, regulatory and other influences that may restrict our use of telehealth services or otherwise negatively impact our business days) set forth in our tender offer documents mailed to our public stockholders in which we describe our initial business combination.model and growth.

The ability of our public stockholdersqualified distributors to redeemmarket and sell Plenity through telehealth services in a particular jurisdiction is directly dependent upon the applicable laws in such jurisdiction that govern remote healthcare and the practice of medicine and healthcare delivery in general in such jurisdictions, which are subject to changing political, regulatory and other influences. Some state medical boards have established rules or interpreted existing rules in a manner that may limit or restrict the ability of our qualified distributors to use telehealth services in connection with providing patients with access to Plenity or otherwise negatively impact our business model and growth.

Telehealth offers patients the ability to see a licensed medical professional for advice, diagnosis and treatment of routine health conditions on a remote basis, which has been particularly important during the COVID-19 pandemic. Due to the nature of this service and the provision of medical care and treatment by licensed medical professionals, certain of our qualified distributors and their sharesphysicians and healthcare professionals who prescribe our products via telehealth are and may in the future be subject to complaints, inquiries and compliance orders by national and state medical boards. Such complaints, inquiries or compliance orders may result in disciplinary actions taken by these medical boards against the licensed physicians who provide Plenity through these telehealth services, which could include suspension, restriction or revocation of the physician’s medical license, probation, required continuing medical education courses, monetary fines, administrative actions and other conditions and would, in turn, limit the distribution of Plenity and slow our commercialization efforts.

- 41 -

Table of Contents

Due to the uncertain regulatory environment, certain states may determine that our qualified distributors and their affiliated physicians or healthcare professionals are in violation of their laws and regulations or such laws and regulations may change. In the event that we must remedy such violations, we may be required to modify how we utilize telehealth services, if at all, in connection with the distribution of Plenity in such states in a manner that undermines our business, we may become subject to fines or other penalties or, if we determine that the requirements to operate in compliance in such states are overly burdensome, we may elect to terminate our operations in such states. In each case, our revenue may decline and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.

In order to sell, market and distribute Plenity, we may enter into additional strategic collaborations with third parties. We have limited experience with such collaborations and if we have problems establishing these relationships, the commercialization of Plenity could be impaired.

We are continually evaluating changing consumer preferences and the competitive environment of the weight management industry and seeking out opportunities to improve our performance through the implementation of selected strategic collaborations. The goal of these efforts is to develop and implement a comprehensive and competitive business strategy that addresses those changes and drives the sale and distribution of Plenity. We may not be able to successfully implement our strategic collaborations and realize the intended business opportunities, growth prospects, including new business channels, and competitive advantages. Our efforts to capitalize on business opportunities may not bring the intended results. Assumptions underlying expected financial results or consumer demand and receptivity may not be met or economic conditions may deteriorate. We also may be unable to attract and retain highly qualified and skilled personnel to implement our strategic collaborations and we have limited experience implementing such arrangements with third parties. If we have problems establishing these relationships or executing thereunder, the commercialization of Plenity could be impaired.

Successful commercialization of Plenity is dependent on the willingness of the ultimate patient to pay out-of-pocket. If there is not sufficient patient demand for cashPlenity, our financial results and future prospects will be harmed.

We cannot be certain that third party reimbursement will be available for Plenity, and, if reimbursement is available, the amount of any such reimbursement. As a result, we expect that our success will be dependent on the willingness of patients to pay out-of-pocket for Plenity. The decision by a patient to elect to undergo treatment with Plenity may be influenced by a number of factors, such as:

the success of any sales and marketing programs, including direct-to-consumer marketing efforts, that we, or any third parties we engage, undertake, and as to which we have limited experience;
the extent to which physicians prescribe Plenity for their patients;
the extent to which Plenity satisfies patient expectations;
the cost, safety, and effectiveness of Plenity as compared to other treatments; and
general consumer confidence, which may be impacted by economic and political conditions.
Our financial performance will be materially harmed if we cannot generate significant patient demand for Plenity.

- 42 -

Table of Contents

Competing products and technologies could emerge, including pharmaceuticals, devices and surgical procedures, that adversely affect our opportunity to generate sales of Plenity and achieve profitability.

The biotechnology, pharmaceutical and medical device industries are intensely competitive and subject to rapid and significant technological change. We have competitors in a number of jurisdictions, many of which have substantially greater name recognition, commercial infrastructures and financial, technical and personnel resources than we have. Competitors may invest heavily to quickly discover and develop products that could make Plenity obsolete or economically disadvantageous. Competitors may also choose to develop a substantial equivalent of Plenity and obtain clearance through the FDA’s 510(k) clearance process, taking advantage of our investment and work. A new product that competes with Plenity may need to demonstrate that it is substantially equivalent to Plenity or that it has compelling advantages in efficacy, convenience, tolerability and safety to be commercially successful, which if demonstrated, could adversely affect our sales of Plenity and, therefore, our profitability. Competing products, whether substantially equivalent or not, may also be sold at lower prices. This and other competitive factors could force us to lower prices or could result in reduced sales. In addition, products developed by others could emerge as competitors to Plenity. If we are not able to compete effectively against our competitors, our financial condition unattractiveand operations will suffer.

Our competitors in the obesity market include drugs that are FDA-approved and currently marketed for the treatment of obesity. Plenity primarily competes with orlistat, phentermine/topiramate and naltrexone/ bupropion, three orally administered, marketed pharmaceutical products in the United States for the treatment of obesity, and several older products, indicated for short-term administration, including phentermine, phendimetrazine, benzphetamine and diethylpropion. Orlistat is marketed in the United States by Roche Group under the brand name Xenical and over-the-counter under the brand name alli, at half the prescribed dose, by GlaxoSmithKline. Vivus, Inc. also has a combination product, phentermine/ topiramate, which is marketed under the trade name Qsymia, Further, Orexigen Therapeutics, Inc. received FDA approval of naltrexone/bupropion which is marketed under the brand name Contrave in the United States and has also received marketing approval under the name Mysimba in the European Union. Plenity also competes with injectable pharmaceutical obesity therapies, including Saxenda and Wegovy marketed by Novo Nordisk. In addition, other approaches which utilize various implantable devices or surgical tools marketed by Apollo EndoSurgery, Inc., Obalon Therapeutics, Inc., Aspire Bariatrics, Inc., Scientific Intake Limited Co., and BioEnterics Corporation.

Many of our competitors have significantly greater financial, technical, manufacturing, marketing, sales and supply resources or experience than we have. Competing products could present superior treatment alternatives, including by being more effective, safer, less expensive or marketed and sold more effectively than any products we may develop. Competitors also may make any products we develop obsolete or noncompetitive before we recover the expense of developing and commercializing our product candidates. Such competitors could also recruit our employees, which could negatively impact our level of expertise and our ability to execute our business plan.

Risks Related to Intellectual Property Rights

If we are unable to adequately protect our proprietary technology or maintain issued patents that are sufficient to protect Plenity, or if competitors are able to market competitive products without infringing our protected intellectual property rights, others could compete against us in ways that would have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

Our commercial success will depend in part on our success in obtaining and maintaining issued patents and other intellectual property rights in the United States and elsewhere and protecting our proprietary technology. If we do not adequately protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology, competitors may be able to use our technologies without infringing on our intellectual property rights and erode or negate any competitive advantage that we may have, which could harm our business and ability to achieve profitability.

- 43 -

Table of Contents

As of December 31, 2021, we own nine families of patents and patent applications relating to our hydrogel technology, two of which are directed to methods of treating obesity and reducing caloric intake using certain hydrogels, the hydrogel composition in Plenity and methods of producing hydrogels. The issued U.S. patents in these two families have expiration dates or projected expiration dates ranging from 2028 to 2033. We cannot provide any assurances that competitors will practice the claims in our issued patents, or that claims in our issued patents are valid. Further, we cannot provide any assurances that the scope of the claims is sufficient to protect Plenity or its uses or that competitors will practice the claims. In Europe, there are additional issued patents directed to the hydrogel in Plenity, its production and uses of certain hydrogels to treat obesity and reduce caloric intake. In one of the seven other patent families, we have pending applications directed to treating overweight and obesity with certain hydrogels that are projected to expire in 2035.

We cannot provide any assurances that any of our patents have, or that any of our pending patent applications that mature into issued patents will include, claims with a scope sufficient to protect Plenity, that they will be sufficient to prevent competitors from marketing competitive products or that any indications obtained for Plenity, now or in the future, will be protected by any issued or future claim. Other parties have developed technologies that may be related or competitive to our approach and may have filed or may file patent applications and may have received or may receive patents that may overlap or conflict with our patent applications, either by claiming the same methods or formulations or by claiming subject matter that could dominate our patent position. The patent positions of biotechnology, pharmaceutical and medical device companies, including our patent position, involve complex legal and factual questions and, therefore, the issuance, scope, validity, and enforceability of any patent claims that we may obtain cannot be predicted with certainty. Patent law is continually evolving and rapidly changing, creating uncertainty and risk. Patents, if issued, may be challenged, deemed unenforceable, invalidated, or circumvented or it may be determined that competitive products do not infringe upon our rights. U.S. patents and patent applications may also be subject to interference proceedings, ex parte reexamination, inter partes review proceedings, post-grant review proceedings and challenges in district court. Patents may also be subjected to opposition, post-grant review, or comparable proceedings lodged in various foreign, both national and regional, patent offices.

These proceedings could result in either loss of the patent or denial of the patent application or loss or reduction in the scope of one or more of the claims of the patent or patent application. In addition, such proceedings may be costly. Thus, any patents that we own may not provide any protection against competitors. Furthermore, an adverse decision in an interference proceeding can result in a third party receiving the patent right sought by us, which in turn could affect our ability to develop, market or otherwise commercialize Plenity.

Furthermore, though an issued patent is presumed valid and enforceable, its issuance is not conclusive as to its validity or its enforceability, and it may not provide us with adequate proprietary protection or competitive advantages against competitors with similar or equivalent products. Competitors may also be able to design around our patents. Other parties may develop and obtain patent protection for more effective technologies, designs or methods. We may not be able to prevent the unauthorized disclosure or use of our technical knowledge or trade secrets by consultants, vendors, former employees and current employees. We also may encounter significant problems in protecting our proprietary rights in foreign countries. If these developments were to occur, they could have a material adverse effect on our sales.

Our ability to enforce our patent rights depends on the scope of our claims and our ability to detect infringement. It is difficult to detect infringers who do not advertise the components of their products or how they are made. Moreover, it may be difficult or impossible to obtain evidence of infringement in a competitor’s potential competitor’s product or methods of production. Any litigation to enforce or defend our patent rights, even if we were to prevail, could be costly and time-consuming and would divert the attention of our management and key personnel from our business combination targets,operations. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded if we were to prevail may not be commercially meaningful. Third parties may also assert claims that they do not practice our patents and seek a determination of non-infringement.

In addition, proceedings to enforce or defend our patents could put our patents at risk of being invalidated, held unenforceable, or interpreted narrowly. Such proceedings could also provoke third parties to assert claims against us, including that some or all of the claims in one or more of our patents are invalid or otherwise unenforceable. If any of our patents covering Plenity are invalidated or found unenforceable, our financial position and results of operations would be materially and adversely impacted.

- 44 -

Table of Contents

The degree of future protection for our proprietary rights is uncertain, and we cannot ensure that:

any of our patents, or any of our pending patent applications, if issued, will include claims having a scope sufficient to protect Plenity;
any of our pending patent applications will issue as patents;
we will be able to successfully commercialize Plenity, before our relevant patents expire;
we were the first to make the inventions covered by each of our patents and pending patent applications;
we were the first to file patent applications for these inventions;
others will not develop similar or alternative technologies that do not infringe our patents;
any of our patents will be found to ultimately be infringed;
any of our patents will be found to ultimately be valid and enforceable;
any patents issued to us will provide a basis for an exclusive market for our commercially viable products, will provide us with any competitive advantages or will not be challenged by third parties;
we will develop additional proprietary technologies or product candidates that are separately patentable; or
that our commercial activities or products will not infringe upon the patents of others.

We also rely upon unpatented trade secrets, unpatented know-how, and continuing technological innovation to develop and maintain our competitive position, which we seek to protect, in part, by confidentiality agreements with our employees and our collaborators and consultants. We also have agreements with our employees and selected consultants that obligate them to assign their inventions to us and have non-compete agreements with some, but not all, of our consultants. It is possible that technology relevant to our business will be independently developed by a person that is not a party to such an agreement. Furthermore, if the employees and consultants who are parties to these agreements breach or violate the terms of these agreements, we may not have adequate remedies for any such breach or violation, and we could lose our trade secrets through such breaches or violations. Further, our trade secrets could otherwise become known or be independently discovered by our competitors, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

- 45 -

Table of Contents

We have licensed Plenity to third party partners (e.g. for launch in Greater China, including Mainland China, Hong Kong, Macau, and Taiwan) and have also granted limited licenses to practice patent rights for noncommercial, research purposes. We may continue to out-license our intellectual property and may agree under certain circumstances to grant limited exclusive or non-exclusive commercial rights as well. There can be no guarantee that the third party’s activities will not in any way overlap or interfere with the commercialization of Plenity. Additionally, there is always the possibility that we may become dependent on obtaining access to third party intellectual property in connection with the commercialization of Plenity or for other new product candidates in the future.

We have acquired certain patent rights that cover Plenity and these rights impose various obligations on us, including a requirement to make certain milestone and royalty payments and to prosecute and maintain the patent rights. We have also granted a non-exclusive license to practice the patent rights for noncommercial, research purposes, and we have agreed under certain circumstances to grant an additional non-blocking license for the development and commercialization of certain drug delivery products that do not include any composition of matter that is claimed by the patent rights, exclusive of products relating to obesity, weight loss, diabetes, metabolic diseases, GI disorders, laxatives and liquid removal. While we believe that the scope of any non-blocking license will be clearly distinct from our field of interest, there can be no guarantee that a disagreement will not arise over a particular product area, or that such a disagreement could not materially and adversely impact our business. In addition, we have also granted an exclusive, transferable, sublicensable, and royalty-bearing license of our intellectual property to develop, import, register, manufacture, and commercialize Plenity in Greater China (including Mainland China, Hong Kong, Macau, and Taiwan), Singapore and United Arab Emirates.

Additionally, under these agreements, such third parties have agreed to assign to us certain future technology relating to food products that they develop during the term of the agreements, as well as other improvements to our existing intellectual property rights that result from activities they perform under the agreements. There can be no guarantee, however, such third parties will not attempt to act contrary to such obligations or that, if they do, we would succeed in a legal action to stop them from doing so.

We may be required to enter into additional license(s) to use third party intellectual property that we find necessary or useful to our business, or because that third party owner asserts we are infringing on such third party intellectual property. In such a case, even if we are successful in obtaining terms that are commercially reasonable, such a future licensor might also allege that we have breached our license agreement and may accordingly seek to terminate our license with them or may insist on the right to terminate such a license at will. If successful, any such termination could result in our loss of the right to use the licensed intellectual property, which could materially adversely affect our ability to develop and commercialize a product candidate or product, if approved, as well as harm our competitive business position and our business prospects.

We may infringe the intellectual property rights of others, which may prevent or delay our development efforts or stop us from commercializing or increase the costs of commercializing Plenity.

Our success will depend in part on our ability to operate without infringing the intellectual property and proprietary rights of third parties. We cannot assure you that our business, products and methods do not or will not infringe the patents or other intellectual property rights of third parties.

The medical device, pharmaceutical and biotechnology industries are characterized by extensive litigation regarding patents and other intellectual property rights. Other parties may allege that Plenity or the use of our technologies infringes patent claims or other intellectual property rights held by them or that we are employing their proprietary technology without authorization. Patent and other types of intellectual property litigation can involve complex factual and legal questions, and their outcome is uncertain. Any claim relating to intellectual property infringement that is successfully asserted against us may require us to pay substantial damages, including treble damages and attorney’s fees if we are found to be willfully infringing another party’s patents, for past use of the asserted intellectual property and royalties and other consideration going forward if we are forced to take a license. In addition, if any such claim were successfully asserted against us and we could not obtain such a license, we may be forced to stop or delay developing, manufacturing, selling or otherwise commercializing Plenity or our other product candidates.

Even if we are successful in these proceedings, we may incur substantial costs and divert management time and attention in pursuing these proceedings, which could have a material adverse effect on us. If we are unable to avoid infringing the patent rights of others, we may be required to seek a license, defend an infringement action or challenge the validity of the patents in court, or redesign our products. Patent litigation is costly and time consuming. We may not have sufficient resources to bring these actions to a successful conclusion. In addition, intellectual property litigation or claims could force us to do one or more of the following:

- 46 -

Table of Contents

cease selling or otherwise commercializing Plenity;
pay substantial damages for past use of the asserted intellectual property;
obtain a license from the holder of the asserted intellectual property, which license may not be available on reasonable terms, if at all; and
in the case of trademark claims, redesign or rename Plenity to avoid infringing the intellectual property rights of third parties, which may not be possible and, even if possible, could be costly and time-consuming.

Any of these risks coming to fruition could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition and prospects.

We may be subject to claims challenging the inventorship or ownership of our patents and other intellectual property.

We may also be subject to claims that former employees, collaborators, or other third parties have an ownership interest in our patents or other intellectual property. For example, each of our patents and patent

applications names one or more inventors affiliated with other institutions, any of whom may assert an ownership claim. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these and other claims challenging inventorship or ownership. If we fail in defending any such claims, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights, such as exclusive ownership of, or right to use, valuable intellectual property. Such an outcome could have a material adverse effect on our business. Even if we are successful in defending against such claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and be a distraction to management and other employees.

Obtaining and maintaining our patent protection depends on compliance with various procedural, document submission, fee payment and other requirements imposed by governmental patent agencies, and our patent protection could be reduced or eliminated for non-compliance with these requirements.

The U.S. Patent and Trademark Office, or USPTO, and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural, documentary, fee payment and other provisions during the patent process. There are situations in which noncompliance can result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in the relevant jurisdiction. In such an event, competitors might be able to enter the market earlier than would otherwise have been the case.

We may be involved in lawsuits to protect or enforce our patents, which could be expensive, time-consuming and unsuccessful.

Competitors may infringe our patents. To counter infringement or unauthorized use, we may be required to file infringement claims, which can be expensive and time-consuming. In addition, in an infringement proceeding, a court may decide that a patent of ours is not valid, is unenforceable and/or is not infringed, or may refuse to stop the other party from using the technology at issue on the grounds that our patents do not cover the technology in question. An adverse result in any litigation or defense proceedings could put one or more of our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly and could put our patent applications at risk of not issuing.

Interference proceedings provoked by third parties or brought by us may be necessary to determine the priority of inventions with respect to our patents or patent applications. An unfavorable outcome could require us to cease using the related technology or to attempt to license rights to it from the prevailing party. Our business could be harmed if the prevailing party does not offer us a license on commercially reasonable terms. Our defense of litigation or interference proceedings may fail and, even if successful, may result in substantial costs and distract our management and other employees. We may not be able to prevent misappropriation of our intellectual property rights, particularly in countries where the laws may not protect those rights as fully as in the United States.

- 47 -

Table of Contents

Furthermore, because of the substantial amount of discovery required in connection with intellectual property litigation, there is a risk that some of our confidential information could be compromised by disclosure during this type of litigation. There could also be public announcements of the results of hearings, motions or other interim proceedings or developments. If securities analysts or investors perceive these results to be negative, it could have a material adverse effect on the price of our Common Stock.

Issued patents covering Plenity could be found invalid or unenforceable if challenged in court.

If we initiated legal proceedings against a third party to enforce a patent covering our product candidate, the defendant could counterclaim that the patent covering our product candidate is invalid and/or unenforceable. In patent litigation in the United States, defendant counterclaims alleging invalidity and/or unenforceability are commonplace. Grounds for a validity challenge include alleged failures to meet any of several statutory requirements, including lack of novelty, obviousness, indefiniteness or non-enablement.

Grounds for unenforceability assertions include allegations that someone connected with prosecution of the patent withheld relevant information from the USPTO or made a misleading statement during prosecution. Third parties may also raise similar claims before administrative bodies in the United States or abroad, even outside the context of litigation. Such mechanisms include re-examination, post grant review and equivalent proceedings in foreign jurisdictions, e.g., opposition proceedings. Such proceedings could result in revocation or amendment of our patents in such a way that they do not cover Plenity or competitive products. The outcome following legal assertions of invalidity and unenforceability is unpredictable. With respect to validity, for example, we cannot be certain that there is no invalidating prior art of which we and the patent examiner were unaware during prosecution. If a defendant were to prevail on a legal assertion of invalidity and/or unenforceability, we would lose at least part, and perhaps all, of the patent protection on Plenity. Such a loss of patent protection would have a material adverse impact on our business.

We do not seek to protect our intellectual property rights in all jurisdictions throughout the world and we may not be able to adequately enforce our intellectual property rights even in the jurisdictions where we seek protection.

Filing, prosecuting and defending patents on Plenity and any other product candidates in all countries and jurisdictions throughout the world would be prohibitively expensive, and we did not pursue intellectual property rights in some countries outside the United States. In addition, the laws of some foreign countries do not protect intellectual property rights to the same extent as in other jurisdictions. Consequently, we may not be able to prevent third parties from practicing our inventions in all jurisdictions, or from selling or importing products made using our inventions in and into the United States or other jurisdictions.

Competitors may use our technologies in jurisdictions where we have not obtained patent protection to develop their own products and further, may export otherwise infringing products to territories where we have patent protection, but where enforcement is limited. These products may compete with our products, and our patents or other intellectual property rights may not be effective or sufficient to prevent them from competing.

Many companies have encountered significant problems in protecting and defending intellectual property rights in foreign jurisdictions. The legal systems of certain countries, particularly certain developing countries, do not favor the enforcement of patents and other intellectual property protection, particularly those relating to biopharmaceuticals and medical devices, which could make it difficult for us to enter intostop the infringement of our patents or marketing of competing products in violation of our proprietary rights generally. Proceedings to enforce our patent rights in foreign jurisdictions could result in substantial costs and divert our efforts and attention from other aspects of our business, could put our patents at risk of being invalidated or interpreted narrowly, could put our patent applications at risk of not issuing and could provoke third parties to assert claims against us. We may not prevail in any lawsuits that we initiate and the damages or other remedies awarded, if any, may not be commercially meaningful. Accordingly, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights around the world may be inadequate to obtain a significant commercial advantage from the intellectual property that we develop or license.

- 48 -

Table of Contents

Changes in U.S. patent law could diminish the value of patents in general, thereby impairing our ability to protect our products.

The United States has implemented the America Invents Act of 2011, which was wide-ranging patent reform legislation. Further, the Federal Circuit and the U.S. Supreme Court has ruled on several patent cases in recent years, either narrowing the scope of patent protection available in certain circumstances or weakening the rights of patent owners in certain situations, such as with respect to patent claims using “consisting essentially of” transitional language. In addition to increasing uncertainty with regard to our ability to obtain future patents, this combination of events has created uncertainty with respect to the value of patents, once obtained. Depending on decisions by the U.S. Congress, the federal courts and the USPTO, the laws and regulations governing patents could change in unpredictable ways that would weaken our ability to obtain new patents or to enforce our existing patents or future patents.

We may be subject to damages resulting from claims that we, our employees, consultants or third parties we engage to manufacture our products have wrongfully used or disclosed alleged trade secrets of our competitors or are in breach of non-competition or non-solicitation agreements with our competitors.

Many of our employees were previously employed at pharmaceutical companies and other medical device companies, including our potential competitors, in some cases until recently. We may be subject to claims that we, our employees, consultants or third parties have inadvertently or otherwise used or disclosed alleged trade secrets or proprietary information of these former employers or competitors. In addition, we may be subject to claims that we caused an initialemployee to breach the terms of his or her non-competition or non- solicitation agreement. Litigation may be necessary to defend against these claims. Even if we are successful in defending against these claims, litigation could result in substantial costs and could be a distraction for our management. If our defense to those claims fails, in addition to paying monetary damages, we may lose valuable intellectual property rights or personnel. Any litigation or the threat thereof may adversely affect our ability to hire employees or contract with third parties. A loss of key personnel or their work product could have an adverse effect on our business, combinationresults of operations and financial condition.

Risks Related to Our Business and Strategy

We will need to continue to develop and expand, and if we fail to manage such development and expansion effectively, our expenses could increase more than expected, our revenue may not increase sufficiently to generate sustainable profits and we may be unable to successfully execute on our growth initiatives, business strategies or operating plans.

As of December 31, 2021, we had 103 full-time employees and 10 consultants and we expect to continue to increase the number of our administrative employees. We also plan to expand the scope of our operations including the development of a commercial-scale manufacturing line and hiring manufacturing staff. To manage our anticipated development and expansion, we must continue to implement and improve our managerial, operational and financial systems, expand our facilities and continue to recruit and train additional qualified personnel. Also, our management may need to divert a disproportionate amount of its attention away from its day-to-day activities and devote a substantial amount of time to managing these development activities. Due to our limited resources and the limited experience of our management team in managing a company with such anticipated growth, we may not be able to effectively manage such development and the expansion of our operations or recruit and train additional qualified personnel. This may result in weaknesses in our infrastructure, give rise to operational mistakes, loss of business opportunities, loss of employees and reduced productivity among remaining employees. The physical expansion of our operations may lead to significant costs and may divert financial resources from other projects, such as the commercialization of Plenity, and we may not be able to sufficiently increase our revenue to generate sustainable profits. If our management is unable to effectively manage our expected development and expansion, our expenses may increase more than expected, our ability to generate or increase our product sales could be reduced, and we may not be able to successfully execute on our growth initiatives, business strategies or operating plans. Our future financial performance and our ability to commercialize Plenity and compete effectively will depend in part on our ability to effectively manage the future development and expansion of our company.

- 49 -

Table of Contents

Our estimated addressable market is subject to inherent challenges and uncertainties. If we have overestimated the size of our addressable market generally or markets in which we intend to offer Plenity, our future growth opportunities may be limited.

Data regarding the size and potential growth of the addressable market for weight management and weight loss solutions, generally, and the size of the target market for Plenity, specifically in the United States, is based upon, in part, internal estimates, forecasts and information obtained from independent trade associations, industry publications and surveys and other independent sources, proprietary research studies and management’s knowledge of the industry, and is subject to significant uncertainty and is based on assumptions that may not prove accurate. While these estimates are made in good faith and are based on assumptions and estimates we believe to be reasonable, they may not be accurate and are subject to change. If we have overestimated the size of the addressable market for Plenity, including within the markets in which we intend to offer Plenity, our future growth opportunities may be limited.

Our ability to identify, engage with and retain Plenity patients is essential to our ability to grow and sustain our sales.

Sales of Plenity are our sole source of revenue, and our future growth depends upon our ability to identify, engage with, retain and grow our patient base and audience. To do so will require us to address changing consumer demands and developments in technology and improve Plenity, including by developing additional indications, while continuing to provide our distributors and patients with guidance and inspiring them on their weight management journeys by providing a target.product that provides meaningful results. We have invested and will continue to invest significant resources in these efforts, but there is no assurance that we will be able to successfully maintain and increase our patient base or that we will be able to do so without taking steps such as reducing pricing or incurring manufacturing costs that would affect our revenues, margin and/or profitability.

We depend on a limited number of third-party suppliers, and the loss of any of these suppliers or their inability to provide us with an adequate supply of materials or distribution could harm our business.

We may seekrely on a limited number of third party suppliers to enter into an initial business combination agreementprovide certain components for the hydrogel technology utilized in the manufacture of Plenity as well as related packaging for Plenity. The supply and price of these components are subject to market conditions and are influenced by many factors beyond our control, including pandemics (such as the COVID-19 pandemic) or other outbreaks of contagious diseases, weather patterns affecting component production, governmental programs and regulations, labor disruptions, and inflation. Although we strive to maintain relationships with a prospective target that requires as a closing conditionsuppliers with the objective of ensuring that we have a minimum net worth or a certain amountadequate sources for the supply of cash. If too many public stockholders exercise their redemption rights, we wouldsuch components and packaging materials, increases in demand for such items, both within our industry and in general, can result in shortages and higher costs. Our suppliers may not be able to meet such closing condition and, asour delivery schedules, we may lose a result, wouldsignificant supplier, a supplier may not be able to proceed with the initial business combination. Furthermore, in no event willmeet performance and quality specifications and we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 upon consummation of our initial business combination and after payment of underwriters' fees and commissions (so that we are not subject to the SEC's "penny stock" rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. Consequently, if accepting all properly submitted redemption requests would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 upon consummation of our initial business combination and after payment of underwriters' fees and commissions or such greater amount necessary to satisfy a closing condition as described above, we would not proceed with such redemption and the related business combination and may instead search for an alternate business combination. Prospective targets will be aware of these risks and, thus, may be reluctant to enter into an initial business combination with us.

- 20 -

The ability of our public stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares may not allow usbe able to completepurchase such items at a competitive cost. Our freight costs may increase due to factors such as limited carrier availability, increased fuel costs, increased compliance costs associated with new or changing government regulations, pandemics (such as the most desirable business combinationCOVID-19 pandemic) or optimizeother outbreaks of contagious diseases and inflation. Higher prices for natural gas, propane, electricity and fuel also may increase our capital structure.

At the time we enter into an agreementcomponent, production and delivery costs. The prices charged for Plenity may not reflect changes in our initial business combination, we will not know how many stockholders may exercise their redemption rights,component, packaging material, freight, tariff and therefore will need to structure the transaction based on our expectations as to the number of shares that will be submitted for redemption. If our initial business combination agreement requires us to use a portion of the cash in the trust account to pay the purchase price, or requires us to have a minimum amount of cash at closing, we will need to reserve a portion of the cash in the trust account to meet such requirements, or arrange for third-party financing. In addition, if a larger number of shares are submitted for redemption than we initially expected, we may need to restructure the transaction to reserve a greater portion of the cash in the trust account or arrange for third-party financing. Raising additional third-party financing may involve dilutive equity issuances or the incurrence of indebtedness at higher than desirable levels. Furthermore, this dilution would increase to the extent that the anti-dilution provisions of the Class B common stock result in the issuance of Class A shares on a greater than one-to-one basis upon conversion of the Class B common stockenergy costs at the time they occur, or at all.

The loss of key supply sources, for any reason, our business combination. The above considerationsinability to obtain necessary quantities of components and packaging materials or changes in freight or energy costs may limit our ability to completemaintain existing margins and may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. If we fail or are unable to hedge and prices subsequently increase, or if we institute a hedge and prices subsequently decrease, our costs may be greater than anticipated or greater than our competitors’ costs, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.

We rely on a limited number of channels for the most desirable business combination availabledistribution of Plenity, with a few qualified distributors currently accounting for substantially all of our revenue. The loss of one or more of such qualified distributors would materially harm our business.

For the years ended December 31, 2020 and 2021, respectively, we relied on three customers or distributors for the distribution of Plenity accounting for 100% of our revenue. We also rely on our reputation and recommendations from key qualified distributors in order to promote Plenity to potential new patients. The loss of any of our key qualified distributors, or a failure of some of them to renew or expand their relationships with us, could have a significant impact on the growth rate of our revenue, reputation and our ability to obtain new users. In addition, mergers and acquisitions involving our qualified distributors could lead to cancellation or optimizenon-renewal of our capital structure. The amount of the deferred underwriting commissions payable to the underwriters will not be adjusted for any shares that are redeemed in connectioncontracts with an initial business combination. The per-share amount we will distribute to stockholders who properly exercise their redemption rights will not be reducedthose distributors or by the deferred underwriting commission and after such redemptions,acquiring or combining companies, thereby reducing the per-share value of shares held by non-redeeming stockholders will reflect our obligation to pay the deferred underwriting commissions.

The ability of our public stockholders to exercise redemption rights with respect to a large number of our shares could increase the probability thatexisting and potential distributors, which would materially harm our initial business combination would be unsuccessful and that you would have to wait for liquidation in order to redeem your stock.business.

- 50 -

Table of Contents

If our initialexisting qualified distributors do not continue or renew their contracts with us, renew at lower price levels or decline to purchase additional amounts of Plenity from us, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, combination agreement requires usfinancial condition and results of operations.

We expect to usederive a significant portion of our revenue from renewal of existing qualified distributor contracts and sales of Plenity to existing distributors. As part of our growth strategy, for instance, we have recently focused on the cash in the trust accountdistribution of Plenity through telehealth services as well as using our sales force to pay the purchase price, or requires usdrive sales of Plenity. As a result, increasing sales of Plenity is critical to have a minimum amountour future business, revenue growth and results of cash at closing, the probabilityoperations.

Factors that our initial business combination would be unsuccessful is increased. If our initial business combination is unsuccessful, you would not receive your pro rata portion of the trust account until we liquidate the trust account. If you are in need of immediate liquidity, you could attempt to sell your stock in the open market; however, at such time our stock may trade at a discount to the pro rata amount per share in the trust account. In either situation, you may suffer a material loss on your investment or lose the benefit of funds expected in connection with our redemption until we liquidate or you are able to sell your stock in the open market.

The requirement that we complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame may give potential target businesses leverage over us in negotiating an initial business combination and may decreaseaffect our ability to conduct due diligenceincrease sales of Plenity include, but are not limited to, the following:

the price, performance and safety of Plenity;
the availability, price, performance and functionality of competing solutions;
changes in healthcare laws, regulations, enforcement of such laws and regulations, or other trends; and the business environment of our qualified distributors.

We enter into exclusive supply and distribution agreements with our qualified distributors. Most of our distributors have no obligation to renew their contracts with us after the initial term expires. In addition, our distributors may negotiate terms less advantageous to us upon renewal, which may reduce our revenue from these distributors. Our future results of operations also depend, in part, on potential business combination targets as we approach our dissolution deadline, which could undermine our ability to completeexpand the number of our initial business combinationdistributors. If our distributors fail to renew their contracts, renew their contracts upon less favorable terms or at lower fee levels or fail to purchase new products and services from us, our revenue may decline, or our future revenue growth may be constrained.

Our future success depends on termsour ability to retain our senior executive officers and to attract and keep senior management and key scientific and commercial personnel.

Our success depends in part on our continued ability to attract, retain and motivate highly qualified management, clinical and scientific personnel. We are highly dependent upon our senior management, particularly Yishai Zohar, our Chief Executive Officer and President, as well as other employees and consultants. Although none of these individuals has informed us to date that would produce valuehe intends to retire or resign in the near future, the loss of services of any of these individuals or one or more of our other members of senior management could delay or prevent the successful commercialization of Plenity and the development of future product candidates.

Although we have not historically experienced unique difficulties attracting and retaining qualified employees, we could experience such problems in the future. For example, competition for our stockholders.

Any potential target business with whichqualified personnel in the biotechnology, pharmaceutical and medical device field is intense, and we enter into negotiations concerning an initial business combination will be aware thatface competition for the hiring of scientific and clinical personnel from other biotechnology and pharmaceutical companies, as well as universities and research institutions. In addition, the consultants and advisors, including scientific and clinical advisors, upon whom we must complete our initial business combination by July 7, 2022. Consequently, such target business may obtain leverage overrely to assist us in negotiating an initial business combination, knowing that if we do not completeformulating our initial business combination with that particular target business, weresearch development and commercialization strategy, may be unableemployed by employers other than us and may have commitments under consulting or advisory contracts with other entities that may limit their availability to complete our initial business combination with any target business. This risk will increase as we get closer to the timeframe described above.us. In addition, we may have limited timewill need to conduct due diligencehire additional personnel as we expand our clinical development and may enter into our initial business combination on terms that we would have rejected upon a more comprehensive investigation.

commercial activities. We may not be able to completeattract and retain quality personnel on acceptable terms, if at all.

We may not be successful in our initialefforts to identify or discover additional product candidates.

The success of our business combination withindepends primarily upon our ability to identify, develop and commercialize products using our proprietary hydrogel technology. Although Plenity is currently in the prescribed time frame,early stages of commercialization, our research programs may fail to identify other potential product candidates for clinical development for a number of reasons. Our research methodology may be unsuccessful in identifying potential product candidates or our potential product candidates may be shown to have harmful side effects or may have other characteristics that may make the products unmarketable or unlikely to receive marketing approval.

Research programs to identify new product candidates require substantial technical, financial and human resources. We may focus our efforts and resources on potential programs or product candidates that ultimately prove to be unsuccessful.

- 51 -

Table of Contents

Our employees may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including violating applicable regulatory standards and requirements or engaging in insider trading, which casecould significantly harm our business.

We are exposed to the risk of employee fraud or other misconduct. Misconduct by employees could include intentional failures to comply with the regulations of the FDA and European regulatory authorities, provide accurate information to the FDA and applicable non-U.S. regulators, comply with healthcare

fraud and abuse laws and regulations in the United States and abroad, as well as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or FCPA, report financial information or data accurately or disclose unauthorized activities to us. In particular, sales, marketing and business arrangements in the healthcare industry are subject to extensive laws and regulations intended to prevent fraud, misconduct, kickbacks, self-dealing and other abusive practices. These laws and regulations restrict or prohibit a wide range of pricing, discounting, marketing and promotion, sales commission, customer incentive programs and other business arrangements. Employee misconduct could also involve the improper use of, including trading on, information obtained in the course of clinical trials, which could result in regulatory sanctions and serious harm to our reputation. We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, but it is not always possible to identify and deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we would cease all operations except for the purpose of winding uptake to detect and prevent this activity may be ineffective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses or in protecting us from governmental investigations or other actions or lawsuits stemming from a failure to comply with these laws or regulations. If any such actions are instituted against us, and we would redeemare not successful in defending ourselves or asserting our public sharesrights, those actions could have a significant impact on our business, including the imposition of significant fines or other sanctions.

We face potential product liability exposure and liquidate,if claims are brought against us, we may incur substantial liability.

The sale of Plenity exposes us to the risk of product liability claims. Product liability claims might be brought against us by patients, healthcare providers or others selling or otherwise coming into contact with Plenity. For example, we may be sued if any product we develop allegedly causes injury or is found to be otherwise unsuitable during manufacturing, marketing or sale. Any such product liability claims may include allegations of defects in which case our public stockholdersmanufacturing, defects in design, a failure to warn of dangers inherent in the product, negligence, strict liability and a breach of warranties. Claims could also be asserted under state consumer protection acts. If we become subject to product liability claims and cannot successfully defend ourselves against them, we could incur substantial liabilities.

In addition, regardless of merit or eventual outcome, product liability claims may only receive $10.00 per share,result in, among other things:

withdrawal of patients from our clinical trials;
substantial monetary awards to patients or other claimants;
decreased demand for Plenity or any future product candidates following marketing approval, if obtained;
damage to our reputation and exposure to adverse publicity;
increased FDA warnings on product labels;
litigation costs;
distraction of management’s attention from our primary business;
loss of sales; and
the inability to successfully commercialize Plenity or any future product candidates, if approved.

Our insurance coverage may be insufficient to reimburse us for any expenses or less than such amountlosses we may suffer. Moreover, in certain circumstances, and our warrants will expire worthless.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides thatthe future, we must complete our initial business combination by July 7, 2022. We may not be able to findmaintain insurance coverage at a suitable targetreasonable cost or in sufficient amounts to protect us against losses, including if insurance coverage becomes increasingly expensive.

- 52 -

Table of Contents

Significant judgments have been awarded in class action lawsuits based on drugs and medical devices that had unanticipated side effects. The cost of any product liability litigation or other proceedings, even if resolved in our favor, could be substantial, particularly in light of the size of our business and completefinancial resources. A product liability claim or series of claims brought against us could cause our initialstock price to decline, and if we are unsuccessful in defending such a claim or claims and the resulting judgments exceed our insurance coverage, our financial condition, business combination withinand prospects could be materially adversely affected.

If the weight management industry is subject to adverse publicity, our business could be harmed.

Unfavorable publicity regarding, for example, the weight management industry, the healthcare industry, litigation or regulatory activity, the actions of the entities included or otherwise involved in our platform, negative perceptions of Plenity, our hydrogel technology, pricing, our data privacy or data security practices, telehealth services or our revenue could materially adversely affect our reputation. Such negative publicity also could have an adverse effect on our ability to attract and retain consumers, patients, business partners or employees, and result in decreased revenue, which would materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If the perception of our brands or business reputation is damaged, customers and the ultimate user may not purchase Plenity, which could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are building our reputation on the efficacy of Plenity and the high-quality nature of the product, its availability and the limited side effects. We must protect and expand on the value of Plenity to continue to be successful in the future. Any incident that erodes consumer or patient affinity for Plenity could significantly reduce our value and damage our business. For example, negative third-party reports regarding Plenity, related side effects or the quality and availability of the product generally, whether accurate or not, may adversely affect consumer and patient perceptions, which could cause our value to suffer and adversely affect our business. In addition, if we are forced or voluntarily elect to recall Plenity or there are other regulatory actions taken with respect to Plenity, the public perception of the quality, safety and efficacy of Plenity may be diminished. We may also be adversely affected by news or other negative publicity, regardless of accuracy, regarding other aspects of our business, such time period. Ifas public health concerns, illness, safety, security breaches of personal information or employee information, employee-related claims relating to alleged employment discrimination, health care and benefits issues or government or industry findings about our retailers, distributors, manufacturers or others across the industry supply chain.

As part of our marketing initiatives, we have not completedcontracted with certain public figures to market and endorse our initial business combination within such time period,products. While we will: (i) cease all operations except formaintain specific selection criteria and are diligent in our efforts to seek out public figures that resonate genuinely and effectively with our consumer audience, the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeemindividuals we choose to market and endorse Plenity may fall into negative favor with the general public. Because our consumers may associate the public shares,figures that market and endorse Plenity with us, any negative publicity on behalf of such individuals may cause negative publicity about us and Plenity. This negative publicity could materially and adversely affect our brands and reputation and our revenue and profits.

A significant interruption in the operations of our third-party partners could potentially disrupt our operations and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on Roman Health Pharmacy LLC to provide our members with access to telehealth services and we partner with GoGoMeds to provide online pharmacy access to Plenity for non-telehealth patients. Although our ability to attract, retain, and serve our members is significantly dependent upon the reliable performance of our third party partners and their respective underlying information technology, we have limited control over their operations. Any significant disruption of their operations, whether as a result of general market or economic conditions, the failure of their equipment or information technology systems, a breach of data security or unauthorized disclosures of sensitive data, such as personally identifiable information or individually identifiable health information, could result in a decrease in consumer demand for Plenity. In addition, any disruption in the operations of our business partners could subject us to reputational damage and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

- 53 -

Table of Contents

Negative information, including inaccurate information about us on social media, which may include information attributable to spokespersons with whom we have a relationship, may harm our reputation and brand, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

There has been a marked increase in the use of social media platforms and similar channels, including the use of celebrity endorsements or spokespersons with whom we may have a relationship with, that provide individuals with access to a broad audience of consumers and other interested persons. The availability of

information on social media platforms is virtually immediate, as is its effect. Many social media platforms immediately publish the content their subscribers and participants post, often without filters or checks on accuracy of the content posted. The opportunity for dissemination of information, including inaccurate information, is potentially limitless. Information about our business and Plenity may be posted on such platforms at a per-share price, payableany time. Negative views regarding Plenity and its efficacy may continue to be posted in cash, equalthe future, and are out of our control. Regardless of their accuracy or authenticity, such information and views may be adverse to our interests and may harm our reputation and brand. The harm may be immediate without affording an opportunity for redress or correction. Ultimately, the risks associated with any such negative publicity cannot be eliminated or completely mitigated and may materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We must expend resources to maintain consumer awareness of Plenity, build brand loyalty and generate increasing sales. Our marketing strategies and channels will evolve and our programs may or may not be successful.

To remain competitive and expand, we may need to increase our marketing and advertising spending to maintain and increase consumer awareness of Plenity, protect and grow our existing market share or promote new products, which could affect our operating results. Substantial advertising and promotional expenditures may be required to maintain or improve our brand’s market position or to introduce new products to the aggregate amount thenmarket or new indications for Plenity, when and if available, and participants in our industry are increasingly engaging with non-traditional media, including consumer outreach through social media, celebrity promotions and web-based channels, which may not prove successful and may have a negative impact on depositperception of Plenity or reduce market acceptance of Plenity. An increase in the trust account including interest earned on the funds held in the trust accountour marketing and advertising efforts may not previously releasedmaintain or increase our current reputation, or lead to us to pay our franchise and income taxes (less up to $100,000 of interest to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders' rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approvalincreased brand awareness. Moreover, we may not maintain current awareness of our remaining stockholders and our board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each casebrand due to our obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. In such case, our public stockholders may only receive $10.00 per share, and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share on the redemption of their shares. See "—If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share" and other risk factors below.

- 21 -

If we seek stockholder approvalany potential fragmentation of our initial business combination,marketing efforts as we continue to focus on a particular target market for weight management patients. Our inability to increase or maintain sales of Plenity could negatively impact our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors and their affiliates may electability to purchase shares or warrants from public stockholders,develop other indications for Plenity as well as other product offerings, which may influence a votehave an adverse effect on a proposed initialour business, combinationfinancial condition and reduce the public "float"results of our Class A common stock.operations.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptionscontinually enhance our brand recognition, increase distribution of Plenity, attract new patients and introduce new and innovative products, either on a timely basis or at all, our business may suffer.

The weight management industry is subject to rapid and frequent changes in connection withconsumer demands and preferences. Because consumers are constantly seeking new products and strategies to achieve their weight goals, our initial business combination pursuantsuccess relies heavily on our ability to enhance our brand awareness through the increased distribution of Plenity, by attracting new patients and by continuing to develop and market new and innovative products that build on Plenity’s commercialization. Since Plenity is currently our only product offering, our ability to generate sales of Plenity and for it to achieve widespread market acceptance is essential to the tender offer rules,success of our sponsor, directors, officers, advisorsbusiness. To respond to new and evolving consumer demands and preferences, continue to enhance brand recognition and keep pace with new weight management, technological and other developments, we must constantly introduce new and innovative products into the market, after regulatory approval, some of which may not be accepted by consumers, or may not be achieved in a timely manner that allows us to build off of the commercialization of Plenity. If we cannot commercialize Plenity or other new products, our revenue may not grow as expected, which would materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

- 54 -

Table of Contents

If our security measures fail or are breached and unauthorized access to personal information and data is obtained, we may incur significant liabilities, our reputation may be harmed and we could lose sales, customers and patients.

Breaches of data security, website defacements and other malicious acts, which are increasingly negatively impacting companies, could result in unauthorized access to personal information or data, or cause interruptions to our manufacturing and supply chain for Plenity and therefore, limited supply of Plenity and access thereto. Such unauthorized access or interruptions could cause us to incur significant liabilities, harm our reputation, and may result in a decrease in sales and/or the loss of existing or potential customers and patients. We rely upon sophisticated information technology systems to operate our business. In the ordinary course of business, we collect, store and utilize personal information and data, and it is critical that we do so in a secure manner to maintain the integrity of such personal information and data as well as to comply with applicable regulatory requirements and contractual obligations.

We also have outsourced the majority of elements that comprise our information technology infrastructure and, as a result, we manage multiple independent vendor relationships with third parties who may or could have access to the personal information and data that we collect. The size and complexity of our information technology and information security systems, and those of our third-party vendors with whom we contract, make such systems potentially vulnerable to security breaches. While we have invested, including by maintaining cybersecurity insurance coverage, and developed systems and processes designed to protect such proprietary or customer information or data, these measures are costly, and there can be no assurance that our efforts will prevent service interruptions or security breaches.

Existing, proposed or new data privacy legislation and regulations, including interpretations thereof, could also significantly affect our business. Data protection and privacy laws have been enacted by the U.S. federal and state governments, including the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA), which became effective on January 1, 2020, the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA), and other relevant statutes, as well as in Europe, including the European Genera Data Protection Regulation, which took effect in May 2018. These laws also typically include notification obligations and impose significant penalties and potential liability for non-compliance. The data privacy and security regulatory regime continues to evolve and is increasingly demanding. Many U.S. states are considering privacy and security legislation and there are ongoing discussions regarding a national privacy law. Variations in requirements across U.S. and foreign jurisdictions could present compliance challenges, and any failures to comply with such requirements may have an adverse effect on our business or results of operations.

Further, many jurisdictions require that customers be notified if a security breach results in the disclosure of their affiliatespersonal financial account or other information, and additional jurisdictions and governmental entities are considering such laws. In addition, other public disclosure laws may purchase sharesrequire that material security breaches be reported. If we experience, or in certain cases suspect, a security breach and such notice or public warrants or a combination thereof in privately negotiated transactions ordisclosure is required in the open market either priorfuture, our reputation, brands and business may be harmed.

Prospective and existing customers and patients may have concerns regarding our use of personal information or data collected on our website, such as weight management information, financial data, email addresses and home addresses. These privacy concerns could keep customers and patients from using our website or purchasing Plenity, and third parties from partnering with us.

While no cybersecurity breach or attack to date has had a material impact on our business or followingresults of operations, there can be no assurance that our efforts to maintain the completionsecurity and integrity of our initial business combination, although they are under no obligation to do so. However, they have no current commitments, plans or intentions to engage in such transactionsinformation technology networks and have not formulated any terms or conditions for any such transactions. None of the funds in the trust accountrelated systems will be usedeffective or that attempted security breaches or disruptions would not be successful or damaging. In addition, the transmission of computer viruses, or similar malware, could adversely affect our information technology systems and harm our business operations. As a result, it may become necessary to purchase sharesexpend significant additional amounts of capital and other resources to protect against, or public warrants in such transactions.

Suchto alleviate, problems caused by security breaches. These expenditures, however, may not prove to be a purchase may include a contractual acknowledgement that such stockholder, although still the record holdersufficient protection or remedy and our business, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely impacted.

- 55 -

Table of Contents

Any failure of our sharestechnology or systems to perform satisfactorily could result in an adverse impact on our business.

We rely on software, hardware, network systems and similar technology, including cloud-based technology, that is no longerlicensed from or maintained by third parties to operate our websites, to access Plenity and other services and products to support our business operations, including our manufacturing and supply chain operations. As much of this technology is complex, there may be future errors, defects or performance problems, including when we update our technology or integrate new technology to expand and enhance our capabilities. Our technology may malfunction or suffer from defects that become apparent only after extended use. The integrity of our technology may also be compromised as a result of third-party cyber-attacks, such as hacking, spear phishing campaigns and denial of service attacks, which are increasingly negatively impacting companies. In addition, our operations depend on our ability to protect our information technology systems against damage from third-party cyber-attacks, fire, power loss, water, earthquakes, telecommunications failures and similar unexpected adverse events. Disruptions in our websites, services and products or network systems could result from a number of factors, including unknown technical defects, insufficient capacity and the beneficial owner thereoffailure of our third-party providers to provide continuous and therefore agreesuninterrupted service. Such disruptions would be most impactful if they reduced accessibility to Plenity, including by delaying or halting the manufacture of Plenity and access to our supply chain. While we maintain disaster recovery capabilities to return to normal operation in a timely manner and we deploy multiple parallel instances of our applications across multiple computer resources, we do not to exercise its redemption rights.have a fully redundant system that includes an instantaneous recovery capability. In the event thatwe experience significant disruptions, we may be unable to repair our sponsor, directors, officers, advisors or their affiliates purchase sharessystems in privately negotiated transactions from public stockholders whoan efficient and timely manner, which could have already elected to exercise their redemption rights, such selling stockholders would be required to revoke their prior elections to redeem their shares. The purposean adverse impact on our business.

As a result of such purchasespossible defects, failures, interruptions or other problems, Plenity could be rendered unreliable or be perceived as unreliable by customers, which could result in harm to vote such shares in favorour reputation and brands. Any failure of the initial business combination and thereby increase the likelihood of obtaining stockholder approval of the initial business combination,our technology or to satisfy a closing conditionsystems could result in an agreement with a target that requires us to have a minimum net worthadverse impact on our business.

We may acquire businesses or a certain amount of cash at the closing of our initial business combination, where it appears that such requirement would otherwise not be met. The purpose of any such purchases of public warrants could be to reduce the number of public warrants outstandingproducts or to vote such warrants on any matters submitted to the warrant holders for approval in connection with our initial business combination. Any such purchases of our securities may resultform strategic alliances in the completion of our initial business combination thatfuture, and we may not otherwise have been possible. Anyrealize the benefits of such purchasesacquisitions.

We may acquire additional businesses or products, form strategic alliances or create joint ventures with third parties that we believe will be reported pursuant to Section 13 and Section 16 of the Exchange Act to the extent such purchasers are subject to such reporting requirements.

In addition, if such purchases are made, the public "float" ofcomplement or augment our Class A common stockexisting business. If we acquire businesses with promising markets or public warrants and the number of beneficial holders of our securities may be reduced, possibly making it difficult to obtain or maintain the quotation, listing or trading of our securities on a national securities exchange.

If a stockholder fails to receive notice of our offer to redeem our public shares in connection with our initial business combination, or fails to comply with the procedures for tendering its shares, such sharestechnologies, we may not be redeemed.

We will comply withable to realize the tender offer rules or proxy rules, as applicable, when conducting redemptions in connectionbenefit of acquiring such businesses if we are unable to successfully integrate them with our initial business combination. Despiteexisting operations and company culture. We may encounter numerous difficulties in developing, manufacturing and marketing any new products resulting from a strategic alliance or acquisition that delay or prevent us from realizing their expected benefits or enhancing our compliance with these rules, if a stockholder fails to receive our tender offer or proxy materials, as applicable, such stockholder may not become aware of the opportunity to redeem its shares. In addition, proxy materials or tender offer documents, as applicable, that we will furnish to holders of our public shares in connection with our initial business combination will describe the various procedures that must be complied with in order to validly tender or redeem public shares, which may include the requirement that a beneficial holder must identify itself. For example, we may require our public stockholders seeking to exercise their redemption rights, whether they are record holders or hold their shares in "street name," to either tender their certificates to our transfer agent prior to the date set forth in the tender offer documents mailed to such holders, or up to two business days prior to the initial vote on the proposal to approve the initial business combination in the event we distribute proxy materials, or to deliver their shares to the transfer agent electronically. In the event that a stockholder fails to comply with these or any other procedures, its shares may not be redeemed.

- 22 -

You will not have any rights or interests in funds from the trust account, except under certain limited circumstances. To liquidate your investment, therefore, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

Our public stockholders will be entitled to receive funds from the trust account only upon the earliest to occur of: (i) our completion of an initial business combination, and then only in connection with those shares of Class A common stock that such stockholder properly elected to redeem, subject to the limitations described herein, (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with a stockholder vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination by July 7, 2022 or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders' rights or pre-initial business combination activity and (iii) the redemption of our public shares if we do not complete an initial business combination by July 7, 2022, subject to applicable law and as further described herein. In no other circumstances will a public stockholder have any right or interest of any kind in the trust account. Holders of warrants will not have any right to the proceeds held in the trust account with respect to the warrants. Accordingly, to liquidate your investment, you may be forced to sell your public shares or warrants, potentially at a loss.

The NYSE may delist our securities from trading on its exchange, which could limit investors' ability to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

Our securities are listed on the NYSE. However, webusiness. We cannot assure you that following any such acquisition we will achieve the expected synergies to justify the transaction.

Our international operations for the supply chain and manufacture of Plenity pose certain political, legal and compliance, operational, regulatory, economic and other risks to our securities will continue tobusiness that may be listed ondifferent from or more significant than risks associated with our U.S. operations.

The international nature of our operations for the NYSEsupply chain and manufacture of Plenity involves a number of risks, including changes in U.S. and foreign regulations, tariffs, taxes and exchange controls; economic downturns; inflation and political and social instability in the futurecountries in which we operate; weakening or priorloss of the protection of intellectual property rights in some countries and limitations on our ability to enforce our initial business combination. In orderintellectual property rights under some local laws; and our dependence on foreign personnel. Foreign regulations may also restrict our ability to continue listingoperate in some countries, acquire new businesses or repatriate cash from foreign subsidiaries back to the United States. If we expand our securities onoperations into additional foreign countries, we may be subject to additional risks, including the NYSE priorability to our initial business combination, we must maintain certain financial, distributionsuccessfully adapt to local culture and stock price levels. Generally, we must maintain a minimum amount in stockholders' equitynavigate regulatory, economic, political, social and a minimum number of holders of our securities. Additionally, in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to demonstrate compliance with the NYSE's initial listing requirements, which are more rigorous than the NYSE's continued listing requirements, in order to continue to maintain the listing of our securities on the NYSE. For instance, our stock price would generally be required to be at least $4.00 per share.intellectual property risks. We cannot assure yoube certain that we will be able to enter and successfully compete in additional foreign markets or that we will be able to continue to compete in the foreign markets in which we currently operate.

- 56 -

Table of Contents

Inflation could adversely affect our financial results.

If inflation continues or worsens, it could negatively impact us by increasing our operating expenses. Inflation may lead to cost increases in multiple areas across our business, for example, rises in the prices of raw materials and manufactured goods, increased energy rates, as well as increased wage pressures and other expenses related to our employees. In particular, where we have agreed to undertake infrastructure build outs on a fixed budget for our carrier customers or by accepting government grants, inflation may result in build costs that exceed our original budget given the long delays experienced in procuring equipment and materials due to global supply chain delays. To the extent that we are unable to pass on these costs through increased prices, revised budget estimates, or offset them in other ways, they may impact our financial condition and cash flows.

Foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

A significant portion of our operating costs are denominated in foreign currencies. We are therefore exposed to fluctuations in the exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and the currencies in which our foreign operations pay expenses. We do not currently hedge, and have not historically hedged, our exposure to foreign currency fluctuations. Our consolidated financial results are presented in U.S. dollars and therefore, the assets and liabilities of our non-U.S. subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at the exchange rates in effect at the balance sheet date. Expenses are translated into U.S. dollars at the average exchange rate for the period. Translation adjustments arising from the use of differing exchange rates from period to period are recorded in shareholders’ equity as accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Translation adjustments arising from intercompany receivables and payables with our foreign subsidiaries are generally recorded as a component of other expense (income). Accordingly, changes in currency exchange rates will cause our operating costs, net income and shareholders’ equity to fluctuate and could adversely affect our business, financial conditions and results of operations.

Competition from other weight management and wellness industry participants or the development of more effective or more favorably perceived weight management methods could result in decreased demand for Plenity.

The weight management and wellness industry is highly competitive. We compete against a wide range of providers of weight management services and products and wellness industry participants. Our competitors include: commercial weight management programs; weight loss and wellness apps; surgical procedures; the pharmaceutical industry; the genetics and biotechnology industry; self-help weight management regimens and other self-help weight management products, services and publications, such as books, magazines, websites and social media influencers and groups; dietary supplements and meal replacement products; healthy living services, coaching, products, content and publications; weight management services administered by doctors, nutritionists and dieticians; government agencies and non-profit groups that offer weight management services; fitness centers; and national drug store chains. As we or others develop new or different weight management services, products, methods or technologies, additional competitors may emerge. Furthermore, existing competitors may enter new markets or expand their current offerings or advertising and marketing programs. More effective or more favorably perceived diet and weight management methods, including pharmaceutical treatments, fat and sugar substitutes or other technological and scientific advancements in weight management methods, also may be developed. This competition may reduce demand for Plenity.

The purchasing decisions of weight management and healthy living consumers are highly subjective and can be influenced by many factors, such as brand image, marketing programs, cost, social media presence and sentiment, consumer trends, the digital platform, content and user experience and perception of the efficacy of the product offerings. Moreover, consumers can, and frequently do, change approaches easily and at little cost. Any decrease in demand for Plenity may adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.

If we fail to comply with environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, we could become subject to fines or penalties or incur costs that could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We are subject to numerous environmental, health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing laboratory procedures and the handling, use, storage, treatment and disposal of hazardous materials and wastes. Our operations involve the use of hazardous and flammable materials, including chemicals and biological materials. Our operations also produce hazardous waste products. We cannot eliminate the risk of contamination or injury from these materials. In the event of contamination or injury resulting from our use of hazardous materials, we could be held liable for any resulting damages, and any liability could exceed our resources. We also could incur significant costs associated with civil or criminal fines and penalties.

- 57 -

Table of Contents

Although we maintain workers’ compensation insurance to cover us for costs and expenses we may incur due to injuries to our employees resulting from the use of hazardous materials, this insurance may not provide adequate coverage against potential liabilities. We do not maintain insurance for environmental liability or toxic tort claims that may be asserted against us in connection with our storage or disposal of biological, hazardous or radioactive materials.

In addition, we may incur substantial costs in order to comply with current or future environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These current or future laws and regulations may impair our research, development or production efforts. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations also may result in substantial fines, penalties or other sanctions, which could have a material adverse effect on our operations.

Changes in federal, state, local or foreign tax law or interpretations of existing tax law, or adverse determinations by tax authorities, could increase our tax burden or otherwise adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

We are subject to taxation at the federal, state and local levels in the U.S. and other countries and jurisdictions. Our future effective tax rate could be affected by changes in the composition of earnings in jurisdictions with differing tax rates, changes in statutory rates and other legislative changes, changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets and liabilities, or changes in determinations regarding the jurisdictions in which we are subject to tax. From time to time, the U.S. federal, state and local and foreign governments make substantive changes to tax rules and their application, which could result in materially higher taxes than would be incurred under existing tax law or interpretation and could adversely affect our profitability, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. State and local tax authorities have also increased their efforts to increase revenues through changes in tax law and audits. Such changes and proposals, if enacted, could increase our future effective income tax rates. We are subject to ongoing and periodic tax audits and disputes in various jurisdictions. An unfavorable outcome from any tax audit could result in higher tax costs, penalties and interest, thereby adversely impacting our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

Global economic, political and social conditions and uncertainties in the markets that we serve, including risks and uncertainties caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, may adversely impact our business.

Our results of operations could be adversely affected by general conditions in the global economy and in the global financial markets, including risks and uncertainties caused by the COVID-19 pandemic, including, weakened demand for any of our future products and our ability to raise additional capital when needed on acceptable terms, if at all. A weak or declining economy could also result in supply disruption or cause our customers to delay making payments for our services. Any of the foregoing could harm our business and we cannot anticipate all of the ways in which the current economic climate and financial market conditions could adversely impact our business.

Natural or man-made disasters and other similar events may significantly disrupt our business and negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to make, move and sell products in coordination with our suppliers, manufacturer and business partners is critical to our success. Damage or disruption to our collective supply, manufacturing or distribution capabilities resulting from weather, any potential effects of climate change, natural disaster, pandemics (such as the COVID-19 pandemic) or other outbreaks of contagious diseases, fire, explosion, cyber-attacks, terrorism, strikes, repairs or enhancements at facilities manufacturing or delivering Plenity or other reasons could impair our ability to manufacture, sell or timely deliver Plenity to customers and patients.

We rely on a limited number of third party suppliers to provide certain components and packaging materials, and currently have two manufacturing facilities in southern Italy. Adverse events affecting such suppliers or manufacturers may limit our ability to obtain such raw materials, or alternatives for these raw materials, at competitive prices, or at all. Competitors can be affected differently by weather conditions and natural disasters depending on the location of their suppliers and operations. Failure to take adequate steps to reduce the likelihood or mitigate the potential impact of such events, or to effectively manage such events if they occur, particularly when a component or packaging material is sourced from a single location or supplier or produced by a single manufacturer, could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and/or require additional resources to restore our supply chain or manufacturing capabilities, as applicable.

- 58 -

Table of Contents

Risks Related to Financial Position and Financing Needs

We are a commercial stage biotherapeutic company, but to date have generated limited product sales. We have incurred significant operating losses since our inception and anticipate that we will continue to incur continued losses for the next several years.

We are a commercial stage biotherapeutics company and to date we have funded our operations through proceeds from collaborations, the issuance of common stock and convertible preferred stock, the issuance of convertible and non-convertible debt and non-dilutive grants received from government agencies. We have incurred losses in each year since our inception, other than fiscal 2013. Our net loss was $93.3 million and $25.9 million for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and we had an accumulated deficit of $265.4 million and $171.8 million as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Our prior losses, combined with expected future losses, have had and will continue to have an adverse effect on our stockholders’ deficit and working capital. We expect to incur increasing levels of operating losses over at least the next several years. We expect to continue to incur significant sales and marketing expenses and additional costs associated with operating as a public company. Because of the numerous risks and uncertainties associated with commercializing Plenity and developing any future product candidates, we are unable to predict the extent of any future losses or when we will become profitable, if at all. Even if we do become profitable, we may not be able to sustain or increase our profitability on a quarterly or annual basis.

Our ability to become profitable depends upon our ability to generate product sales. To date, we have generated limited product sales of Plenity, and we do not know when or if we will generate meaningful product sales from Plenity. Our ability to generate product sales depends on a number of factors, including, but not limited to, our ability to:

commercialize Plenity by developing a sales force or entering into collaborations with third parties;
achieve market acceptance of Plenity in the medical community and with patients, many of whom could be required to pay out-of-pocket for Plenity; and
supplement our clinical scale to meet demand in a facility owned or leased by us or by a strategic collaboration partner or third-party manufacturer.

We expect to incur significant sales and marketing costs as we commercialize Plenity and we may not achieve profitability soon after generating product sales, if ever, and we may be unable to continue operations without continued funding. Failure to successfully commercialize Plenity would materially harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may be unable to accurately forecast revenue and appropriately plan our expenses in the future.

We base our current and future expense levels on our operating forecasts and estimates of future income. Income and results of operations are difficult to forecast because they generally depend on our ability to fully commercialize Plenity, including our ability to quickly and efficiently scale production thereof, which remains uncertain. Additionally, our business is affected by general economic and business conditions around the world, including the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic. A softening in income, whether caused by changes in consumer preferences or a weakening in global economies, may result in decreased demand for Plenity or our ability to generate adequate supply of Plenity, which in turn would negatively impact our revenue levels and make it increasingly difficult to achieve and maintain profitability. If so, and we are unable to adjust our spending in a timely manner to compensate for any unexpected shortfall in the commercialization of Plenity, we could experience lower net income or greater net loss in a given quarter than expected.

- 59 -

Table of Contents

In order to support our business, we have and may need to incur additional indebtedness or seek capital through new equity or debt financings, which sources of additional indebtedness or capital may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all, and the failure to obtain this additional funding when needed may force us to delay, limit or terminate our product development efforts or other operations.

We are currently commercializing Plenity. Manufacturing and marketing our hydrogel technology is expensive and, accordingly, we expect our manufacturing and marketing expenses to increase substantially in connection with our ongoing commercialization activities. Depending on the progress we make in manufacturing and selling Plenity, we may require additional capital to fund our growth and operating needs. We will also need to raise additional funds sooner if we choose to pursue additional indications and/or geographies for Plenity or otherwise expand more rapidly than we presently anticipate.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, our cash and cash equivalents and marketable securities were $28.4 million and $72.1 million, respectively. Upon the close of the Business Combination in January 2022, we received approximately $105 million of gross proceeds to fund our operations. Due to a significant number of redemptions associated with the Business Combination, we may need to seek additional funds sooner than planned, through public or private equity or debt financings, government or other third party funding, marketing and distribution arrangements and other collaborations, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements or a combination of these sources. We will require additional capital to commercialize

Plenity and to develop and commercialize any future product candidates. Even if we believe we have sufficient funds for our current or future operating plans, we may seek additional capital through debt or equity financings if market conditions are favorable or if we have specific strategic considerations. There can be no assurance that such debt or equity financings will be available on acceptable terms or will be able to be completed at all.

If we are unable to obtain funding on a timely basis, or at all, we may be required to significantly curtail, delay or discontinue one or more of our research or development programs or the commercialization of Plenity or be unable to expand our operations or otherwise capitalize on our business opportunities, as desired, which could materially affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

There were a significant number of redemptions in connection with the Business Combination and if we are not successful in implementing an alternative business plan and/or raising additional capital in a timely manner, we may have insufficient cash and liquidity to pay operating expenses and other obligations. Any such event would have a material adverse effect on our business and financial condition.

Prior to the Closing of the Business Combination, holders of 26,844,777 shares of CPSR Class A Common Stock exercised their right to redeem such shares for cash at a price of approximately 10.00 per share for aggregate payments of $268,646,943. Due to the significant number of redemptions, we expect to implement an alternative business plan, prioritizing short-term working capital needs such as investments in raw materials and finished goods as well as investments in sales and marketing, and delaying certain long-term capital expenditures in commercial infrastructure and certain research and development expenses. We expect to reduce and optimize investments in sales and marketing, prioritizing investments in high return and high exposure mediums. We may seek out alternative commercial arrangements or geographic distribution partnerships to finance certain investments in sales and marketing associated with the full commercial launch of Plenity. We expect these actions will enable appropriate liquidity to manage risk and uncertainty over the next year and beyond and enable us to execute our business plan based on the level of our financial resources at Closing and available financing alternatives and further enable us to direct funding to the full commercial launch of Plenity. These changes to the execution of our business plan based on the significant number of redemptions made in connection with the Closing of the Business Combination may impact the growth of Plenity sales and the pace of acquisition and retention of consumers. We may need to raise additional capital to fund our operations and our business plan. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in obtaining capital sufficient to meet those initialour operating needs on terms or a timeframe acceptable to us or at all. Further, in the event that market conditions preclude our ability to consummate such a transaction, we may be required to evaluate additional alternatives in restructuring our business and our capital structure.

- 60 -

Table of Contents

Raising additional funding in the future may cause dilution to our stockholders, restrict our operations or require us to relinquish rights.

We may seek additional capital through a combination of private and public equity and debt offerings, government or other third party funding, marketing and distribution arrangements and other collaborations, strategic alliances and licensing arrangements or a combination of these sources. To the extent that we raise additional capital through the sale of common stock or securities convertible or exchangeable into common stock, your ownership interest in us will be diluted. In addition, the terms of any such securities may include liquidation or other preferences that materially adversely affect your rights as a stockholder. Debt financing, if available, would increase our fixed payment obligations and may involve agreements that include covenants limiting or restricting our ability to take specific actions, such as incurring additional debt, making capital expenditures or declaring dividends. If we raise additional funds through collaborations, strategic partnerships and licensing arrangements with third parties, we may have to relinquish valuable rights to Plenity, our intellectual property or future revenue streams or grant licenses on terms that are not favorable to us.

Our ability to use our net operating loss carryforwards and certain tax credit carry forwards may be subject to limitation.

We had federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $184.6 million (federal) and $168.4 million (state), as of December 31, 2021. Our federal net operating loss carryforwards begin to expire in 2027, and our state net operating loss carryforwards began to expire in 2015. Under Section 382 of the Code, changes in our ownership may limit the amount of our net operating loss carryforwards and research and development tax credit carryforwards that could be utilized annually to offset our future taxable income, if any. Any such limitation may significantly reduce our ability to utilize our net operating loss carryforwards and research and development tax credit carryforwards before they expire. These limitations, whether as the result of the Business Combination, the PIPE Financing, prior private placements, sales of our common stock by our existing stockholders or additional sales of our common stock by us hereafter, could have a material adverse effect on the amount of net operating losses we can utilize to offset future taxable income.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

An active trading market for our Common Stock may never develop or be sustained, which may make it difficult to sell the shares of our Common Stock you purchase.

An active trading market for our Common Stock may not develop or continue or, if developed, may not be sustained, which would make it difficult for you to sell your shares of our Common Stock at an attractive price (or at all). The market price of our Common Stock may decline below your purchase price, and you may not be able to sell your shares of our Common Stock at or above the price you paid for such shares (or at all).

The price of our Common Stock may be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment.

The trading price of our Common Stock may be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond Our control, including limited trading volume. These factors include:

any delay in our regulatory filings or any adverse regulatory decisions, including failure to receive regulatory approval of our product candidates;
changes in laws or regulations applicable to our product candidates, including but not limited to clinical trial requirements for approvals;
adverse developments concerning our manufacturers or its manufacturing plans;
Our ability to generate sufficient patient demand for its product and product candidates;
Our inability to establish collaborations, if needed;
Our failure to commercialize its product candidates;

- 61 -

Table of Contents

departures of key scientific, commercial or management personnel;
unanticipated serious safety concerns related to the use of our product candidates;
introduction of new products or services offered by us or our competitors;
announcements of significant acquisitions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments by us or our competitors;
Our ability to effectively manage its growth;
actual or anticipated variations in quarterly operating results;
Our cash position;
Our failure to meet the estimates and projections of the investment community or that we may otherwise provide to the public;
publication of research reports about us or our industry, or positive or negative recommendations or withdrawal of research coverage by securities analysts;
changes in the market valuations of similar companies;
overall performance of the equity markets;
sales of our Common Stock by us or our shareholders in the future;
trading volume of our Common Stock;
changes in accounting practices;
ineffectiveness of our internal controls;
disputes or other developments relating to proprietary rights, including patents, litigation matters and our ability to obtain patent protection for our technologies;
significant lawsuits, including patent or shareholder litigation;
general political and economic conditions; and
other events or factors, many of which are beyond our control.

In addition, the stock market in general, and the NYSE and biotechnology companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of these companies. Broad market and industry factors may negatively affect the market price of our Common Stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. In the past, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against companies following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities. This type of litigation, if instituted, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources, which would harm our business, financial condition and results of operations.

- 62 -

Table of Contents

There can be no assurance that we will be able to comply with the continued listing standards of the NYSE.

Our Common Stock and Public Warrants are listed on the NYSE. If we fail to satisfy the continued listing requirements at that time.of the NYSE, such as the round lot holders requirements, the NYSE may take steps to delist our Common Stock and/or Public Warrants. If the NYSE delists our securities from trading on its exchangefor failure to meet the listing standards, we and we are not able to list our securities on another national securities exchange, we expect our securities could be quoted on an over-the-counter market. If this were to occur, westockholders could face significant material adverse consequences including:

·a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;

·reduced liquidity for our securities;

·a determination that our Class A common stockCommon Stock is a "penny stock"“penny stock” which will require brokers trading in our Class A common stockCommon Stock to adhere to more stringent rules, and possibly resultresulting in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our securities;Common Stock;

·a limited amount of news and analyst coverage; and

·a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

The National Securities Markets Improvement ActSuch a delisting would impair your ability to sell or purchase our securities when you wish to do so. In the event of 1996, which is a federal statute, preventsdelisting, we can provide no assurance that any action taken by us to restore compliance with listing requirements would allow our securities to become listed again, stabilize the market price or preemptsimprove the states from regulating the sale of certain securities, which are referred to as "covered securities." Because our units, our Class A common stock and warrants are listed on the NYSE, our units, Class A common stock and warrants will be covered securities. Although the states are preempted from regulating the saleliquidity of our securities, the federal statute does allow the states to investigate companies if there is a suspicion of fraud, and, if there is a finding of fraudulent activity, then the states can regulate or bar the sale of coveredprevent future non-compliance with NYSE’s listing requirements.

If securities in a particular case. While we are not aware of a state having used these powers to prohibit or restrict the sale of securities issued by blank check companies, other than the State of Idaho, certain state securities regulators view blank check companies unfavorably and might use these powers, or threaten to use these powers, to hinder the sale of securities of blank check companies in their states. Further, if we were no longer listed on the NYSE, our securities would not be covered securities and we would be subject to regulation in each state in which we offer our securities, including in connection with our initial business combination.

- 23 -

You will not be entitled to protections normally afforded to investors of many other blank check companies.

Since the funds we raise are intended to be used to complete an initial business combination with a target business that has not been identified, we may be deemed to be a "blank check" company under the United States securities laws. However, because we have net tangible assets in excess of $5,000,000, we are exempt from rules promulgated by the SEC to protect investors in blank check companies, such as Rule 419. Accordingly, investors will not be afforded the benefits or protections of those rules. Among other things, this means we will have a longer period of time to complete our initial business combination than do companies subject to Rule 419. Moreover, if it is to be determined that our initial public offering were subject to Rule 419, that rule would prohibit the release of any interest earned on funds held in the trust account to us unless and until the funds in the trust account were released to us in connection with our completion of an initial business combination.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and weindustry analysts do not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, andpublish research or reports about our business, if you or a "group" of stockholders are deemed to hold in excess of 15% ofthey adversely change their recommendations regarding our Class A common stock, you will lose the ability to redeem all such shares in excess of 15% of our Class A common stock.

If we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and we do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a "group" (as defined under Section 13 of the Exchange Act), will be restricted from seeking redemption rights with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% of the shares sold in our initial public offering without our prior consent, which we refer to as the "Excess Shares." However, we would not be restricting our stockholders' ability to vote all of their shares (including Excess Shares) for or against our initial business combination. Your inability to redeem the Excess Shares will reduce your influence over our ability to complete our initial business combination and you could suffer a material loss on your investment in us if you sell Excess Shares in open market transactions. Additionally, you will not receive redemption distributions with respect to the Excess Shares if we complete our initial business combination. And as a result, you will continue to hold that number of shares exceeding 15% and, in order to dispose of such shares, would be required to sell your stock in open market transactions, potentially at a loss.

Because of our limited resources and the significant competition for business combination opportunities, it may be more difficult for us to complete our initial business combination. If we do not complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on our redemption of our public shares or less than such amount in certain circumstances, andif our warrants will expire worthless.

We have encountered and expect to encounter competition from other entities having a business objective similar to ours, including private investors (which may be individuals or investment partnerships), other blank check companies and other entities competing for the types of businesses we intend to acquire. Many of these individuals and entities are well-established and have extensive experience in identifying and effecting, directly or indirectly, acquisitions of companies operating in or providing services to various industries. Many of these competitors possess similar technical, human and other resources to ours, and our financial resources will be relatively limited when contrasted with those of many of these competitors. While we believe there are numerous target businesses we could potentially acquire, our ability to compete with respect to the acquisition of certain target businesses that are sizable will be limited by our available financial resources. This inherent competitive limitation gives others an advantage in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses. Furthermore, because we are obligated to pay cash for the shares of Class A common stock which our public stockholders redeem in connection with our initial business combination, target companies will be aware that this may reduce the resources available to us for our initial business combination. This may place us at a competitive disadvantage in successfully negotiating an initial business combination. If we do not complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share upon our liquidation.

- 24 -

If the net proceeds of our various offerings are insufficient to allow us to operate until July 7, 2022, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination, in which case our public stockholders may only receive $10.00 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, and our warrants will expire worthless.

The funds available to us outside of the trust account may not be sufficient to allow us to operate until July 7, 2022, assuming that our initial business combination is not completed during that time. We believe that the funds available to us outside of the trust account as of December 31, 2020 of $491,827 as well as a commitment of $1,500,000 from Sponsor received on March 3, 2021 will be sufficient to allow us to operate until July 7, 2022; however, we cannot assure you that our estimate is accurate. Of the funds available to us, we could use a portion of the funds available to us to pay fees to consultants to assist us with our search for a target business. We could also use a portion of the funds as a down payment or to fund a "no-shop" provision (a provision in letters of intent or merger agreements designed to keep target businesses from "shopping" around for transactions with other companies on terms more favorable to such target businesses) with respect to a particular proposed initial business combination, although we do not have any current intention to do so. If we entered into a letter of intent or merger agreement where we paid for the right to receive exclusivity from a target business and were subsequently required to forfeit such funds (whether as a result of our breach or otherwise), we might not have sufficient funds to continue searching for, or conduct due diligence with respect to, a target business. If we do not complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share upon our liquidation.

If the net proceeds of our various offerings are insufficient, it could limit the amount available to fund our search for a target business or businesses and complete our initial business combination and we will depend on loans from our sponsor or management team to fund our search for an initial business combination, to pay our franchise and income taxes and to complete our initial business combination. If we are unable to obtain these loans, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination.

Of the net proceeds of our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, only approximately $491,827 as of December 31, 2020 is available to us initially outside the trust account to fund our working capital requirements. If we are required to seek additional capital, we would need to borrow funds from our sponsor, management team or other third parties to operate or may be forced to liquidate. None of our sponsor, members of our management team nor any of their affiliates is under any obligation to advance funds to us in such circumstances. Any such advances would be repaid only from funds held outside the trust account or from funds released to us upon completion of our initial business combination. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into private placement-equivalent warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender. Prior to the completion of our initial business combination, we do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account. If we are unable to obtain these loans, we may be unable to complete our initial business combination. If we do not complete our initial business combination because we do not have sufficient funds available to us, we will be forced to cease operations and liquidate the trust account. Consequently, our public stockholders may only receive approximately $10.00 per share on our redemption of our public shares, and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share on the redemption of their shares.

- 25 -

Subsequent to the completion of our initial business combination, we may be required to take write-downs or write-offs, restructuring and impairment or other charges that could have a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations anddo not meet their expectations, our stock price whichand trading volume could cause you to lose somedecline.

The trading market our Common Stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or all of your investment.

Even if we conduct extensive due diligence on a target business with which we combine, we cannot assure you that this diligence will surface all material issues that may be present inside a particular target business, that it would be possible to uncover all material issues through a customary amount of due diligence, or that factors outside of the target business and outside of our control will not later arise. As a result of these factors, we may be forced to later write-down or write-off assets, restructure our operations, or incur impairment or other charges that could result in our reporting losses. Even if our due diligence successfully identifies certain risks, unexpected risks may arise and previously known risks may materialize in a manner not consistent with our preliminary risk analysis. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptionssecurities analysts publish about us or our securities. In addition, chargesbusiness. We will not have any control over these analysts. If one or more of this nature maythese analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock, or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our stock price could decline.

Future sales and issuances of our Common Stock or rights to violate net worth or other covenantspurchase our Common Stock, including pursuant to which wethe Gelesis Holdings, Inc. 2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan and future exercise of registration rights, could result in additional dilution of the percentage ownership of our shareholders and could cause our share price to fall.

We expect that significant additional capital may be subject as a result of assuming pre-existing debt held by a target business or by virtue of our obtaining debt financing to partially finance the initial business combination. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following the initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the initial business combination constituted an actionable material misstatement or omission.

If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share.

Our placing of funds in the trust account may not protect those funds from third-party claims against us. Although we will seek to have all vendors, service providers, prospective target businesses and other entities with which we do business execute agreements with us waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies held in the trust account for the benefit of our public stockholders, such parties may not execute such agreements, or even if they execute such agreements they may not be prevented from bringing claims against the trust account, including, but not limited to, fraudulent inducement, breach of fiduciary responsibility or other similar claims, as well as claims challenging the enforceability of the waiver, in each case in order to gain advantage with respect to a claim against our assets, including the funds held in the trust account. If any third party refuses to execute an agreement waiving such claims to the monies held in the trust account, our management will perform an analysis of the alternatives available to it and will only enter into an agreement with a third party that has not executed a waiver if management believes that such third party's engagement would be significantly more beneficial to us than any alternative. We are not aware of any product or service providers who have not or will not provide such a waiver other than the underwriters of our initial public offering and our independent registered public accounting firm.

- 26 -

Examples of possible instances where we may engage a third party that refuses to execute a waiver include the engagement of a third-party consultant whose particular expertise or skills are believed by management to be significantly superior to those of other consultants that would agree to execute a waiver or in cases where management is unable to find a service provider willing to execute a waiver. In addition, there is no guarantee that such entities will agree to waive any claims they may haveneeded in the future to continue our planned operations, including expanding commercial operations, self-commercialization of our products in new markets, conducting clinical trials, expanded research and development activities, and costs associated with operating as a result of, or arising out of, any negotiations, contracts or agreements with us and will not seek recourse against the trust account for any reason. Upon redemptionpublic company. To raise capital, we may sell shares of our publicCommon Stock, convertible securities or other equity securities in one or more transactions at prices and in a manner we determine from time to time. If we sell shares ifof our Common Stock, convertible securities or other equity securities, investors may be materially diluted by subsequent sales. Such sales may also result in material dilution to our existing shareholders, and new investors could gain rights, preferences, and privileges senior to existing holders of our Common Stock.

Pursuant to the Gelesis Holdings, Inc. 2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (the “Equity Incentive Plan”), we do not completeare authorized to grant equity awards to our initial business combination withinemployees, directors and consultants. Initially, the prescribed timeframe, or upon the exerciseaggregate number of a redemption right in connection with our initial business combination, we will be required to provide for payment of claims of creditors that were not waivedCommon Stock that may be brought against us withinissued pursuant to share awards under the 10 years following redemption. Accordingly,Equity Incentive Plan is equal to eight percent (8%) of the per-share redemption amount received by public stockholders could be less than the $10.00 per share initially held in the trust account, due to claimsfully diluted shares of such creditors. Pursuant to the letter agreement, our sponsor has agreed that it will be liable to us if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to us, or a prospective target business with which we have entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or similar agreement or business combination agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the trust account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per public share and (ii) the actual amount per public share held in the trust accountCommon Stock as of immediately following the date of the liquidation of the trust account, if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, less taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to the monies held in the trust account (whether or not such waiver is enforceable) nor will it apply to any claims under our indemnity of the underwriters of our initial public offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. However, we have not asked our sponsor to reserve for such indemnification obligations, nor have we independently verified whether our sponsor has sufficient funds to satisfy its indemnity obligations and believe that our sponsor's only assets are securities of our company. Therefore, we cannot assure you that our sponsor would be able to satisfy those obligations. None of our officers, directors or members of our sponsor will indemnify us for claims by third parties including, without limitation, claims by vendors and prospective target businesses.

Our directors may decide not to enforce the indemnification obligations of our sponsor, resulting in a reduction in the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public stockholders.

In the eventEffective Time. The Equity Incentive Plan also provides that the proceeds in the trust account are reduced below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per share and (ii) the actual amount per share held in the trust account as of the date of the liquidation of the trust account if less than $10.00 per share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, in each case net of the interest which may be withdrawn to pay taxes, and our sponsor asserts that it is unable to satisfy its obligations or that it has no indemnification obligations related to a particular claim, our independent directors would determine whether to take legal action against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations.

While we currently expect that our independent directors would take legal action on our behalf against our sponsor to enforce its indemnification obligations to us, it is possible that our independent directors in exercising their business judgment and subject to their fiduciary duties may choose not to do so in any particular instance if, for example, the cost of such legal action is deemed by the independent directors to be too high relative to the amount recoverable or if the independent directors determine that a favorable outcome is not likely. If our independent directors choose not to enforce these indemnification obligations, the amount of funds in the trust account available for distribution to our public stockholders may be reduced below $10.00 per share.

We may not have sufficient funds to satisfy indemnification claims of our directors and executive officers.

We have agreed to indemnify our officers and directors to the fullest extent permitted by law. However, our officers and directors have agreed to waive (and any other persons who may become an officer or director prior to the initial business combination will also be required to waive) any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to any monies in the trust account and not to seek recourse against the trust account for any reason whatsoever. Accordingly, any indemnification provided will be able to be satisfied by us only if (i) we have sufficient funds outside of the trust account or (ii) we consummate an initial business combination. Our obligation to indemnify our officers and directors may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against our officers or directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions also may have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against our officers and directors, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. Furthermore, a stockholder's investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against our officers and directors pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, a bankruptcy court may seek to recover such proceeds, and we and our board may be exposed to claims of punitive damages.

If, after we distribute the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, any distributions received by stockholders could be viewed under applicable debtor/creditor and/or bankruptcy laws as either a "preferential transfer" or a "fraudulent conveyance." As a result, a bankruptcy court could seek to recover all amounts received by our stockholders. In addition, our board of directors may be viewed as having breached its fiduciary duty to our creditors and/or having acted in bad faith, thereby exposing itself and us to claims of punitive damages, by paying public stockholders from the trust account prior to addressing the claims of creditors.

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the claims of creditors in such proceeding may have priority over the claims of our stockholders and the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our stockholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

- 27 -

If, before distributing the proceeds in the trust account to our public stockholders, we file a bankruptcy petition or an involuntary bankruptcy petition is filed against us that is not dismissed, the proceeds held in the trust account could be subject to applicable bankruptcy law, and may be included in our bankruptcy estate and subject to the claims of third parties with priority over the claims of our stockholders. To the extent any bankruptcy claims deplete the trust account, the per-share amount that would otherwise be received by our stockholders in connection with our liquidation may be reduced.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, we may be required to institute burdensome compliance requirements and our activities may be restricted, which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination.

If we are deemed to be an investment company under the Investment Company Act, our activities may be restricted, including:

·restrictions on the nature of our investments; and

·restrictions on the issuance of securities, each of which may make it difficult for us to complete our initial business combination.

·In addition, we may have imposed upon us burdensome requirements, including:

·registration as an investment company;

·adoption of a specific form of corporate structure; and

·reporting, record keeping, voting, proxy and disclosure requirements and other rules and regulations.

In order not to be regulated as an investment company under the Investment Company Act, unless we can qualify for an exclusion, we must ensure that we are engaged primarily in a business other than investing, reinvesting or trading in securities and that our activities do not include investing, reinvesting, owning, holding or trading "investment securities" constituting more than 40% of our total assets (exclusive of U.S. government securities and cash items) on an unconsolidated basis. Our business will be to identify and complete an initial business combination and thereafter to operate the post-transaction business or assets for the long term. We do not plan to buy businesses or assets with a view to resale or profit from their resale. We do not plan to buy unrelated businesses or assets or to be a passive investor.

We do not believe that our anticipated principal activities will subject us to the Investment Company Act. To this end, the proceeds held in the trust account may only be invested in United States "government securities" within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act having a maturity of 185 days or less or in money market funds meeting certain conditions under Rule 2a-7 promulgated under the Investment Company Act which invest only in direct U.S. government treasury obligations. Pursuant to the trust agreement, the trustee is not permitted to invest in other securities or assets. By restricting the investment of the proceeds to these instruments, and by having a business plan targeted at acquiring and growing businesses for the long term (rather than on buying and selling businesses in the manner of a merchant bank or private equity fund), we intend to avoid being deemed an "investment company" within the meaning of the Investment Company Act. The trust account is intended as a holding place for funds pending the earliest to occur of: (i) the completion of our initial business combination; (ii) the redemption of any public shares properly submitted in connection with a stockholder vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination by July 7, 2022 or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders' rights or pre-initial business combination activity; or (iii) absent an initial business combination by July 7, 2022, our return of the funds held in the trust account to our public stockholders as part of our redemption of the public shares. If we do not invest the proceeds as discussed above, we may be deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act. If we were deemed to be subject to the Investment Company Act, compliance with these additional regulatory burdens would require additional expenses for which we have not allotted funds and may hinder our ability to complete an initial business combination or may result in our liquidation. If we do not complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless.

- 28 -

Changes in laws or regulations, or a failure to comply with any laws and regulations, may adversely affect our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination and results of operations.

We are subject to laws and regulations enacted by national, regional and local governments. In particular, we will be required to comply with certain SEC and other legal requirements. Compliance with, and monitoring of, applicable laws and regulations may be difficult, time consuming and costly.

Those laws and regulations and their interpretation and application may also change from time to time and those changes could have a material adverse effect on our business, investments and results of operations. In addition, a failure to comply with applicable laws or regulations, as interpreted and applied, could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our ability to negotiate and complete our initial business combination and results of operations.

Our stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against us to the extent of distributions received by them upon redemption of their shares.

Under the DGCL, stockholders may be held liable for claims by third parties against a corporation to the extent of distributions received by them in a dissolution. The pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination by July 7, 2022 may be considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law. If a corporation complies with certain procedures set forth in Section 280 of the DGCL intended to ensure that it makes reasonable provision for all claims against it, including a 60-day notice period during which any third-party claims can be brought against the corporation, a 90-day period during which the corporation may reject any claims brought, and an additional 150-day waiting period before any liquidating distributions are made to stockholders, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder's pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution. However, it is our intention to redeem our public shares as soon as reasonably possible following July 7, 2022 in the event we do not complete our initial business combination and, therefore, we do not intend to comply with the foregoing procedures.

Because we will not be complying with Section 280, Section 281(b) of the DGCL requires us to adopt a plan, based on facts known to us at such time that will provide for our payment of all existing and pending claims or claims that may be potentially brought against us within the 10 years following our dissolution. However, because we are a blank check company, rather than an operating company, and our operations will be limited to searching for prospective target businesses to acquire, the only likely claims to arise would be from our vendors (such as lawyers, investment bankers, etc.) or prospective target businesses. If our plan of distribution complies with Section 281(b) of the DGCL, any liability of stockholders with respect to a liquidating distribution is limited to the lesser of such stockholder's pro rata share of the claim or the amount distributed to the stockholder, and any liability of the stockholder would likely be barred after the third anniversary of the dissolution. We cannot assure you that we will properly assess all claims that may be potentially brought against us. As such, our stockholders could potentially be liable for any claims to the extent of distributions received by them (but no more) and any liability of our stockholders may extend beyond the third anniversary of such date. Furthermore, if the pro rata portion of our trust account distributed to our public stockholders upon the redemption of our public shares in the event we do not complete our initial business combination by July 7, 2022 is not considered a liquidating distribution under Delaware law and such redemption distribution is deemed to be unlawful (potentially due to the imposition of legal proceedings that a party may bring or due to other circumstances that are currently unknown), then pursuant to Section 174 of the DGCL, the statute of limitations for claims of creditors could then be six years after the unlawful redemption distribution, instead of three years, as in the case of a liquidating distribution.

We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders until after the consummation of our initial business combination, which could delay the opportunity for our stockholders to elect directors.

We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders until after we consummate a business combination (unless required by the NYSE), and thus may not be in compliance with Section 211(b) of the DGCL, which requires an annual meeting of stockholders be held for the purposes of electing directors in accordance with a company's bylaws unless such election is made by written consent in lieu of such a meeting. Therefore, if our stockholders want us to hold an annual meeting prior to our consummation of a business combination, they may attempt to force us to hold one by submitting an application to the Delaware Court of Chancery in accordance with Section 211(c) of the DGCL.

- 29 -

Holders of Class A common stock will not be entitled to vote on any election of directors we hold prior to our initial business combination.

Prior to our initial business combination, only holders of our founder shares will have the right to vote on the election of directors. Holders of our public shares will not be entitled to vote on the election of directors during such time. In addition, prior to the completion of an initial business combination, holders of a majority of our founder shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason. Accordingly, you may not have any say in the management of our company prior to the consummation of an initial business combination.

We have not registered the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time, and such registration may not be in place when an investor desires to exercise warrants, thus precluding such investor from being able to exercise its warrants except on a cashless basis. If the issuance of the shares upon exercise of warrants is not registered, qualified or exempt from registration or qualification, the holder of such warrant will not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless.

We have not registered the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants under the Securities Act or any state securities laws at this time. However, under the terms of the warrant agreement, we have agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days after the closing of our initial business combination, we will use our best efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement for the registration under the Securities Act of the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants and thereafter will use our best efforts to cause the same to become effective within 60 business days following our initial business combination and to maintain a current prospectus relating to the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants, until the expiration of the warrants in accordance with the provisions of the warrant agreement. We cannot assure you that we will be able to do so if, for example, any facts or events arise which represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement or prospectus, the financial statements contained or incorporated by reference therein are not current or correct or the SEC issues a stop order. If the shares issuable upon exercise of the warrants are not registered under the Securities Act, we will be required to permit holders to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis. However, no warrant will be exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, and we will not be obligated to issue any shares to holders seeking to exercise their warrants, unless the issuance of the shares upon such exercise is registered or qualified under the securities laws of the state of the exercising holder, or an exemption from registration is available. If that exemption, or another exemption, is not available, holders will not be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis. In no event will we be required to net cash settle any warrant, or issue securities or other compensation in exchange for the warrants in the event that we are unable to register or qualify the shares underlying the warrants under applicable state securities laws and there is no exemption available. If the issuance of the shares upon exercise of the warrants is not so registered or qualified or exempt from registration or qualification, the holder of such warrant will not be entitled to exercise such warrant and such warrant may have no value and expire worthless. In such event, holders who acquired their warrants as part of a purchase of units will have paid the full unit purchase price solely for the shares of Class A common stock included in the units. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may not exercise our redemption right if the issuance of shares of Class A common stock upon exercise of the warrants is not exempt from registration or qualification under applicable state blue sky laws or we are unable to effect such registration or qualification. We will use our best efforts to register or qualify such shares of Class A common stock under the blue sky laws of the state of residence in those states in which the warrants were offered by us in our initial public offering. However, there may be instances in which holders of our public warrants may be unable to exercise such public warrants but holders of our private warrants may be able to exercise such private warrants.

- 30 -

If you exercise your public warrants on a "cashless basis," you will receive fewer shares of Class A common stock from such exercise than if you were to exercise such warrants for cash.

There are circumstances in which the exercise of the public warrants may be required or permitted to be made on a cashless basis. First, if a registration statement covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective by the 60th business day after the closing of our initial business combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a cashless basis in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption. Second, if a registration statement covering the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective within a specified period following the consummation of our initial business combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when we shall have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a cashless basis pursuant to the exemption provided by Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act, provided that such exemption is available; if that exemption, or another exemption, is not available, holders will not be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis. Third, if we call the public warrants for redemption, our management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise warrants to do so on a cashless basis. In the event of an exercise on a cashless basis, a holder would pay the warrant exercise price by surrendering the warrants for that number of shares of Class A common stockCommon Stock reserved for issuance thereunder will automatically increase annually on the first day of each calendar year, beginning on January 1, 2023, by an amount equal to the quotient obtained by dividing (x) the productfour percent (4%) of the number of shares of Class A common stock underlyingCommon Stock outstanding on December 31 of the warrants, multipliedimmediately preceding calendar year or such lesser amount as determined by the excessadministrator of the "fair market value" (as defined in the next sentence) over the exercise price of the warrants by (y) the fair market value. The "fair market value" is the average reported last sale price of the Class A common stock for the 10 trading days ending on the third trading day priorEquity Incentive Plan. Unless our Board elects not to the date on which the notice of exercise is received by the warrant agent or on which the notice of redemption is sent to the holders of warrants, as applicable. As a result, you would receive fewer shares of Class A common stock from such exercise than if you were to exercise such warrants for cash.

The grant of registration rights to our initial stockholders may make it more difficult to complete our initial business combination, and the future exercise of such rights may adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock.

Pursuant to an agreement entered into concurrently with our initial public offering, our initial stockholders and their permitted transferees can demand that we register the private placement warrants, the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the founder shares and the private placement warrants held, or to be held, by them and holders of warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans may demand that we register such warrants or the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of such warrants. We will bear the cost of registering these securities. The registration and availability of such a significant number of securities for trading in the public market may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A common stock. In addition, the existence of the registration rights may make our initial business combination more costly or difficult to conclude. This is because the stockholders of the target business may increase the equity stake they seek in the combined entity or ask for more cash consideration to offset the negative impact on the market price of our Class A common stock that is expected when the securities owned by our initial stockholders or holders of working capital loans or their respective permitted transferees are registered.

Because we are neither limited to evaluating a target business in a particular industry sector nor have we selected any specific target businesses with which to pursue our initial business combination, you will be unable to ascertain the merits or risks of any particular target business's operations.

We will seek to complete an initial business combination with companies in the consumer, healthcare or TMT industry sector but may also pursue other business combination opportunities, except that we will not, under our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, be permitted to effectuate our initial business combination with another blank check company or similar company with nominal operations. Because we have not yet selected or approached any specific target business with respect to a business combination, there is no basis to evaluate the possible merits or risks of any particular target business's operations, results of operations, cash flows, liquidity, financial condition or prospects. To the extent we complete our initial business combination, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the business operations with which we combine. For example, if we combine with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of sales or earnings, we may be affected by the risks inherent in the business and operations of a financially unstable or a development stage entity. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we cannot assure you that we will properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors or that we will have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will ultimately prove to be more favorable to investors than a direct investment, if such opportunity were available, in a business combination target. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following our initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their securities. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value unless they are able to successfully claim that the reduction was due to the breach by our officers or directors of a duty of care or other fiduciary duty owed to them, or if they are able to successfully bring a private claim under securities laws that the proxy solicitation or tender offer materials, as applicable, relating to the business combination contained an actionable material misstatement or material omission.

- 31 -

Past performance by our management team, Capstar Partners or the PIMCO private funds may not be indicative of future performance of an investment in the Company.

Information regarding performance by, or businesses associated with our management team, Capstar Partners, the PIMCO private funds and their affiliates is presented for informational purposes only. Past performance by our management team, Capstar Partners and the PIMCO private funds is not a guarantee either (i) of success with respect to any business combination we may consummate or (ii) that we will be able to locate a suitable candidate for our initial business combination. You should not rely on the historical record of our management team's or their affiliates' performance as indicative of the future performance of an investment in the company or the returns the company will, or is likely to, generate going forward. Our officers and directors have not had experience with blank check companies or special purpose acquisition companies in the past.

We may seek business combination opportunities in industries or sectors which may or may not be outside of our management team's area of expertise.

Although we intend to focus on identifying companies in the consumer, healthcare and TMT industry sectors, we will consider an initial business combination outside of our management team's area of expertise if an initial business combination candidate is presented to us and we determine that such candidate offers an attractive business combination opportunity for our company or we are unable to identify a suitable candidate in this sector after having expanded a reasonable amount of time and effort in an attempt to do so. Although our management will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in any particular business combination candidate, we cannot assure you that we will adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. We also cannot assure you that an investment in our units will not ultimately prove to be less favorable to investors than a direct investment, if an opportunity were available, in an initial business combination candidate. In the event we elect to pursue a business combination outside of the areas of our management team's expertise, our management team's expertise may not be directly applicable to its evaluation or operation, and the information contained in this Report regarding the areas of our management team's expertise would not be relevant to an understanding of the business that we elect to acquire. As a result, our management may not be able to adequately ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following our initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines that we believe are important in evaluating prospective target businesses, we may enter into our initial business combination with a target that does not meet such criteria and guidelines, and as a result, the target business with which we enter into our initial business combination may not have attributes entirely consistent with our general criteria and guidelines.

Although we have identified general criteria and guidelines for evaluating prospective target businesses, it is possible that a target business with which we enter into our initial business combination will not have all of these positive attributes. If we complete our initial business combination with a target that does not meet some or all of these guidelines, such combination may not be as successful as a combination with a business that does meet all of our general criteria and guidelines. In addition, if we announce a prospective business combination with a target that does not meet our general criteria and guidelines, a greater number of stockholders may exercise their redemption rights, which may make it difficult for us to meet any closing condition with a target business that requires us to have a minimum net worth or a certain amount of cash. In addition, if stockholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or we decide to obtain stockholder approval for business or other legal reasons, it may be more difficult for us to attain stockholder approval of our initial business combination if the target business does not meet our general criteria and guidelines. If we do not complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share on the redemption of their shares.

- 32 -

We may seek business combination opportunities with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of revenue, cash flow or earnings, which could subject us to volatile revenues, cash flows or earnings or difficulty in retaining key personnel.

To the extent we complete our initial business combination with a financially unstable business or an entity lacking an established record of revenues or earnings, we may be affected by numerous risks inherent in the operations of the business with which we combine. These risks include volatile revenues or earnings and difficulties in obtaining and retaining key personnel. Although our officers and directors will endeavor to evaluate the risks inherent in a particular target business, we may not be able to properly ascertain or assess all of the significant risk factors and we may not have adequate time to complete due diligence. Furthermore, some of these risks may be outside of our control and leave us with no ability to control or reduce the chances that those risks will adversely impact a target business.

We are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or from an independent accounting firm, and consequently, you may have no assurance from an independent source that the price we are paying for the business is fair to our company or the stockholders from a financial point of view.

Unless we complete our initial business combination with an affiliated entity or our board cannot independently determine the fair market value of the target business or businesses, we are not required to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions that the price we are paying is fair to our company from a financial point of view. If no opinion is obtained, our stockholders will be relying on the judgment of our board of directors, who will determine fair market value based on standards generally accepted by the financial community. Such standards used will be disclosed in our proxy materials or tender offer documents, as applicable, related to our initial business combination.

We may issue additional common stock or preferred stock to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination. We may also issue shares of Class A common stock upon the conversion of the Class B common stock at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Any such issuances would dilute the interest of our stockholders and likely present other risks.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation authorizes the issuance of up to 100,000,000 shares of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, 10,000,000 shares of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. There are currently 72,400,000 and 3,100,000 authorized but unissued shares of Class A common stock and Class B common stock, respectively, available for issuance, which amount does not take into account the shares of Class A common stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of outstanding warrants. There are currently no shares of preferred stock issued and outstanding. Shares of Class B common stock are convertible into shares of our Class A common stock initially at a one-for-one ratio but subject to adjustment as set forth herein, including in certain circumstances in which we issue Class A common stock or equity-linked securities related to our initial business combination. Shares of Class B common stock are also convertible at the option of the holder at any time.

- 33 -

We may issue a substantial number of additional shares of common or preferred stock to complete our initial business combination or under an employee incentive plan after completion of our initial business combination (although our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we may not issue securities that can vote with common stockholders on matters related to our pre-initial business combination activity). We may also issue shares of Class A common stock upon conversion of the Class B common stock at a ratio greater than one-to-one at the time of our initial business combination as a result of the anti-dilution provisions contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. However, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide, among other things, that prior to our initial business combination, we may not issue additional shares of capital stock that would entitle the holders thereof to (i) receive funds from the trust account or (ii) vote on any initial business combination. These provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, like all provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation, may be amended with the approval of our stockholders. However, our executive officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination by July 7, 2022 or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders' rights or pre-initial business combination activity, unless we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of common stock upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, including interest (which interest shall be net of taxes payable), divided by the number of then outstanding public shares.

The issuance ofshares available for future grants each year, our shareholders may experience additional shares of common or preferred stock:

·may significantly dilute the equity interest of investors;

·may subordinate the rights of holders of common stock if preferred stock is issued with rights senior to those afforded our common stock;

·could cause a change of control if a substantial number of shares of our common stock are issued, which may affect, among other things, our ability to use our net operating loss carry forwards, if any, and could result in the resignation or removal of our present officers and directors; and

·may adversely affect prevailing market prices for our units, Class A common stock and/or warrants.

Resources could be wasted in researching business combinations that are not completed, which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we do not complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share, or less than such amount in certain circumstances, on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless.

We anticipate that the investigation of each specific target business and the negotiation, drafting and execution of relevant agreements, disclosure documents and other instruments will require substantial management time and attention and substantial costs for accountants, attorneys, consultants and others. If we decide not to complete a specific initial business combination, the costs incurred up to that point for the proposed transaction likely would not be recoverable. Furthermore, if we reach an agreement relating to a specific target business, we may fail to complete our initial business combination for any number of reasons including those beyond our control. Any such event will result in a loss to us of the related costs incurred which could materially adversely affect subsequent attempts to locate and acquire or merge with another business. If we do not complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless. In certain circumstances, our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share on the redemption of their shares.

- 34 -

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination and to be successful thereafter will be totally dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel, some of whom may join us following our initial business combination. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.

Our ability to successfully effect our initial business combination is dependent upon the efforts of our key personnel. The role of our key personnel in the target business, however, cannot presently be ascertained. Although some of our key personnel may remain with the target business in senior management or advisory positions following our initial business combination, it is likely that some or all of the management of the target business will remain in place. While we intend to closely scrutinize any individuals we employ after our initial business combination, we cannot assure you that our assessment of these individuals will prove to be correct. These individuals may be unfamiliar with the requirements of operating a company regulated by the SEC,dilution, which could cause usour share price to have to expend time and resources helping them become familiar with such requirements. In addition, the officers and directors of an initial business combination candidate may resign upon completion of our initial business combination. The departure of an initial business combination target's key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business. The role of an initial business combination candidate's key personnel upon the completion of our initial business combination cannot be ascertained at this time. Although we contemplate that certain members of an initial business combination candidate's management team will remain associated with the initial business combination candidate following our initial business combination, it is possible that members of the management of an initial business combination candidate will not wish to remain in place. The loss of key personnel could negatively impact the operations and profitability of our post-combination business.fall.

We are dependent upon our executive officers and directors and their departure could adversely affect our ability to operate.

Our operations are dependent upon a relatively small group of individuals and, in particular, our executive officers and directors. We believe that our success depends on the continued service of our executive officers and directors, at least until we have completed our initial business combination. We do not have an employment agreement with, or key-man insurance on the life of, any of our directors or executive officers. The unexpected loss of the services of one or more of our directors or executive officers could have a detrimental effect on us.

Our key personnel may negotiate employment or consulting agreements as well as reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses, if any, with a target business in connection with a particular business combination. These agreements may provide for them to receive compensation or reimbursement for out-of-pocket expenses, if any, following our initial business combination and as a result, may cause them to have conflicts of interest in determining whether a particular business combination is the most advantageous.

Our key personnel may be able to remain with the company after the completion of our initial business combination only if they are able to negotiate employment or consulting agreements in connection with the initial business combination. Additionally, they may negotiate reimbursement of any out-of-pocket expenses incurred on our behalf prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, should they choose to do so. Such negotiations would take place simultaneously with the negotiation of the initial business combination and could provide for such individuals to receive compensation in the form of cash payments and/or our securities for services they would render to us after the completion of the initial business combination, or as reimbursement for such out-of-pocket expenses. The personal and financial interests of such individuals may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business. However, we believe the ability of such individuals to remain with us after the completion of our initial business combination will not be the determining factor in our decision as to whether or not we will proceed with any potential business combination. There is no certainty, however, that any of our key personnel will remain with us after the completion of our initial business combination. We cannot assure you that any of our key personnel will remain in senior management or advisory positions with us. The determination as to whether any of our key personnel will remain with us will be made at the time of our initial business combination. In addition, our sponsor, upon consummation of an initial business combination, will be entitled to nominate three individuals for election to our board of directors.

We may have a limited ability to assess the management of a prospective target business and, as a result, may affect our initial business combination with a target business whose management may not have the skills, qualifications or abilities to manage a public company, which could, in turn, negatively impact the value of our stockholders' investment in us.

When evaluating the desirability of effecting our initial business combination with a prospective target business, our ability to assess the target business's management may be limited due to a lack of time, resources or information. Our assessment of the capabilities of the target's management, therefore, may prove to be incorrect and such management may lack the skills, qualifications or abilities we suspected. Should the target's management not possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to manage a public company, the operations and profitability of the post-combination business may be negatively impacted. Accordingly, any stockholders who choose to remain stockholders following the initial business combination could suffer a reduction in the value of their shares. Such stockholders are unlikely to have a remedy for such reduction in value.

- 3563 -

Table of Contents

Our officers and directors will allocate their time to other businesses thereby causing conflicts of interest in their determination as to how much time to devote to our affairs. This conflict of interest could have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Our officers and directors are not required to, and will not, commit their full time to our affairs, which may result in a conflict of interest in allocating their time between our operations and our search for an initial business combination and their other businesses. We do not intend to havepay dividends on our Common Stock, so any full-time employees priorreturns will be limited to the completionvalue of our initial business combination. EachCommon Stock.

We currently anticipate that we will retain future earnings for the development, operation and expansion of our officers is engaged in other business endeavorsand does not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends for which he may be entitled to substantial compensation and our officers are not obligated to contribute any specific number of hours per week to our affairs. Our independent directors may also serve as officers or board members for other entities. If our officers' and directors' other business affairs require them to devote substantial amounts of time to such affairs in excess of their current commitment levels, it could limit their ability to devote time to our affairs which may have a negative impact on our ability to complete our initial business combination.

Certain of our officers and directors are now, and all of them may in the future become, affiliated with entities engaged in business activities similar to those intended to be conducted by us and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating their time and determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

Until we consummate our initial business combination, we intend to engage in the business of identifying and combining with one or more businesses. Our officers and directors are, and may in the future become, affiliated with entities (such as operating companies or investment vehicles) that are engaged in a similar business, although Mr. Hicks may not participate in the formation of, or become an officer or director of, any other special purpose acquisition companies with a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act until we have entered into a definitive agreement regarding our initial business combination or we have failed to complete our initial business combination by July 7, 2022.

Capstar Partners, PIMCO and their respective affiliates have invested in diverse industries. As a result, there may be substantial overlap between companies that would be a suitable business combination for us and companies that would make an attractive target for such other affiliates.foreseeable future. In addition, PIMCO and its affiliates engage in the business of originating, underwriting, syndicating, acquiring and trading loans and debt securities of corporate and other borrowers, and may provide or participate in any debt financing arrangement in connection with any acquisition of any target business that we may make. If PIMCO or any of its affiliates provides or participates in any such debt financing arrangement it may present a conflict of interest and will have to be approved under our related person transaction policy or by our independent directors.

Our officers and directors also may become aware of business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us and the other entities to which they owe certain fiduciary or contractual duties. Any such companies may present additional conflicts of interest in pursuing an acquisition target.

Accordingly, they may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented. These conflicts may not be resolved in our favor and a potential target business may be presented to another entity prior to its presentation to us. Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue, and to the extent the director or officer is permitted to refer that opportunity to us without violating another legal obligation.

- 36 -

Our officers, directors, security holders and their respective affiliates may have competitive pecuniary interests that conflict with our interests.

We have not adopted a policy that expressly prohibits our directors, officers, security holders or affiliates from having a direct or indirect pecuniary or financial interest in any investment to be acquired or disposed of by us or in any transaction to which we are a party or have an interest. In fact, we may enter into an initial business combination with a target businessagreements that is affiliated with our sponsor, our directorsprohibit it from paying cash dividends without prior written consent from Our contracting parties, or officers, although we do not intend to do so. We do not have a policy that expressly prohibits any such persons from engaging for their own account in business activitieswhich other terms prohibiting or limiting the amount of the types conducted by us. Accordingly, such persons or entities may have a conflict between their interests and ours.

We may engage in an initial business combination with one or more target businesses that have relationships with entitiesdividends that may be affiliated withdeclared or paid on our sponsor, officers, directors or existing holders which may raise potential conflicts of interest.

In light of the involvement of our sponsor, officers and directors with other entities, we may decideCommon Stock. Any return to acquire one or more businesses affiliated with our sponsor, officers or directors, including Capstar Partners or PIMCO. Our directors also serve as officers and board members for other entities. Such entities may compete with us for business combination opportunities. Our sponsor, officers and directors are not currently aware of any specific opportunities for us to complete our initial business combination with any entities with which they are affiliated, and there have been no preliminary discussions concerning an initial business combination with any such entity or entities. Although weshareholders will nottherefore be specifically focusing on, or targeting, any transaction with any affiliated entities, we would pursue such a transaction if we determined that such affiliated entity met our criteria for an initial business combination and such transaction was approved by a majority of our disinterested directors. Despite our agreement to obtain an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions, regarding the fairness to our stockholders from a financial point of view of an initial business combination with one or more domestic or international businesses affiliated with our officers, directors or existing holders, potential conflicts of interest still may exist and, as a result, the terms of the initial business combination may not be as advantageous to our public stockholders as they would be absent any conflicts of interest.

Since our sponsor, officers and directors will lose their entire investment in us if our initial business combination is not completed, a conflict of interest may arise in determining whether a particular business combination target is appropriate for our initial business combination.

In February 2020, our sponsor purchased an aggregate of 5,750,000 founder shares for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.004 per share. In March 2020, our sponsor transferred 15,000 founder shares to each of Ms. Cavanaugh and Mr. Ghiselli and 22,500 founder shares to Mr. Whittenburg. Ms. Cavanaugh, Mr. Whittenburg and Mr. Ghiselli serve as our independent directors. On July 1, 2020, we effected a stock dividend of 1,150,000 shares with respect to our Class B common stock, resulting in our initial stockholders holding an aggregate of 6,900,000 founder shares, of which our independent directors hold 63,000 shares. The number of founder shares issued was determined based on the expectation that such founder shares would represent 20% of the outstanding shares. The founder shares will be worthless if we do not complete an initial business combination. In addition, our sponsor purchased an aggregate of 7,520,000 warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant, that will also be worthless if we do not complete an initial business combination. Holders of founder shares have agreed (A) to vote any shares owned by them in favor of any proposed initial business combination and (B) not to redeem any founder shares in connection with a stockholder vote to approve a proposed initial business combination. In addition, we may obtain loans from our sponsor, affiliates of our sponsor or an officer or director. The personal and financial interests of our officers and directors may influence their motivation in identifying and selecting a target business combination, completing an initial business combination and influencing the operation of the business following the initial business combination.

- 37 -

We may issue notes or other debt securities, or otherwise incur substantial debt, to complete an initial business combination, which may adversely affect our leverage and financial condition and thus negatively impact the value of our stockholders' investment in us.

Although we have no commitments as of the date of this Report to issue any notes or other debt securities, or to otherwise incur outstanding debt following this Report, we may choose to incur substantial debt to complete our initial business combination. We have agreed that we will not incur any indebtedness unless we have obtained from the lender a waiver of any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in orlimited to the monies held in the trust account.

As such, no issuanceappreciation of debt will affect the per-share amount available for redemption from the trust account. Nevertheless, the incurrence of debt could have a variety of negative effects, including:

·default and foreclosure on our assets if our operating revenues after an initial business combination are insufficient to repay our debt obligations;

·acceleration of our obligations to repay the indebtedness even if we make all principal and interest payments when due if we breach certain covenants that require the maintenance of certain financial ratios or reserves without a waiver or renegotiation of that covenant;

·our immediate payment of all principal and accrued interest, if any, if the debt security is payable on demand;

·our inability to obtain necessary additional financing if the debt security contains covenants restricting our ability to obtain such financing while the debt security is outstanding;

·our inability to pay dividends on our common stock;

·using a substantial portion of our cash flow to pay principal and interest on our debt, which will reduce the funds available for dividends on our common stock if declared, our ability to pay expenses, make capital expenditures and acquisitions, and fund other general corporate purposes;

·limitations on our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in our business and in the industry in which we operate;

·increased vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions and adverse changes in government regulation;

·limitations on our ability to borrow additional amounts for expenses, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt service requirements, and execution of our strategy; and

·other disadvantages compared to our competitors who have less debt.

We may only be able to complete one business combination with the proceeds of our initial public offering, which will cause us to be solely dependent on a single business which may have a limited number of services and limited operating activities. This lack of diversification may negatively impact our operating results and profitability.

Of the net proceeds from our initial public offering and the sale of the private placement warrants, $276,209,453 was available, as of December 31, 2020, to complete our initial business combination and pay related fees and expenses (which includes up to $9,660,000 for the payment of deferred underwriting commissions).

- 38 -

We may effectuate our initial business combination with a single target business or multiple target businesses simultaneously or within a short period of time. However, we may not be able to effectuate our initial business combination with more than one target business because of various factors, including the existence of complex accounting issues and the requirement that we prepare and file pro forma financial statements with the SEC that present operating results and the financial condition of several target businesses as if they had been operated on a combined basis. By completing our initial business combination with only a single entity, our lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory developments. Further, we would not be able to diversify our operations or benefit from the possible spreading of risks or offsetting of losses, unlike other entities which may have the resources to complete several business combinations in different industries or different areas of a single industry. In addition, we intend to focus our search for an initial business combination in a single industry. Accordingly, the prospects for our success may be:

·solely dependent upon the performance of a single business, property or asset, or

·dependent upon the development or market acceptance of a single or limited number of products, processes or services.

This lack of diversification may subject us to numerous economic, competitive and regulatory risks, any or all of which may have a substantial adverse impact upon the particular industry in which we may operate subsequent to our initial business combination.

We may attempt to simultaneously complete business combinations with multiple prospective targets, which may hinder our ability to complete our initial business combination and give rise to increased costs and risks that could negatively impact our operations and profitability.

If we determine to simultaneously acquire several businesses that are owned by different sellers, we will need for each of such sellers to agree that our purchase of its business is contingent on the simultaneous closings of the other business combinations, which may make it more difficult for us, and delay our ability, to complete our initial business combination. We do not, however, intend to purchase multiple businesses in unrelated industries in conjunction with our initial business combination. With multiple business combinations, we could also face additional risks, including additional burdens and costs with respect to possible multiple negotiations and due diligence investigations (if there are multiple sellers) and the additional risks associated with the subsequent assimilation of the operations and services or products of the acquired companies in a single operating business. If we are unable to adequately address these risks, it could negatively impact our profitability and results of operations.

We may attempt to complete our initial business combination with a private company about which little information is available, which may result in an initial business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

In pursuing our initial business combination strategy, we may seek to effectuate our initial business combination with a privately held company. Very little public information generally exists about private companies, and we could be required to make our decision on whether to pursue a potential initial business combination on the basis of limited information, which may result in an initial business combination with a company that is not as profitable as we suspected, if at all.

Our management may not be able to maintain control of a target business after our initial business combination.

We may structure an initial business combination so that the post-transaction company in which our public stockholders own shares will own less than 100% of the equity interests or assets of a target business, but we will only complete such business combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for us not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act. We will not consider any transaction that does not meet such criteria. Even if the post-transaction company owns 50% or more of the voting securities of the target, our stockholders prior to the initial business combination may collectively own a minority interest in the post business combination company, depending on valuations ascribed to the target and us in the initial business combination. For example, we could pursue a transaction in which we issue a substantial number of new shares of Class A common stock in exchange for all of the outstanding capital stock of a target. In this case, we would acquire a 100% interest in the target. However, as a result of the issuance of a substantial number of new shares of common stock, our stockholders immediately prior to such transaction could own less than a majority of our outstanding shares of common stock subsequent to such transaction. In addition, other minority stockholders may subsequently combine their holdings resulting in a single person or group obtaining a larger share of the company's stock than we initially acquired. Accordingly, this may make it more likely that our management will not be able to maintain our control of the target business. We cannot provide assurance that, upon loss of control of a target business, new management will possess the skills, qualifications or abilities necessary to profitably operate such business.

- 39 -

We do not have a specified maximum redemption threshold. The absence of such a redemption threshold may make it possible for us to complete an initial business combination with which a substantial majority of our stockholders do not agree.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will not provide a specified maximum redemption threshold, except that in no event will we redeem our public shares in an amount that would cause our net tangible assets to be less than $5,000,001 upon consummation of our initial business combination and after payment of underwriters' fees and commissions (such that we are not subject to the SEC's "penny stock" rules) or any greater net tangible asset or cash requirement which may be contained in the agreement relating to our initial business combination. As a result, we may be able to complete our initial business combination even though a substantial majority of our public stockholders do not agree with the transaction and have redeemed their shares or, if we seek stockholder approval of our initial business combination and do not conduct redemptions in connection with our initial business combination pursuant to the tender offer rules, have entered into privately negotiated agreements to sell their shares to our sponsor, officers, directors, advisors or their affiliates. In the event the aggregate cash consideration we would be required to pay for all shares of Class A common stock that are validly submitted for redemption plus any amount required to satisfy cash conditions pursuant to the terms of the proposed initial business combination exceed the aggregate amount of cash available to us, we will not complete the initial business combination or redeem any shares, all shares of Class A common stock submitted for redemption will be returned to the holders thereof, and we instead may search for an alternate business combination.

In order to effectuate an initial business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and other governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or governing instruments in a manner that will make it easier for us to complete our initial business combination that our stockholders may not support.

In order to effectuate an initial business combination, blank check companies have, in the recent past, amended various provisions of their charters and modified governing instruments, including their warrant agreements. For example, blank check companies have amended the definition of business combination, increased redemption thresholds and extended the time to consummate an initial business combination and, with respect to their warrants, amended their warrant agreements to require the warrants to be exchanged for cash and/or other securities. Amending our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will require the approval of holders of 65% of our common stock, and amending our warrant agreement will require a vote of holders of at least 50% of the public warrants and, solely with respect to any amendment to the terms of the private placement warrants or any provision of the warrant agreement with respect to the private placement warrants, 50% of the number of the then outstanding private placement warrants. In addition, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires us to provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their public shares for cash if we propose an amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (A) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination by July 7, 2022 or (B) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders' rights or pre-initial business combination activity. To the extent any such amendments would be deemed to fundamentally change the nature of any of our securities, we would register, or seek an exemption from registration for, the affected securities. We cannot assure you that we will not seek to amend our charter or governing instruments or extend the time to consummate an initial business combination in order to effectuate our initial business combination.

- 40 -

The provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation that relate to our pre-business combination activity (and corresponding provisions of the agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account), including an amendment to permit us to withdraw funds from the trust account such that the per share amount investors will receive upon any redemption or liquidation is substantially reduced or eliminated, may be amended with the approval of holders of 65% of our common stock, which is a lower amendment threshold than that of some other blank check companies. It may be easier for us, therefore, to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and the trust agreement to facilitate the completion of an initial business combination that some of our stockholders may not support.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that any of its provisions related to pre-initial business combination activity (including the requirement to deposit proceeds from our initial public offering into the trust account and not release such amounts except in specified circumstances, and to provide redemption rights to public stockholders as described herein and including to permit us to withdraw funds from the trust account such that the per share amount investors will receive upon any redemption or liquidation is substantially reduced or eliminated) may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our common stock entitled to vote thereon, and corresponding provisions of the trust agreement governing the release of funds from our trust account may be amended if approved by holders of 65% of our common stock entitled to vote thereon. In all other instances, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation may be amended by holders of a majority of our outstanding common stock entitled to vote thereon, subject to applicable provisions of the DGCL or applicable stock exchange rules. We may not issue additional securities that can vote on amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation. Our initial stockholders, who collectively beneficially own 20% of our common stock, will participate in any vote to amend our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and/or trust agreement and will have the discretion to vote in any manner they choose. As a result, we may be able to amend the provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation which govern our pre-initial business combination behavior more easily than some other blank check companies, and this may increase our ability to complete an initial business combination with which you do not agree. Our stockholders may pursue remedies against us for any breach of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.

Our sponsor, officers and directors have agreed, pursuant to a written agreement with us, that they will not propose any amendment to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation (i) to modify the substance or timing of our obligation to redeem 100% of our public shares if we do not complete our initial business combination by July 7, 2022 or (ii) with respect to any other provision relating to stockholders' rights or pre-initial business combination activity, unless we provide our public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares of Class A common stock upon approval of any such amendment at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the trust account, divided by the number of then outstanding public shares. These agreements are contained in a letter agreement that we have entered into with our sponsor, officers and directors. Our stockholders are not parties to, or third-party beneficiaries of, these agreements and, as a result, will not have the ability to pursue remedies against our sponsor, officers or directors for any breach of these agreements. As a result, in the event of a breach, our stockholders would need to pursue a stockholder derivative action, subject to applicable law.

We may be unable to obtain additional financing to complete our initial business combination or to fund the operations and growth of a target business,Common Stock, which could compel us to restructure or abandon a particular business combination.

We have not selected any specific business combination target but intend to target businesses larger than we could acquire with the net proceeds of our initial public offering. As a result, we may be required to seek additional financing to complete such proposed initial business combination. We cannot assure you that such financing will be available on acceptable terms, if at all. To the extent that additional financing proves to be unavailable when needed to complete our initial business combination, we would be compelled to either restructure the transaction or abandon that particular business combination and seek an alternative target business candidate. Further, the amount of additional financing we may be required to obtain could increase as a result of future growth capital needs for any particular transaction, the depletion of the available net proceeds in search of a target business, the obligation to repurchase for cash a significant number of shares from stockholders who elect redemption in connection with our initial business combination and/or the terms of negotiated transactions to purchase shares in connection with our initial business combination. If we do not complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may receive only approximately $10.00 per share plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the trust account and not previously released to us to pay our franchise and income taxes on the liquidation of our trust account and our warrants will expire worthless. In addition, even if we do not need additional financing to complete our initial business combination, we may require such financing to fund the operations or growth of the target business. The failure to secure additional financing could have a material adverse effect on the continued development or growth of the target business. None of our officers, directors or stockholders is required to provide any financing to us in connection with or after our initial business combination. If we do not complete our initial business combination, our public stockholders may only receive approximately $10.00 per share on the liquidation of our trust account, and our warrants will expire worthless. Furthermore, as described in the risk factor entitled "If third parties bring claims against us, the proceeds held in the trust account could be reduced and the per-share redemption amount received by stockholders may be less than $10.00 per share," under certain circumstances our public stockholders may receive less than $10.00 per share upon the liquidation of the trust account.

- 41 -

Our initial stockholders may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a stockholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support.

Our initial stockholders own shares representing 20% of our issued and outstanding shares of common stock. Accordingly, they may exert a substantial influence on actions requiring a stockholder vote, potentially in a manner that you do not support, including amendments to our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and approval of major corporate transactions. Factors that would be considered in our initial stockholders making additional purchases would include consideration of the current trading price of our Class A common stock. In addition, our board of directors, whose members were elected by our initial stockholders, is and will be divided into three classes, each of which will generally serve for a term of three years with only one class of directors being elected in each year. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders to elect new directors prior to the completion of our initial business combination, in which case all of the current directors will continue in office until at least the completion of the initial business combination. If there is an annual meeting, as a consequence of our "staggered" board of directors, only a minority of the board of directors will be considered for election and our initial stockholders and only holders of our founder shares will have the right to vote on the election of directors prior to our initial business combination. In addition, we have agreed not to enter into a definitive agreement regarding an initial business combination without the prior consent of our sponsor and the PIMCO private funds. Accordingly, our initial stockholders will continue to exert control at least until the completion of our initial business combination.

Unlike many other similarly structured blank check companies, our initial stockholders will receive additional shares of Class A common stock if we issue shares to consummate an initial business combination.

The founder shares will automatically convert into Class A common stock at the time of our initial business combination, or earlier at the option of the holders, on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as provided herein. In the case that additional shares of Class A common stock, or equity-linked securities convertible or exercisable for Class A common stock, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts offered in our initial public offering and related to the closing of the initial business combination, the ratio at which founder shares shall convert into Class A common stock will be adjusted so that the number of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of all founder shares will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the total number of all outstanding shares of common stock upon completion of the initial business combination, excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in the business combination and any private placement-equivalent warrants issued to our sponsor or its affiliates upon conversion of loans made to us. This is different from most other similarly structured blank check companies in which the initial stockholder will only be issued an aggregate of 20% of the total number of shares to be outstanding prior to the initial business combination. Additionally, the aforementioned adjustment will not take into account any shares of Class A common stock redeemed in connection with the business combination. Accordingly, the holders of the founder shares could receive additional shares of Class A common stock even if the additional shares of Class A common stock, or equity-linked securities convertible or exercisable for Class A common stock, are issued or deemed issued solely to replace those shares that were redeemed in connection with the business combination. The foregoing may make it more difficult and expensive for us to consummate an initial business combination.

- 42 -

We may amend the terms of the warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders of public warrants with the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants. As a result, the exercise price of your warrants could be increased, the exercise period could be shortened and the number of shares of our Class A common stock purchasable upon exercise of a warrant could be decreased, all without your approval.

Our warrants were issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The warrant agreement provides that the terms of the warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any mistake, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of public warrants. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the public warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants approve of such amendment. Although our ability to amend the terms of the public warrants with the consent of at least 50% of the then outstanding public warrants is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the warrants, convert the warrants into cash or stock, shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of shares of our Class A common stock purchasable upon exercise of a warrant.

A provision of our warrant agreement may make it more difficult for us to consummate an initial business combination.

Unlike most blank check companies, if

(i)we issue additional shares of common stock or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of our initial business combination at a Newly Issued Price of less than $9.20 per share;

(ii)the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of our initial business combination on the date of the consummation of our initial business combination (net of redemptions), and

(iii)the Market Value is below $9.20 per share,

then the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted to be equal to 115% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, and the $18.00 per share redemption trigger price will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 180% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price. This may make it more difficult for us to consummate an initial business combination with a target business.

We may redeem your unexpired warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to you, thereby making your warrants worthless.

We have the ability to redeem outstanding warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per warrant, provided that the last reported sales price of our Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30 trading-day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which we give proper notice of such redemption and provided certain other conditions are met. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may not exercise our redemption right if the issuance of shares of common stock upon exercise of the warrants is not exempt from registration or qualification under applicable state blue sky laws or we are unable to effect such registration or qualification. We use our best efforts to register or qualify such shares of common stock under the blue sky laws of the state of residence in those states in which warrants were offered by us. Redemption of outstanding warrants could force you (i) to exercise your warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so, (ii) to sell your warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your warrants or (iii) to accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the market value of your warrants. None of the private placement warrants will be redeemable by us so long as they are held by the sponsor or its permitted transferees.

- 43 -

Our warrants and founder shares may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Class A common stock and make it more difficult to effectuate our initial business combination.

We issued warrants to purchase 13,800,000 shares of Class A common stock as part of the units offered our initial public offering and, simultaneously, we issued private placement warrants to purchase an aggregate of 7,520,000 share of Class A common stock at $11.50 per share. Our initial stockholders currently own an aggregate of 6,900,000 founder shares. The founder shares are convertible into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment as set forth herein. In addition, if our sponsor makes any working capital loans, up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be converted into warrants, at the price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender. Such warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period.

To the extent we issue shares of Class A common stock to effectuate an initial business combination, the potential for the issuance of a substantial number of additional shares of Class A common stock upon exercise of these warrants and conversion rights could make us a less attractive business combination vehicle to a target business. Any such issuance will increase the number of issued and outstanding shares of our Class A common stock and reduce the value of the shares of Class A common stock issued to complete the initial business combination. Therefore, our warrants and founder shares may make it more difficult to effectuate an initial business combination or increase the cost of acquiring the target business.

The private placement warrants are identical to the warrants sold as part of the units in our initial public offering except that, so long as they are held by our sponsor or its permitted transferees, (i) they are not redeemable by us, (ii) they (including the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of these warrants) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by our sponsor until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination and (iii) they may be exercised by the holders on a cashless basis.

Because each unit contains one-half of one redeemable warrant and only a whole warrant may be exercised, the units may be worth less than units of other blank check companies.

Each unit contains one-half of one redeemable warrant. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the units and only whole warrants will trade. Accordingly, unless you purchase at least two units, you will not be able to receive or trade a whole warrant. This is different from other offerings similar to ours whose units include one share of common stock and one warrant to purchase one whole share. We have established the components of the units in this way in order to reduce the dilutive effect of the warrants upon completion of an initial business combination since the warrants will be exercisable in the aggregate for one half of the number of shares compared to units that each contain a warrant to purchase one whole share, thus making us, we believe, a more attractive merger partner for target businesses. Nevertheless, this unit structure may cause our units to be worth less than if they included a warrant to purchase one whole share.

A market for our securities may not develop, which would adversely affect the liquidity and price of our securities.

The price of our securities may vary significantly due to one or more potential business combinations and general market or economic conditions. Furthermore, an active trading market for our securities may never develop or, if developed, may not be sustained. You may be unable to sell your securities unless a market can be established and sustained.occur.

- 44 -

Because we must furnish our stockholders with target business financial statements, we may lose the ability to complete an otherwise advantageous initial business combination with some prospective target businesses.

The federal proxy rules require that a proxy statement with respect to a vote on an initial business combination meeting certain financial significance tests include historical and/or pro forma financial statement disclosure in periodic reports. We will include the same financial statement disclosure in connection with our tender offer documents, whether or not they are required under the tender offer rules. These financial statements may be required to be prepared in accordance with, or be reconciled to, accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America, or GAAP, or international financial reporting standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, or IFRS, depending on the circumstances and the historical financial statements may be required to be audited in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), or PCAOB. These financial statement requirements may limit the pool of potential target businesses we may acquire because some targets may be unable to provide such financial statements in time for us to disclose such statements in accordance with federal proxy rules and complete our initial business combination within the prescribed time frame.

We are an emerging growth company, withinand it cannot be certain if the meaning of the Securities Act, and if we take advantage of certain exemptions from disclosurereduced reporting requirements availableapplicable to emerging growth companies this couldwill make our securitiesCommon Stock less attractive to investors and may make it more difficult to compare our performance with other public companies.

investors.

We are currently an "emerging“emerging growth company"company” within the meaning of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (“Section 404”), reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholdershareholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved. As a result, our stockholdersshareholders may not have access to certain information they may deem important. We could be an emerging growth company for up to five years, although circumstances could cause us to lose that status earlier, including if the market value of our Class A common stock held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of any June 30 before that time, in which case we would no longer be an emerging growth company as of the following December 31. We cannot predict whether investors will find our securities less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our securities less attractive as a result of our reliance on these exemptions, the trading prices of our securities may be lower than they otherwise would be, there may be a less active trading market for our securities and the trading prices of our securities may be more volatile.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such an election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company, which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period, difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Compliance obligations under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may make it more difficult for us to effectuate our initial business combination, require substantial financial and management resources, and increase the time and costs of completing an initial business combination.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires thatFurther, even after we evaluate and report on our system of internal controls beginning with our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2021. Only in the event we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer or an accelerated filer, and no longer qualify as an emerging growth company, we may still qualify as a “smaller reporting company,” which would allow us to take advantage of many of the same exemptions from disclosure requirements, including reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements.

We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our Common Stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our Common Stock and our share price may be more volatile.

- 64 -

Table of Contents

We have incurred and will continue to incur significant increased costs as a result of operating as a public company, and our management has and will be required to complydevote substantial time to new compliance initiatives.

As a public company, we have incurred and will incur significant legal, accounting, insurance and other expenses that it did not incur as a private company. We are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act which will require, among other things, that we file with the independent registeredSEC annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules subsequently adopted by the SEC, and the NYSE to implement provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, impose significant requirements on public accounting firm attestation requirementcompanies, including requiring establishment and maintenance of effective disclosure and financial controls and changes in corporate governance practices. Further, in July 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act), was enacted. There are significant corporate governance and executive compensation related provisions in the Dodd-Frank Act that require the SEC to adopt additional rules and regulations in these areas, such as “say-on-pay” and proxy access. Recent legislation permits emerging growth companies to implement many of these requirements over a longer period and up to five (5) years following the year in which CPSR completed its initial public offering. We intend to take advantage of this new legislation but cannot guarantee that it will not be required to implement these requirements sooner than budgeted or planned and thereby incur unexpected expenses. Shareholder activism, the current political environment and the current high level of government intervention and regulatory reform may lead to substantial new regulations and disclosure obligations, which may lead to additional compliance costs and impact the manner in which we operate our business in ways we cannot currently anticipate.

These rules and regulations applicable to public companies have increased and will continue to substantially increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time- consuming and costly. If these requirements divert the attention of our management and personnel from other business concerns, they could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. The increased costs will decrease our net income or increase our net loss and may require us to reduce costs in other areas of our business or increase the prices of our products or services. For example, these rules and regulations have made it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance and we may be required to incur substantial costs to maintain the same or similar coverage. We cannot predict or estimate the amount or timing of additional costs we may incur to respond to these requirements. The impact of these requirements could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our Board, our Board committees, or as executive officers.

Pursuant to Section 404, in our second annual report due to be filed with the SEC after becoming a public company, we will be required to furnish a report by our management on our internal control over financial reporting. Further,To achieve compliance with Section 404 within the prescribed period, we will be engaged in a process to document and evaluate our internal control over financial reporting, which is both costly and challenging. In this regard, we will need to continue to dedicate internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants, adopt a detailed work plan to assess and document the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, continue steps to improve control processes as appropriate, validate through testing whether such controls are functioning as documented, and implement a continuous reporting and improvement process for as long as we remain an emerging growth company,internal control over financial reporting. Despite our efforts, there is a risk that we will not be able to conclude, within the prescribed timeframe or at all, that our internal control over financial reporting is effective as required by Section 404. In addition, investors’ perceptions that our internal controls are inadequate or that we are unable to complyproduce accurate financial statements on a timely basis may harm the market price of our shares.

If we fail to establish and maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting, our operating results and our ability to operate our business could be harmed.

Ensuring that we have adequate internal financial and accounting controls and procedures in place so that we can produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is a costly and time-consuming effort that needs to be re-evaluated frequently. Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. We will continue to dedicate internal resources, potentially engage outside consultants and adopt a detailed work plan to document, review and improve our internal controls and procedures for compliance with Section 404 of the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirement onSarbanes- Oxley Act and applicable United States laws, which will require annual management assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. The factAs we continue to grow, we expect to recruit additional finance and accounting personnel with certain skill sets that it will need as a public company.

- 65 -

Table of Contents

Implementing any appropriate changes to our internal controls may distract our officers and employees, entail substantial costs to modify our existing processes, and take significant time to complete. These changes may not, however, be effective in maintaining the adequacy of our internal controls, and any failure to maintain that adequacy, or consequent inability to produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis, could increase our operating costs and harm our business. In our efforts to maintain proper and effective internal control over financial reporting, we may discover significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, which we may not successfully remediate on a timely basis or at all. Any failure to remediate any significant deficiencies or material weaknesses identified by us or to implement required new or improved controls, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations or result in material misstatements in our financial statements. If we identify one or more material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting in the future, it could result in an adverse reaction in the financial markets due to a loss of confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which may harm the market price of our Common Stock.

For example, in connection with management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting at December 31, 2021, management identified a material weakness in internal controls related to the accounting for complex financial instruments. While we have implemented remediation steps to improve our internal control over financial reporting, the elements of our remediation plan can only be accomplished over time, and we can offer no assurance that these initiatives will ultimately have the intended effects. In addition, we cannot assure you that there will not be additional material weaknesses or significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting in the future. Any failure to maintain internal control over financial reporting could severely inhibit our ability to accurately report our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. If we are unable to conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm determines we have a blank check company makes compliance withmaterial weakness or significant deficiency in our internal control over financial reporting once we begin our Section 404 reviews, investors may lose confidence in the requirementsaccuracy and completeness of our financial reports, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act particularly burdensomemarket price of our Common Stock could decline, and we could be subject to sanctions or investigations by the NYSE, the SEC or other regulatory authorities. Failure to remediate any material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting on us as compareda timely basis, if at all, or to implement or maintain other effective control systems required of public companies, because a target company with which we seekcould also restrict our future access to complete our initial business combination may not be in compliance with the provisions of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act regarding adequacy of its internal controls. The development of the internal control of any such entity to achieve compliance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such business combination.capital markets.

- 45 -

Provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and Delaware law and our Bylaws contain certain provisions, including anti-takeover provisions that limit the ability of stockholders to take certain actions and could delay or discourage takeover attempts that stockholders may inhibitconsider favorable.

Our Bylaws and the DGCL contain provisions that could have the effect of rendering more difficult, delaying, or preventing an acquisition that stockholders may consider favorable, including transactions in which stockholders might otherwise receive a takeover of us, whichpremium for their shares. These provisions could also limit the price that investors might be willing to pay in the future for shares of our Class A common stockCommon Stock, and could entrench management.

Our amended and restated certificatetherefore depress the trading price of incorporation contains provisions that may discourage unsolicited takeover proposals that stockholders may consider to be in their best interests.our Common Stock. These provisions could also make it difficult for stockholders to take certain actions, including electing directors who are not nominated by the current members of our Board or taking other corporate actions, including effecting changes in our management. Among other things, the Organizational Documents include a staggered boardprovisions regarding:

the ability of our Board to issue shares of preferred stock, including “blank check” preferred stock and to determine the price and other terms of those shares, including preferences and voting rights, without stockholder approval, which could be used to significantly dilute the ownership of a
hostile acquirer;
our Board being classified into three classes, with only one class being elected each year to serve three- year terms. As a result, in most circumstances, a person can gain control of our Board only by successfully engaging in a proxy contest at two or more annual stockholders meetings;
the Certificate of Incorporation’s prohibition on cumulative voting in the election of directors, which limits the ability of minority stockholders to elect director candidates;
the limitation of the liability of, and the indemnification of, our directors and officers;

- 66 -

Table of directors and the ability of the board of directors to designate the terms of and issue new series of preferred shares, which may make the removal of management more difficult and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.Contents

the ability of our Board to amend the Bylaws, which may allow our Board to take additional actions to prevent an unsolicited takeover and inhibit the ability of an acquirer to amend the Bylaws to facilitate an unsolicited takeover attempt; and
advance notice procedures with which stockholders must comply to nominate candidates to our Board or to propose matters to be acted upon at a stockholders’ meeting, which could preclude stockholders from bringing matters before annual or special meetings of stockholders and delay changes in our Board and also may discourage or deter a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us.

We are also subject to anti-takeoverThese provisions, under Delaware law, whichalone or together, could delay or prevent hostile takeovers and changes in control or changes in our Board or management.

Our Bylaws will designate the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a changefavorable judicial forum for disputes with our Company or our Company’s directors, officers, or other employees.

Our Bylaws require, unless we consent in writing to the selection of control. Together these provisions may make the removal of management more difficult and may discourage transactions that otherwise could involve payment of a premium over prevailing market prices for our securities.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires,an alternative forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, that derivative actions brought in our name, actions against our directors, officers, other employees or stockholders for breach of fiduciary duty and other similar actions may be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware and, if brought outsideDelaware.

Unless we consent in writing to the selection of Delaware,an alternative forum, the stockholder bringingfederal district courts of the suitUnited States will, be deemed to have consented to service of process on such stockholder's counsel, which may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against our directors, officers, other employees or stockholders.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation requires, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, that derivative actions brought in our name, actions against our directors, officers, other employees or stockholders for breach of fiduciary duty and other similar actions may be brought only in the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware and, if brought outside of Delaware, the stockholder bringing the suit will be deemed to have consented to service of process on such stockholder's counsel except any action (A) as to which the Court of Chancery in the State of Delaware determines that there is an indispensable party not subject to the jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery (and the indispensable party does not consent to the personal jurisdiction of the Court of Chancery within ten days following such determination), (B) which is vested in the exclusive jurisdictionforum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a court or forum other than the Courtcause of Chancery, (C) for which the Court of Chancery does not have subject matter jurisdiction, or (D) any action arising under the Securities Act as to whichor the Court of Chanceryrules and the federal district court for the District of Delaware shall have concurrent jurisdiction. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to the forum provisions in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation.regulations promulgated thereunder. This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder'sstockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or any of our directors, officers, other employees or stockholders, which may discourage lawsuits with respect to such claims, although our stockholders will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporationBylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation providesBylaws provide that the exclusive forum provision will be applicable to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law.law, subject to certain exceptions. Section 27 of the Exchange Act creates exclusive federal jurisdiction over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. As a result, the exclusive forum provision will not apply to suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Exchange Act or any other claim for which the federal courts have exclusive jurisdiction. In addition, our Bylaws provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the federal district courts of the United States of America will, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be the exclusive forum for the resolution of any complaint asserting a cause of action arising under the Securities Act or the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. We note, however, that there is uncertainty as to whether a court would enforce this provision and that investors cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. Section 22 of the Securities Act creates concurrent jurisdiction for state and federal courts over all suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.

- 46 -

Our search for a business combination, and any target business with which we ultimately consummate a business combination,We may be materially adversely affected by the recent coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemicsubject to securities litigation, which is expensive and the status of debt and equity markets.

could divert management attention.

The COVID-19 pandemic has resulted,market price of our Common Stock may be volatile and, other infectious diseasesin the past, companies that have experienced volatility in the market price of their stock have been subject to securities class action litigation. We may be the target of this type of litigation in the future. Securities litigation against us could result in substantial costs and divert management’s attention from other business concerns, which could seriously harm our business.

- 67 -

Table of Contents

The exercise of our warrants for shares of our Common Stock would increase the number of shares eligible for future resale in the public market and result in dilution to our stockholders.

We have previously filed a widespread health crisis thatForm S-1 prospectus to register (i) 13,800,000 outstanding Public Warrants to purchase 13,800,000 shares of our Common Stock exercisable at an exercise price of $11.50 per share commencing thirty (30) days following the Closing; (ii) 7,520,000 outstanding Private Warrants to purchase 7,520,000 shares of our Common Stock, exercisable at an exercise price of $11.50 per share commencing thirty (30) days following the Closing and (iii) 3,189,49 currently exercisable Rollover Warrants, 1,353,062 of which are exercisable at an exercise price of $4.26 and 1,836,429 of which are exercisable at an exercise price of $0.02.To the extent such warrants are exercised, additional shares of our Common Stock will be issued, which will result in dilution to the holders of our Common Stock and increase the number of shares eligible for resale in the public market. Sales of substantial numbers of such shares in the public market could adversely affect the economies and financial markets worldwide, andmarket price of our Common Stock, the businessimpact of any potential target business with which we consummateis increased as the value of our stock price increases.

We may redeem your unexpired Public Warrants prior to their exercise at a business combination could be materially and adversely affected. Furthermore, we may be unabletime that is disadvantageous to complete a business combination if continued concerns relating to COVID-19 restrict travel, limityou, thereby making your warrants worthless.

We will have the ability to have meetings with potential investorsredeem outstanding Public Warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per warrant, provided that the closing price of our Common Stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share for any twenty (20) trading days within a thirty (30) trading-day period ending on the target company’s personnel, vendorsthird trading day prior to the date we give notice of redemption. If and services providerswhen such warrants become redeemable, we may exercise the redemption right even if we are unavailableunable to negotiateregister or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. Redemption of such warrants could force holders to (i) exercise the warrants and consummatepay the exercise price therefor at a transaction in a timely manner, or if COVID 19 causes a prolonged economic downturn. The extent to which COVID-19 impacts our search for a business combination will depend on future developments, which are highly uncertain and cannot be predicted, including new information which may emerge concerning the severity of COVID-19 and the actions to contain COVID-19 or treat its impact, among others. If the disruptions posed by COVID-19 or other matters of global concern continue for an extensive period of time our ability to consummate a business combination, or the operations of a target business with which we ultimately consummate a business combination,when it may be materially adversely affected.

disadvantageous to do so, (ii) sell the warrants at the then-current market price when the holder might otherwise wish to hold onto such warrants or (iii) accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the market value of the warrants. None of the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by us so long as they are held by their initial purchasers or their permitted transferees.

In addition, we may redeem the Public Warrants after they become exercisable for a number of shares of our ability to consummate a business combination may be dependentCommon Stock determined based on the abilityredemption date and the fair market value of our Common Stock. Any such redemption may have similar consequences to raise equitya cash redemption described above. In addition, such redemption may occur at a time when the warrants are “out-of-the- money,” in which case you would lose any potential embedded value from a subsequent increase in the value of our Common Stock had such warrants remained outstanding.

Our Private Warrants are being accounted for as a warrant liability and debt financing,are being recorded at fair value upon issuance with changes in fair value each period reported in earnings, which may have an adverse effect on the market price of our Common Stock.

Under GAAP, we are required to evaluate our Warrants to determine whether they should be impacted by COVID-19 and other events, includingaccounted for as a resultwarrant liability or as equity. We have concluded that the Private Warrants contain provisions requiring liability classification. Therefore, we are accounting for the Private Warrants as a warrant liability and are recording that liability at fair value upon issuance. We will record any subsequent changes in fair value as of increasedthe end of each period for which earnings are reported. The impact of changes in fair value on earnings may have an adverse effect on the market volatility, decreased market liquidity in third-party financing being unavailable on terms acceptable to us or at all.

Cyber incidents or attacks directed at us could result in information theft, data corruption, operational disruption and/or financial loss.

We depend on digital technologies, including information systems, infrastructure and cloud applications and services, including those of third parties with which we may deal. Sophisticated and deliberate attacks on, or security breaches in, our systems or infrastructure, or the systems or infrastructure of third parties or the cloud, could lead to corruption or misappropriationprice of our assets, proprietary informationCommon Stock and sensitive or confidential data. As an early stage company without significant investmentsmay cause fluctuations in data security protection, we may not be sufficiently protected against such occurrences. We may not have sufficient resources to adequately protect against, or to investigate and remediate any vulnerability to, cyber incidents. It is possible that any of these occurrences, or a combination of them, could have adverse consequences on our business and lead to financial loss.

If we effect our initial business combination with a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States, we would be subject to a variety of additional risks that may negatively impact our operations.

If we effect our initial business combination with a company with operations or opportunities outside of the United States, we would be subject to any special considerations or risks associated with companies operating in an international setting, including any of the following:

·higher costs and difficulties inherent in managing cross-border business operations and complying with different commercial and legal requirements of overseas markets;

·rules and regulations regarding currency redemption;

·complex corporate withholding taxes on individuals;

·laws governing the manner in which future business combinations may be effected;

·tariffs and trade barriers;

·regulations related to customs and import/export matters;

·longer payment cycles and challenges in collecting accounts receivable;

- 47 -

·tax issues, including but not limited to tax law changes and variations in tax laws as compared to the United States;

·currency fluctuations and exchange controls;

·rates of inflation;

·cultural and language differences;

·employment regulations;

·data privacy;

·changes in industry, regulatory or environmental standards within the jurisdictions where we operate;

·public health or safety concerns and governmental restrictions, including those caused by outbreaks of pandemic disease such as the recent coronavirus (COVID-19) pandemic;

·crime, strikes, riots, civil disturbances, terrorist attacks, natural disasters and wars;

·deterioration of political relations with the United States; and

·government appropriations of assets.

We may not be able to adequately address these additional risks. If we were unable to do so, our operations might suffer, which may adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition.based on factors that are outside of our control.

We may face risks related to consumer, healthcare and TMT industry sector companies.

Business combinations with companiesThere can be no assurance that the warrants will be in the consumer sector entail special considerationsmoney at the time they become exercisable, and risks. If we are successful in completing a business combination with such a target business, wethey may expire worthless.

There can be subject to, and possibly adversely affected by,no assurance that the following risks:

·An inability to compete effectively in a highly competitive environment with many incumbents having substantially greater resources;

·An inability to manage rapid change, increasing customer, patient or subscriber expectations and growth;

·An inability to build strong brand identity and improve customer, patient or subscriber satisfaction and loyalty;

·Limitations on a target business' ability to protect its intellectual property rights, including its trade secrets, that could cause a loss in revenue and any competitive advantage;

·A reliance on proprietary technology to provide services and to manage our operations, and the failure of this technology to operate effectively, or our failure to use such technology effectively;

·The high cost or unavailability of materials, equipment, supplies and personnel that could adversely affect our ability to execute our operations on a timely basis;

·An inability to attract and retain customers, patients or subscribers;

·An inability to license or enforce intellectual property rights on which our business may depend;

- 48 -

·Any significant disruption in our computer systems or those of third-parties that we would utilize in our operations;

·Seasonality and weather conditions that may cause our operating results to vary from quarter to quarter;

·An inability by us to successfully anticipate changing consumer preferences and buying trends and manage our product line and inventory commensurate with customer demand;

·An inability by us, or a refusal by third parties, to license content to us upon acceptable terms;

·Potential liability for negligence, copyright, or trademark infringement or other claims based on the nature and content of materials that we may distribute or services we perform;

·Dependence of our operations upon third-party suppliers or service providers whose failure to perform adequately could disrupt our business;

·Our operating results may be adversely affected by changes in the cost or availability of raw materials and energy;

·We may be subject to production-related risks which could jeopardize our ability to realize anticipated sales and profits;

·Changes in the retail industry and markets for consumer products affecting our customers or retailing practices could negatively impact customer relationships and our results of operations;

·Our business could involve the potential for product recalls, product liability and other claims against us, which could affect our earnings and financial condition;

·Competition for advertising revenue;

·Competition for the leisure and entertainment time and discretionary spending of subscribers or customers, which may intensify in part due to advances in technology and changes in consumer expectations and behavior;

·Disruption or failure of our networks, systems or technology as a result of computer viruses, "cyber attacks," misappropriation of data or other malfeasance, as well as outages, natural disasters, terrorist attacks, accidental releases of information or similar events;

·An inability to obtain necessary hardware, software and operational support;

·Our inability to comply with governmental regulations or obtain governmental approval of our products;

·Continuing government and private efforts to contain healthcare costs, including through the implementation of legal and regulatory changes;

·Changes in the healthcare related wellness industry and markets for such products affecting our customers or retailing practices could negatively impact customer relationships and our results of operations; and

·The Affordable Care Act, possible changes to it or its repeal, and how it is implemented could negatively impact our business.

- 49 -

Any of the foregoing could have an adverse impact on our operations following a business combination. However, our efforts in identifying prospective target businesses will not be limited to the consumer, healthcare and TMT industry sectors. Accordingly, if we acquire a target business in another industry, these risks will likely not affect us and wewarrants will be subjectin the money following the time they become exercisable and prior to other risks attendant withtheir expiration, and as such, the specific industry in which we operate or target business which we acquire, none of which can be presently ascertained.warrants may expire worthless.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

- 68 -

Item 2. Properties

Properties.

Gelesis corporate headquarters are located in Boston, Massachusetts, where we occupy approximately 9,446 square feet of office space subleased from PureTech. We do not own any real estate or other physical properties materially important to our operation. We currently maintain our principal executive offices at 405 West 14th Street, Austin, Texas 78701. The cost for this space is includedalso operate manufacturing and research and development facilities in Italy, including a 51,000 square foot facility, which commenced commercial scale production in the $10,000 per-month aggregate fee our sponsor charges us for generalfourth quarter of 2021 and administrative services. We consider our current office space, combined withwhich the other office space otherwise availableCompany expects to our executive officers, adequate for our current operations.further expand to a 88,600 square foot facility, as well as approximately 12 acres of land, where we have initiated construction of an additional 207,000 square foot facility. Both facilities are near the Town of Lecce in the Puglia region of Italy.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are party to litigation and subject to claims incident to the ordinary course of business. As our growth continues, we may become party to an increasing number of litigation matters and claims. The outcome of litigation and claims cannot be predicted with certainty, and the resolution of these matters could materially affect our future results of operations, cash flows, or financial position. We are not presently party to any legal proceedings that, in the opinion of management, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results, financial condition, or cash flows.

Item 3.
Legal Proceedings.

There is no material litigation, arbitration or governmental proceeding currently pending against us or any members of our management team in their capacity as such.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

- 69 -

Table of Contents

PART II

Item 5.Market For Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information

OurThe CPSR shares of Class A common stock, units, common shares and warrant are eachwarrants were historically traded on the New York Stock ExchangeNYSE under the symbols “CPSR.U,“CPSR,“CSTR”“CPSR.U” and “CPSR.WS,“CPSR WS,” respectively. Our units commenced public tradingIn connection with the Business Combination, the CPSR shares of Class A common stock converted into shares of common stock on July 1, 2020, anda one-for-one basis. On January 14, 2022, our common sharesstock and warrants commenced separate publicWarrants were listed on the NYSE under the new trading on or about August 24, 2020.

symbols of “GLS” and “GLS WS,” respectively.

Holders

On DecemberMarch 31, 2020,2022, there was one holder of record of our units, one holderwere 42 holders of record of our common sharesstock and two13 holders of record of our warrants.

Warrants.

Dividends

We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock to date. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition. The payment of any cash dividends will be within the discretion of our board of directors. In addition, our board of directors is not currently contemplating and does not anticipate declaring any share dividends in the foreseeable future. Further, if we incur any indebtedness, our ability to declare dividends may be limited by restrictive covenants we may agree to in connection therewith.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Underunder Equity Compensation Plans

None.

As of December 31, 2021, we did not have any securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans. In connection with the Merger, our shareholders approved the Gelesis Holdings, Inc. 2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan. We also assumed all outstanding awards under the Gelesis, Inc. 2016 Stock Option and Grant Plan and the Gelesis 2006 Stock Incentive Plan.

Recent Sales of Unregistered SecuritiesSecurities; Use of Proceeds from Registered Offerings.

None.

The disclosure set forth in “Basis of Presentation” above is incorporated herein by reference. The securities issued in connection with the Business Combination, the PIPE Financing and the Backstop Agreement were not registered under the Securities Act in reliance on the exemption from registration provided by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Regulation D promulgated thereunder.

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

The disclosure set forth in “Basis of Presentation” above is incorporated herein by reference.

None.

- 50 -

Item 6. [Reserved.]Selected Financial Data

Not required for smaller reporting companies.Applicable.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

References to the “Company,” “our,” “us,” “we,” or “Gelesis” refer to Gelesis Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries (formerly known as Capstar Special Purpose Acquisition Corp.). The following discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our auditedthe financial statements and the notes related thereto which are includedcontained elsewhere in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.report. Certain information contained in the discussion and analysis set forth below includes forward-looking statements. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a resultthat involve risks and uncertainties.

- 70 -

Table of many factors, including those set forth under “Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Item 1A. Risk Factors”Contents

Overview

During the year ended December 31, 2021 and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Overview

We areprior to the Merger, CPSR was a blank check company formed under the laws of the State of Delaware on February 14, 2020incorporated for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or other similar Business Combinationbusiness combination with one or more businesses. For more information on the Merger, see “Basis of Presentation” elsewhere in this Report.

Following the Merger, we are a commercial stage biotherapeutics company built for consumer engagement. We are focused on advancing first-in-class superabsorbent hydrogel therapeutics for chronic gastrointestinal, or GI, diseases including excess weight, type 2 diabetes, NAFLD/NASH, functional constipation, and inflammatory bowel disease. Our biomimetic superabsorbent hydrogels are inspired by the composition and mechanical properties (e.g. firmness) of raw vegetables. They are conveniently administered in capsules taken with water to create a much larger volume of small, non-aggregating hydrogel pieces that become an integrated part of the meals, and act locally in the digestive system.

Our first commercial product, Plenity, received de novo clearance from the FDA on April 12, 2019 to aid in weight management in adults with excess weight or obesity, Body Mass Index (BMI) of 25 to 40 kg/m2, when used in conjunction with diet and exercise.

Plenity, which is available by prescription in the United States, became available for first commercial sale in May 2020 to a limited number of consumers. In October 2020 availability was increased to test commercial interest and consumer experience. Activities associated with a full commercial launch in the United States began in late 2021 and will continue to expand in 2022. While these are significant milestones, continued commercialization of Plenity will require significant external funding until we are able to generate positive cash flows from product sales.

Key Factors Affecting Results of Operations after the Merger

Gelesis Holdings, Inc. believes that our performance and future success depend on several factors that present not only significant opportunities for us but also pose risks and challenges, including those discussed below and in the section of this Form 10-K titled “Risk Factors.”

New Consumer Acquisition

Our ability to attract new consumers is a key factor for our future growth. To date we have successfully acquired limited consumers through our on-going beta U.S. commercial launch in conjunction with the continued development of marketing and sales tactics. We intend to effectuateacquire new members in the United States by promoting Plenity to the consumer. The promotional activities will motivate the potential future member to ask a health care professional about acquiring Plenity through one of two channels:

Telehealth: We are partnering with a leading telehealth platform in the United States, providing convenient and immediate access to physicians online at no cost. In August 2019, we entered into a two-year exclusive agreement with Ro giving Ro exclusive telehealth distributor rights to sell Plenity via telehealth in the United States. In January 2021, the agreement with Ro was amended and restated and in connection therewith, we received $10.0 million in cash as a pre-buy commitment for Plenity. In July 2021, the agreement with Ro was further amended and restated and we received $30.0 million in cash towards Ro’s future purchase of Plenity and also extended Ro’s exclusive telehealth rights through June 2023. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, we have no obligations or commitments beyond the sale and supply of Plenity to Ro. Pursuant to the terms of the agreement, Ro has no obligation or commitments specifically with respect to marketing and promotional spend in support of the sale of Plenity to consumers.
Health Care Providers: We have engaged a limited contract sales force to promote Plenity to target physicians. To support prescription fulfillment for our non-telehealth tradition HCP promotional efforts, in February 2020, we executed a two-year exclusive distribution agreement with GoGoMeds, or GGM, giving GGM exclusive distributor rights to all non-telehealth mail order prescriptions generated in the United States by health care providers.

- 71 -

Table of Contents

Retention of Consumers

Our ability to retain consumers is a key factor in our Business Combination usingability to generate revenue. Our home delivery, simple pricing, and consumer engagement enhance the experience of our consumer. Plenity is delivered straight to the consumer via pharmacy direct shipping. Plenity costs $98 for a 28-day supply or $1.75 per meal, without reimbursement. We currently do not have plans to pursue government or private insurance coverage by providing rebates. Consumers will purchase Plenity out of pocket in cash fromtransactions, where we offer the proceedsconsumer a convenient, simple and highly transparent process. We expect the simplified transaction process and high price transparency to synergize with the telemedicine platform and e-prescribing to produce a relatively frictionless consumer experience for consumers.

We have also partnered with leading lifestyle brands WW International, Inc. and Noom, providing members access to WW’s behavioral weight management program and supporting lifestyle content and offering discounts to Noom’s subscription programs. We continuously test and optimize the online member experiences and offerings to improve the overall experience, maximizing member weight journey success and ultimately brand sales.

Rest of World

We are evaluating global strategic partnerships to build our brand globally after full commercial launch in the Initial Public Offering andU.S. market; however, we may also retain the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, our capital stock, debt or a combination of cash, stock and debt.rights.

Europe: In June 2020, we received approval to market Plenity in Europe through a Conformité Européenne (CE) mark for Plenity as a class III medical device indicated for weight loss in overweight and obese adults with a Body Mass Index (BMI) of 25-40 kg/m2, when used in conjunction with diet and exercise. We are evaluating strategic partnerships in Europe; however, we may also retain the rights.
China Medical Systems Holdings Limited: In June 2020, we entered into a strategic partnership with China Medical System Holdings Limited (CMS) (HKG:0867) for the commercialization of Plenity in Greater China (including Mainland China, Hong Kong, Macau, and Taiwan), Singapore and United Arab Emirates. We granted CMS an exclusive and royalty-bearing license to commercialize Plenity in the aforementioned territory. Under the terms of the agreement, CMS provided $35.0 million upfront in a combination of licensing fees and equity investment with the potential for an additional $388.0 million in future regulatory and sales milestone payments. CMS is also obligated to pay a royalty of 11% on net product sales in the territory.

Investments in Growth

We expect to make significant investments in selling and marketing to acquire new consumers. Selling and marketing is an important driver of growth, and we intend to continue to incurmake significant costsinvestments in consumer acquisition and our selling and commercial infrastructure. As such, we expect our selling and marketing expense to increase in absolute dollars in the pursuitshort term. However, we expect our selling and marketing expense to decrease as a percentage of revenue over the long term, although our selling and marketing expense may fluctuate as a percentage of revenue from period to period due to the timing and amount of these expenses. Additionally, we intend to continue to invest significantly in our manufacturing, fulfillment and operating capabilities. In the short term, we expect these investments to increase our operating expenses; however, in the long term we anticipate that these investments will positively impact our results of operations. If we are unable to generate sufficient demand in Plenity, we may not have sufficient funds to investment into these growth activities.

Product Candidate Expansion

In addition to Plenity, we have invested in a pipeline of product candidates for prevalent and important gastrointestinal, or GI, tract-related chronic diseases including, type 2 diabetes, NAFLD/NASH, chronic idiopathic constipation, and inflammatory bowel disease by targeting the natural processes of the GI pathway. We expect to continue investing in our pipeline over time to broaden our commercial opportunity. The continued preclinical and clinical development of the pipeline will require significant financial resources. If we are unable to generate sufficient demand in Plenity or raise additional capital at favorable terms, if at all, we may not have sufficient funds to invest in the research and development of additional product candidates.

- 72 -

Table of Contents

Key Business Metrics after the Merger

Gelesis Holdings, Inc. monitors the following key metrics to help us evaluate our business, identify trends affecting our business, formulate business plans and make strategic decisions.

Members

We define members as the number of consumers in the United States who have begun their weight loss journey with Plenity. This is the cumulative historical number of recurring and non-recurring consumers who have begun their weight loss journey as of the respective reporting date. We do not differentiate from recurring and non-recurring consumers as of the date of this prospectus as (i) we strongly believe every member’s weight-loss journey is chronic and long-term in nature, and (ii) owing to a limited available supply of Plenity to-date, we have not initiated our long-term strategy and mechanisms to retain and/or win-back members. We will continue to evaluate the utility of this business metric in future periods.

Units sold

Units sold is defined as the number of 28-day supply units of Plenity sold to consumers based on prescriptions, through our strategic partnerships with online pharmacies and telehealth providers as well as the units sold to our strategic partners outside the United States.

Product revenue, net

We recognize product revenue in accordance with ASC Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, when we transfer promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. Our product revenue is derived from product sales of Plenity, net of estimates of variable consideration for which reserves are established for expected product returns, shipping charges to end-users, pharmacy dispensing and platform fees, merchant and processing fees, and promotional discounts offered to end-users.

Average selling price per unit, net

Average selling price per unit, net is the gross price per unit sold during the period net of estimates of per unit variable consideration for which reserves are established for expected product returns, shipping charges to end-users, pharmacy dispensing and platform fees, merchant and processing fees, and promotional discounts offered to end-users.

Gross profit and gross margin

Our gross profit represents product revenue, net, less our total cost of goods sold, and our gross margin is our gross profit expressed as a percentage of our acquisition plans.product revenue, net. Our gross profit and gross margin have been and will continue to be affected by a number of factors, including the prices we charge for our product, the costs we incur from our vendors for certain components of our cost of goods sold, the mix of channel sales in a period, and our ability to sell our inventory. We cannot assure youexpect our gross margin to increase over the long term, although gross margins may fluctuate from period to period depending on these and other factors.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures after the Merger

In addition to our financial results determined in accordance with GAAP, Gelesis Holdings, Inc., considers Adjusted EBITDA to be an important measure in evaluating our operating performance and underlying trends in our business. We believe that this non-GAAP financial measure, when taken together with the corresponding GAAP financial measure, provides meaningful supplemental information regarding our plansperformance by excluding certain items that may not be indicative of our business, results of operations, or outlook. We believe that the use of Adjusted EBITDA is helpful to completeour investors as it is a Business Combination will be successful.metric used by management in assessing the health of our business and our operating performance. We define “Adjusted EBITDA” as net (loss) income before depreciation and amortization expenses, provision for (benefit from) income taxes, interest expense, net, stock-based compensation and (gains) and losses related to changes in fair value of our warrant liability, our convertible promissory note liability, our tranche rights liability and the One S.r.l. call option.

- 73 -

Table of Contents

Results of Operations

We have neither engaged in any operations (other than searching for a Business Combination after our Initial Public Offering) nor generated any revenues to date. Our only activities from February 14, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 20202021 were organizational activities, those necessary to prepare for the Initial Public Offering, described below, and after the Initial Public Offering, finding a target company for a Business Combination.Combination and activities in connection with the acquisition of Gelesis Holdings, Inc. We do not expect to generate any operating revenues until after the completion of our Business Combination. We generate non-operating income in the form of interest income on marketable securities held afterin the Initial Public Offering.Trust Account. We incur expenses as a result of being a public company (for legal, financial reporting, accounting and auditing compliance), as well as for due diligence expenses.expenses in connection with completing a Business Combination.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, we had net loss of $12,898,082, which consisted of operating costs of $20,674,209 and a change in fair value of warrant liabilities of $7,602,367, offset by interest income on marketable securities held in the Trust Account of $167,045 and an unrealized gain on marketable securities held in our Trust Account of $6,715.

For the period from February 14, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, we had a net loss of $2,216,751,$15,294,860, which consistsconsisted of transaction cost related to IPO of $671,901, operating costs of $2,426,204 and a change in fair value of warrant liabilities of $12,406,208, offset by interest income on marketable securities held in the Trust Account of $201,441 and an unrealized gain on marketable securities held in our Trust Account of $8,012.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

On July 7, 2020, we consummated the Initial Public Offering of 27,600,000 Units at a price of $10.00 per Unit, which includes the full exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option to purchase an additional 3,600,000, generating gross proceeds of $276,000,000. Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, we consummated the sale of 7,520,000 Private Placement Warrants at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant in a private placement to our stockholders, generating gross proceeds of $7,520,000.

Following the Initial Public Offering, the full exercise of the over-allotment option by the underwriters’ and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, a total of $276,000,000 was placed in the Trust Account and we had $1,389,212 of cash held outside of the Trust Account, after payment of costs related to the Initial Public Offering, and available for working capital purposes. We incurred $15,851,828 in transaction costs, including $5,520,000 of underwriting fees, $9,660,000 of deferred underwriting fees and $671,828 of other offering costs.

For the year ended December 31, 2021, cash used in operating activities was $446,644, which consisted of our net loss of $12,898,082, interest earned on marketable securities held in the Trust Account of $167,045, an unrealized gain on marketable securities held in our Trust Account of $6,715 and changes in fair value of warrant liabilities of $7,602,367. Changes in operating assets and liabilities provided $20,227,565 of cash.

For the period from February 14, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, cash used in operating activities was $861,345. Net loss of $2,216,751$15,294,860 was affected by interest earned on marketable securities held in the Trust Account of $201,441, an unrealized gain on marketable securities of $8,012, transaction costs related to the Initial Public Offering of $671,901, changes in fair value or warrants of $12,406,208 and changes in operating assets and liabilities, which provided $1,564,859 of cash from operating activities.

- 51 -

As of December 31, 2020,2021, we had cash and marketable securities held in the Trust Account of $276,209,453. We intend to use substantially all of the funds held in the Trust Account, including any amounts representing interest earned on the Trust Account to complete our Business Combination.$276,207,207. We may withdraw interest to pay franchise and income taxes. During the periodyear ended December 31, 2020,2021, we did not withdraw anyhave withdrawn $176,006 of interest earned on the Trust Account. ToAccount for the extent that our capital stock or debt is used, in whole or in part, as consideration to complete ourpayment of franchise taxes.

Until the consummation of the Business Combination, the remaining proceeds held in the Trust Account will bewe used as working capital to finance the operations of the target business or businesses, make other acquisitions and pursue our growth strategies.

As of December 31, 2020, we had cash of $491,827 outside of the Trust Account. We intend to use the funds held outside the Trust Account primarily to identify and evaluate target businesses, perform business due diligence on prospective target businesses, travel to and from the offices, plants or similar locations of prospective target businesses or their representatives or owners, review corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses, and structure, negotiate and complete a Business Combination.

In order to fund working capital deficiencies or finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination,Upon the Sponsor, an affiliateclose of the Sponsor, or our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete a Business Combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. Inreceived approximately $105 million of gross proceeds to fund our operations. We believe that the event that acash available from the consummation of the Business Combination does not close, we may use a portionand related transactions will be sufficient to fund our short-term liquidity needs and the execution of our business plan through at least the twelve month-period from the date of the working capital held outsideBusiness Combination.

- 74 -

Table of Contents

Prior to the trust accountClosing of the Business Combination, holders of 26,844,777 shares of CPSR Class A Common Stock exercised their right to repayredeem such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our Trust Account would be usedshares for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants,cash at a price of $1.50approximately 10.00 per warrantshare for aggregate payments of $268,646,943. Due to the significant number of redemptions, we expect to implement an alternative business plan prioritizing short-term working capital needs such as investments in raw materials and finished goods as well as investments in sales and marketing. Further, we anticipate delaying certain long-term capital expenditures in commercial infrastructure and certain research and development expenses. We expect to reduce and optimize investments in sales and marketing, prioritizing investments in high return and high exposure mediums. We may seek out alternative commercial arrangements or geographic distribution partnerships to finance certain investments in sales and marketing associated with the full commercial launch of Plenity. We expect these actions will enable appropriate liquidity to manage risk and uncertainty over the next year and beyond and enable us to execute our business plan based on the level of our financial resources at Closing and available financing alternatives and further enable us to direct funding to the optionfull commercial launch of Plenity. These changes to the execution of our business plan based on the significant number of redemptions made in connection with the Closing of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period. The terms of such loans by our officers and directors, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. The loans would be repaid upon consummation of a Business Combination without interest.may impact the growth of Plenity sales and the pace of acquisition and retention of consumers. We may need to raise additional capital to fund our operations and our business plan. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in obtaining capital sufficient to meet our operating needs on terms or a timeframe acceptable to us or at all. Further, in the event that market conditions preclude our ability to consummate such a transaction, we may be required to evaluate additional alternatives in restructuring our business and our capital structure.

On March 3, 2021, the Sponsor committed to provide us an aggregate of $1,500,000 in loans for working capital purpose.

Off-Balance Sheet Financing Arrangements

We have no obligations, assets or liabilities, which would be considered off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2020.2021. We do not participate in transactions that create relationships with unconsolidated entities or financial partnerships, often referred to as variable interest entities, which would have been established for the purpose of facilitating off-balance sheet arrangements. We have not entered into any off-balance sheet financing arrangements, established any special purpose entities, guaranteed any debt or commitments of other entities, or purchased any non-financial assets.

- 52 -

Contractual Obligations

We do not have any long-term debt, capital lease obligations, operating lease obligations or long-term liabilities, other than an agreement to pay an affiliate of the Sponsor a monthly fee of $10,000 for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support to the Company. We began incurring these fees on July 1, 2020 and will continue to incur these fees monthly until the earlier of the completion of the Business Combination and the Company’s liquidation.

The underwriters are entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per Unit, or $9,660,000 in the aggregate. The deferred fee will be waivedwas paid by the underwriters inCompany at the event that the Company does not complete a Business Combination, subject to the termsclosing of the underwriting agreement.Business Combination.

Critical Accounting Policies

and Significant Judgments and Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements and related disclosures in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements, and income and expenses during the periods reported. Actual results could materially differ from those estimates. We have identified the following critical accounting policies:

Warrant Liabilities

We account for the Warrants in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 815-40-15-7D and 7F under which the Warrants do not meet the criteria for equity treatment and must be recorded as liabilities. Accordingly, we classify the Warrants as liabilities at their fair value and adjust the Warrants to fair value at each reporting period. This liability is subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date until exercised, and any change in fair value is recognized in our statements of operations. The Private Placement Warrants and the Public Warrants for periods where no observable traded price was available are valued using a Monte Carlo simulation. For periods subsequent to the detachment of the Public Warrants from the Units, the Public Warrant quoted market price was used as the fair value as of each relevant date.

- 75 -

Table of Contents

Class A Common Stock Subject to Possible Redemption

We account for our shares of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Shares of Class A common stock subject to mandatory redemption is classified as a liability instrument and is measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable common stock (including common stock that features redemption rights that are either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within our control) is classified as temporary equity. At all other times, common stock is classified as stockholders’ equity. Our common stock features certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of our control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, the Class A common stock subject to possible redemption is presented as temporary equity, outside of the stockholders’ equity section of our consolidated balance sheet.

sheets.

Net Loss perPer Common Share

Net loss per common share is computed by dividing net loss by the weighted average number of common stock outstanding during the period. We apply the two-class method in calculating earnings per share. Net income (loss)loss per common share, basic and diluted for Class A common stock subject to possible redemption is calculated by dividingshare. Remeasurement associated with the interest income earned on the Trust Account, net of applicable taxes, if any, by the weighted average number ofredeemable shares of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption outstanding for the period. Net income (loss)is excluded from loss per common share basic and diluted for and non-redeemable common stock is calculated by dividing net loss less income attributable to Class A common stock subject to possibleas the redemption by the weighted average number of shares of non-redeemable common stock outstanding for the period presented.

value approximates fair value.

Recent Accounting Standards

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-06, “Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity” (“ASU 2020-06”), which simplifies accounting for convertible instruments by removing major separation models required under current GAAP. ASU 2020-06 removes certain settlement conditions that are required for equity contracts to qualify for the derivative scope exception and it also simplifies the diluted earnings per share calculation in certain areas. ASU 2020-06 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, including interim periods within those fiscal years, with early adoption permitted. We adopted ASU 2020-06 on January 1, 2021. The adoption of ASU 2020-06 did not have an impact on our consolidated financial statements.

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on our consolidated financial statements.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

We are a smaller reporting company as defined by Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act and are not required to provide the information otherwise required under this item.

Item 7A.
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

As of December 31, 2020, we were not subject to any market or interest rate risk. Following the consummation of our Initial Public Offering, the net proceeds of our Initial Public Offering, including amounts in the Trust Account, have been invested in U.S. government treasury bills, notes or bonds with a maturity of 185 days or less or in certain money market funds that invest solely in U.S. treasuries. Due to the short-term nature of these investments, we believe there will be no associated material exposure to interest rate risk.

- 53 -

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

This information appears following Item 15 of this Report and is included herein by reference.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Disclosure controls are procedures that are designed with the objective of ensuring that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed under the Exchange Act such as this Report, is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time period specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls are also designed with the objective of ensuring that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including the chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Our management evaluated, with

- 76 -

Table of Contents

As required by Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the participationExchange Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer carried out an evaluation of our current chief executive officerthe effectiveness of the design and chief financial officer (our “Certifying Officers”), the effectivenessoperation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2020, pursuant to Rule 13a-15(b) under the Exchange Act.2021. Based upon thattheir evaluation, our Certifying OfficersChief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of December 31, 2020, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

We do not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures will prevent all errors(as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and all instances of fraud. Disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable,15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) were not absolute, assuranceeffective, due solely to the material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting related to the Company’s accounting for complex financial instruments. As a result, we performed additional analysis as deemed necessary to ensure that our financial statements were prepared in accordance with GAAP. Accordingly, management believes that the objectives of the disclosure controls and procedures are met. Further, the design of disclosure controls and procedures must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitationsfinancial statements included in this Annual Report present fairly in all disclosurematerial respects our financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the period presented.

Management has identified a material weakness in internal controls and procedures, no evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures can provide absolute assurance thatrelated to the accounting for complex financial instruments. While we have detected allprocesses to identify and appropriately apply applicable accounting requirements, we plan to continue to enhance our control deficienciessystem of evaluating and instancesimplementing the accounting standards that apply to our consolidated financial statements, including through enhanced analyses by our personnel and third-party professionals with whom we consult regarding complex accounting applications. The elements of fraud, if any. The design of disclosure controlsour remediation plan can only be accomplished over time, and procedures also is based partly on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and therewe can beoffer no assurance that any designthese initiatives will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.ultimately have the intended effects.

- 54 -

Management’s Report on Internal ControlsControl Over Financial Reporting

As required by SEC rules and regulations implementing Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of our consolidated financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP. Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

(1)pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of our company,
(2)provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of consolidated financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors, and
(3)provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect errors or misstatements in our consolidated financial statements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree or compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Management assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting at December 31, 2021. In making these assessments, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013). Based on our assessments and those criteria, management determined that we did not maintain effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021.

Management has implemented remediation steps to improve our internal control over financial reporting. Specifically, we expanded and improved our review process for complex securities and related accounting standards. We plan to further improve this process by enhancing access to accounting literature, identification of third-party professionals with whom to consult regarding complex accounting applications and consideration of additional staff with the requisite experience and training to supplement existing accounting professionals.

This Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include a report of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of our independent registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by rules ofour status as an emerging growth company under the SEC for newly public companies.JOBS Act.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act) during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

- 77 -

Management’s Report on Internal Controls over Financial Reporting

This Report does not include a reportTable of management’s assessment regarding internal control over financial reporting or an attestation report of our registered public accounting firm due to a transition period established by the rules of the Commission for newly public companies.Contents

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act) during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

Other Information.

None.

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Not applicable.

- 78 -

Table of Contents

PART III

Item 10.

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance.

Officers and Directors

Our officers and directors are as follows:

R. Steven Hicks71Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer
Rodrigo de la Torre40Lead Director
Jamie Weinstein45Director
Kathryn Cavanaugh47Director
John Ghiselli57Director
James Whittenburg49Director

R. Steven Hicks has served as our Chairman and Chief Financial Officer since our inception and, since May 2020, as our Chief Executive Officer. In June 2000, Mr. Hicks founded Capstar Partners, a private investment firm focusing on small and middle market buyouts, real estate development, and public investing in the media and broadcasting, healthcare services and e-commerce industries. Mr. Hicks has served as Chairman of Capstar Partners since its founding. Prior to founding Capstar Partners, Mr. Hicks was the Vice Chairman of AMFM Inc. (NYSE: AFM), the nation's largest owner and operator of radio stations, with over 450 radio stations in markets across the United States. In 1996, Mr. Hicks founded Capstar Broadcasting Corporation, which became the nation's largest radio station holding company by 1998 with 350 radio stations. Mr. Hicks led Capstar Broadcasting Corporation to a successful initial public offering the New York Stock Exchange in 1998. In August 1999, Capstar Broadcasting Corporation merged with Dallas-based Chancellor Media Corporation in a stock swap valued at $4.1 billion, forming AMFM, where Mr. Hicks remained as the Vice Chairman. In 1993, Mr. Hicks co-founded SFX Broadcasting, building it into one of the largest radio groups in the United States. Mr. Hicks serves on the University of Texas System Board of Regents after being appointed for a six-year term in each of 2009 and 2016. In addition, Mr. Hicks has served on the Board of the University of Texas Investment Management Company since 2009. Mr. Hicks received his Bachelor of Arts from the University of Texas at Austin in 1972.

- 55 -

Rodrigo de la Torre has served on our board of directors as Lead Director since our initial public offering. Mr. de la Torre has over 15 years of business development, finance and strategy experience in top tier multinational organizations, predominantly in the consumer and retail sectors. He has been the Head of Finance and Strategy for Taco Bell Global since April 2019 and previously served as Global Director of Finance and Head of M&A at Pizza Hut International from March 2016 to April 2019. During his time at Yum! Brands, Mr. de la Torre has executed landmark master franchise agreements and partnerships such as the 2018 strategic alliance with Telepizza across Latin America & Iberia. Prior to joining Yum! Brands, Mr. de la Torre was a Vice President in the Consumer & Retail Investment Banking Group of Credit Suisse in New York, where he worked from 2010 to March 2016. During his time at Credit Suisse, Mr. de la Torre advised corporations and financial sponsors in a range of high-profile consumer sector transactions. Mr. de la Torre additionally held M&A and strategy roles at Fonterra Co-operative, a leading dairy products manufacturer, from 2004 to 2007 and was an analyst at ANZ Bank from 2003 to 2004. Mr. de la Torre received a Master of Business Administration from the Tuck School of Business at Dartmouth in 2010 and a Bachelor of Commerce with Honors in Economics and Finance from Victoria University of Wellington in New Zealand in 2003. We believe Mr. de la Torre is well qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his extensive leadership and business experience, including his management positions in public restaurant businesses and financial services positions.

Jamie Weinstein has served on our board of directors since our initial public offering. Since September 2019, Mr. Weinstein has served as a managing director, portfolio manager and head of corporate special situations at PIMCO, focusing on PIMCO's opportunistic and alternative strategies within corporate credit. Prior to joining PIMCO in 2019, Mr. Weinstein worked for KKR as a portfolio manager for the firm's special situations funds and portfolios, which he managed since their inception in 2009. Mr. Weinstein was also a member of KKR's special situations, real estate, and India NBFC investment committees and the KKR credit portfolio management committee. Previously, Mr. Weinstein was a portfolio manager with responsibility across KKR's credit strategies. Prior to joining KKR, Mr. Weinstein was with Tishman Speyer Properties as director of acquisitions for Northern California and at Boston Consulting Group as a consultant. He has 18 years of investment experience and received a Master of Business Administration from Stanford University in 2002 and a Bachelor of Science in Civil Engineering and Operations Research from Princeton University in 1998. We believe Mr. Weinstein is well qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his extensive leadership and business experience, including his expertise in investment management and acquisitions.

Kathryn Cavanaugh has served on our board of directors since our initial public offering. Since January 2019, Ms. Cavanaugh has served as the Managing Partner of Capstar Ventures GP, LLC, an early stage venture capital firm that invests in the next generation of innovative consumer companies. From April 2016 to December 2018, Ms. Cavanaugh was a Partner at Grace Beauty Capital where she advised and invested in early stage companies in the consumer and retail sectors, including Rothy's, Inc., Parachute Home, Inc., Primary Kids, Inc., Supergoop!, LLC, MM.LaFleur, Inc., ThirdLove (MeCommerce, Inc.), Vengo, Inc., and Pixlee, Inc. From April 2015 to March 2016, Ms. Cavanaugh served as Director of Franchise Growth Strategy, Sales and Operations, and from March 2013 to February 2014 as a Board Director, for The Bar Method, Inc. From October 2011 to February 2014, Ms. Cavanaugh served as Vice President of Talent for Mainsail Partners, a growth equity firm. From September 2005 to June 2010, Ms. Cavanaugh worked at De Novo Ventures, an early stage venture capital firm, where she evaluated, executed and supported more than $350 million of equity investments in early to late stage healthcare companies. Ms. Cavanaugh received a Master of Business Administration from Harvard Business School in 2005 and Bachelor of Science degrees in Chemical Engineering and Biochemistry from the University of Notre Dame in 1997. We believe Ms. Cavanaugh is well qualified to serve on our board of directors based on her extensive leadership and business experience, including her management positions and investment management background in the healthcare and consumer sectors.

John Ghiselli has served on our board of directors since our initial public offering. In June 2019, Mr. Ghiselli founded Waterloo Capital Private Equity, LLC, an investment firm that invests in small cap companies through private equity and mezzanine debt, where he serves as a partner. Since January 2006, Mr. Ghiselli has served as the President of Waterloo Real Estate Investments Inc., a commercial real estate mortgage and investment company. In January 2013, Mr. Ghiselli co-founded Red Hook Capital Partners, LLC, a real estate investment and development firm focused on the charter school sector, where he was a principal until January 2018. Previously, Mr. Ghiselli was an Executive Vice President at Lincoln Property Company in charge of its commercial investment and development business in Southern California. Mr. Ghiselli received a Master of Business Administration from the University of Texas at Austin in 1988 and a Bachelor of Business Administration from the University of Texas at Austin in 1986. We believe Mr. Ghiselli is well qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his extensive leadership and business experience, including his management positions and investment management background.

- 56 -

James Whittenburg has served on our board of directors since our initial public offering. Since October 2015, Mr. Whittenburg has served as Executive Chairman of Longhorn Health Solutions, Inc., a home medical supplies distributor in the Medicaid market. From October 2016 to September 2018, Mr. Whittenburg served as President and Chief Executive Officer of SunTree Snack Foods, LLC. Since November 2017, Mr. Whittenburg has served as a director and Vice President of each of Trek Exploration, Inc. and North Hills Corporation of Amarillo Texas. From March 2004 to January 2012, Mr. Whittenberg held a variety of executive management roles with HealthTronics, Inc. (formerly NASDAQ: HTRN), a healthcare services and medical device company, including serving as a director and Chief Executive Officer from May 2007 to January 2012. In July 2010, Mr. Whittenburg led the sale of HealthTronics to Endo Pharmaceuticals (NASDAQ: ENDP) and thereafter served as HealthTronics' Group President from July 2010 through January 2012. Previously, Mr. Whittenburg was counsel at the international law firm Akin Gump Strauss Hauer & Feld LLP from August 1997 until February 2004. Mr. Whittenburg also served as an independent board member and audit committee member of Harden Healthcare, LLC from September 2009 to October 2013. Mr. Whittenburg received a Juris Doctor from The University of Texas at Austin School of Law in 1997, a Master of Business Administration from the University of Texas at Austin in 1997 and a Bachelor of Business Administration in Accounting from the University of Texas at Austin in 1993 and was previously a Certified Public Accountant. We believe Mr. Whittenburg is well qualified to serve on our board of directors based on his extensive leadership and business experience, including his management positions in the healthcare sector and accounting expertise.

Special Advisor and Board Observer

Clayton Christopher, our special advisor, is passionate about the natural foods industry and entrepreneurship. Mr. Christopher is the co-founder and an advisor to CAVU Venture Partners, an investment firm focused on best in class, better-for-you, food and beverage brands. Prior to CAVU, Mr. Christopher was the co-founder and CEO of Deep Eddy Vodka, which became one of the fastest growing spirits brands in the United States before being purchased by Heaven Hill Distilleries in August of 2015. He started his entrepreneurial journey at Sweet Leaf Tea, a company he started in 1998 with $12,000 in savings and a recipe from his grandmother. Sweet Leaf grew to a nationally recognized brand and was acquired by Nestle in 2011. Mr. Christopher is also the co-founder and Chairman of Waterloo Sparkling. He has also served on or currently serves on the board of directors of Nulo Pet Foods, Kite Hill, Rhythm Super Foods, REBBL, Kettle & Fire, Austin Eastciders, Good Culture, Bridge Equipment Leasing and SKU, a consumer products accelerator. In 2006, Mr. Christopher was awarded the Ernst & Young Entrepreneur of the year for Central Texas and is a recipient of Austin Under 40 Austinite of the Year Award. Mr. Christopher has also served on a number of non-profit boards over the years, including Mission Capital, Naturally Austin, Big Brothers Big Sisters and the University of Texas President's Innovation Board.

We currently expect Mr. Christopher, as our special advisor, to (i) assist us in sourcing and negotiating with potential business combination targets, (ii) provide business insights when we assess potential business combination targets and (iii) upon our request, provide business insights as we work to create additional value in the business or businesses that we acquire. In this regard, he will fulfill some of the same functions as our board members; however, he will not owe any fiduciary obligations to us nor will he perform board or committee functions or have any voting or decision-making capacity on our behalf. He will also not be required to devote any specific amount of time to our efforts or be subject to the fiduciary requirements to which our board members are subject. Mr. Christopher has no employment, consulting fee or other similar compensation arrangements with us.

Dan Degtyar, PIMCO's initial board observer, is an Executive Vice President, portfolio manager and senior analyst for PIMCO's Global Credit Opportunity Strategy, where he focuses on credit relative value opportunities and special situations. Prior to joining PIMCO, Mr. Degtyar was a senior analyst at Beach Point Capital, a private equity associate at Ares Management and an investment banking associate at Credit Suisse. Mr. Degtyar is a CFA charterholder with 14 years of investment experience and holds an undergraduate degree in business economics from the University of California, Los Angeles. Mr. Degtyar has no employment, consulting fee or other similar compensation arrangements with us.

- 57 -

Designated Director and Board Observer

The PIMCO private funds have the right to designate one director to our board of directors. The PIMCO private funds' initial designee on our board of directors is Mr. Weinstein. Prior to the consummation of our initial business combination, we will nominate the PIMCO private funds' designee for election at each annual meeting, so long as PIMCO, together with its affiliates, beneficially owns not less than 50% of the ownership interests in our sponsor. The PIMCO private funds will also have the right to have a board observer attend all of the meetings of our board of directors and receive all information provided to our board of directors during this time. The PIMCO private funds' initial board observer is expected to be Mr. Degtyar.

Number and Terms of Office of Officers and Directors

We have six directors. Our board of directors is divided into three classes with only one class of directors being elected in each year and each class (except for those directors appointed prior to our first annual meeting of stockholders) serving a three-year term. In accordance with the NYSE corporate governance requirements, we are not required to hold an annual meeting until one full year after our first fiscal year end following our listing on the NYSE. The term of office of the first class of directors, consisting of Ms. Cavanaugh and Mr. Ghiselli, will expire at our first annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the second class of directors, consisting of Mr. Whittenburg and Mr. Weinstein, will expire at the second annual meeting of stockholders. The term of office of the third class of directors, consisting of Mr. Hicks and Mr. de la Torre, will expire at the third annual meeting of stockholders. We may not hold an annual meeting of stockholders until after we consummate our initial business combination.

Prior to the completion of an initial business combination, any vacancy on the board of directors may be filled by a nominee chosen by holders of a majority of our founder shares. In addition, prior to the completion of an initial business combination, holders of a majority of our founder shares may remove a member of the board of directors for any reason.

Our officers are appointed by the board of directors and serve at the discretion of the board of directors, rather than for specific terms of office. Our board of directors is authorized to appoint persons to the offices set forth in our bylaws as it deems appropriate. Our bylaws provide that our officers may consist of a Chairman of the Board, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President, Vice Presidents, Secretary, Treasurer, Assistant Secretaries and such other offices as may be determined by the board of directors.

Committees of the Board of Directors

Our board of directors has three standing committees: an audit committee, a compensation committee and a nominating and corporate governance committee. Subject to phase-in rules and a limited exception, the NYSE rules and Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act require that the audit committee of a listed company be comprised solely of independent directors, and the NYSE rules require that the compensation committee and nominating and corporate governance committee of a listed company each be comprised solely of independent directors. Each committee will operate under a charter that complies with the NYSE rules, will be approved by our board of directors and will have the composition and responsibilities described below. The charter of each committee is available on our website.

Audit Committee

We have established an audit committee of the board of directors. Ms. Cavanaugh, Mr. Ghiselli and Mr. Whittenburg serve as members of our audit committee, and Mr. Whittenburg chairs the audit committee. Under the NYSE listing standards and applicable SEC rules, we are required to have at least three members of the audit committee, all of whom must be independent. Each of Ms. Cavanaugh, Mr. Ghiselli and Mr. Whittenburg meet the independent director standard under the NYSE listing standards and under Rule 10-A-3(b)(1) of the Exchange Act.

Each member of the audit committee is financially literate and our board of directors has determined that Mr. Whittenburg qualifies as an "audit committee financial expert" as defined in applicable SEC rules and has accounting or related financial management expertise.

- 58 -

We have adopted an audit committee charter, which details the principal functions of the audit committee, including:

·assisting board oversight of (1) the integrity of our financial statements, (2) our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements, (3) the independent registered public accounting firm's qualifications and independence and (4) the performance of our internal audit function and the independent registered public accounting firm;

·the appointment, compensation, retention, replacement, and oversight of the work of the independent registered public accounting firm engaged by us;

·pre-approving all audit and permitted non-audit services to be provided by the independent registered public accounting firm engaged by us, and establishing pre-approval policies and procedures;

·setting clear hiring policies for employees or former employees of the independent registered public accounting firm, including but not limited to, as required by applicable laws and regulations;

·setting clear policies for audit partner rotation in compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

·obtaining and reviewing a report, at least annually, from the independent registered public accounting firm describing (i) the independent registered public accounting firm's internal quality-control procedures, (ii) any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review, or peer review, of the audit firm, or by any inquiry or investigation by governmental or professional authorities within the preceding five years respecting one or more independent audits carried out by the firm and any steps taken to deal with such issues and (iii) all relationships between the independent registered public accounting firm and us to assess the independent registered public accounting firm's independence;

·meeting to review and discuss our annual audited financial statements and quarterly financial statements with management and the independent registered public accounting firm, including reviewing our specific disclosures under "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations";

·reviewing and approving any related party transaction required to be disclosed pursuant to Item 404 of Regulation S-K promulgated by the SEC prior to us entering into such transaction; and

·reviewing with management, the independent registered public accounting firm, and our legal advisors, as appropriate, any legal, regulatory or compliance matters, including any correspondence with regulators or government agencies and any employee complaints or published reports that raise material issues regarding our financial statements or accounting policies and any significant changes in accounting standards or rules promulgated by the Financial Accounting Standards Board, the SEC or other regulatory authorities.

Compensation Committee

We have established a compensation committee of the board of directors. Ms. Cavanaugh, Mr. Ghiselli and Mr. Whittenburg serve as members of our compensation committee. Under the NYSE listing standards and applicable SEC rules, all members of the compensation committee must be independent. Ms. Cavanaugh, Mr. Ghiselli and Mr. Whittenburg are independent and Ms. Cavanaugh chairs the compensation committee.

We have adopted a compensation committee charter, which details the principal functions of the compensation committee, including:

·reviewing and approving on an annual basis the corporate goals and objectives relevant to our Chief Executive Officer's compensation, if any is paid by us, evaluating our Chief Executive Officer's performance in light of such goals and objectives and determining and approving the remuneration (if any) of our Chief Executive Officer based on such evaluation;

- 59 -

·reviewing and making recommendations on an annual basis to our board of directors with respect to (or approving, if such authority is so delegated by our board of directors) the compensation, if any is paid by us, and any incentive-compensation and equity-based plans that are subject to board approval of our other officers;

·reviewing on an annual basis our executive compensation policies and plans;

·implementing and administering our incentive compensation equity-based remuneration plans;

·assisting management in complying with our proxy statement and annual report disclosure requirements;

·approving all special perquisites, special cash payments and other special compensation and benefit arrangements for our officers and employees;

·if required, producing a report on executive compensation to be included in our annual proxy statement; and

·reviewing, evaluating and recommending changes, if appropriate, to the remuneration for directors.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, as indicated above, until the earlier of the consummation of our initial business combination or our liquidation and the payment to an affiliate of our sponsor of $10,000 per month, for up to 24 months, for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support and reimbursement of expenses, and in connection with potentially providing financing or other investments in connection with our initial business combination, no compensation of any kind, including finders, consulting or other similar fees, will be paid to any of our existing stockholders, officers, directors or any of their respective affiliates, prior to, or for any services they render in order to effectuate the consummation of an initial business combination. Accordingly, it is likely that prior to the consummation of an initial business combination, the compensation committee will only be responsible for the review and recommendation of any compensation arrangements to be entered into in connection with such initial business combination.

The charter also provides that the compensation committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of a compensation consultant, legal counsel or other adviser and will be directly responsible for the appointment, compensation and oversight of the work of any such adviser. However, before engaging or receiving advice from a compensation consultant, external legal counsel or any other adviser, the compensation committee will consider the independence of each such adviser, including the factors required by the NYSE and the SEC.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

We have established a nominating and corporate governance committeeExcept as set forth below, the information required by this Item is incorporated herein by reference to the definitive Proxy Statement for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the board of directors. Ms. Cavanaugh, Mr. Ghiselli and Mr. Whittenburg serve as members of our nominating and corporate governance committee. Under the NYSE listing standards, all members of the nominating and corporate governance committee must be independent. Ms. Cavanaugh, Mr. Ghiselli and Mr. Whittenburg are independent, and Mr. Ghiselli chairs the nominating and corporate governance committee.

We have adopted a nominating and corporate governance committee charter, which details the principal functions of the nominating and corporate governance committee, including:

·identifying, screening and reviewing individuals qualified to serve as directors and recommending to the board of directors candidates for nomination for election at the annual meeting of stockholders or to fill vacancies on the board of directors;

·developing and recommending to the board of directors and overseeing implementation of our corporate governance guidelines;

- 60 -

·coordinating and overseeing the annual self-evaluation of the board of directors, its committees, individual directors and management in the governance of the company; and

·reviewing on a regular basis our overall corporate governance and recommending improvements as and when necessary.

fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 (our “Proxy Statement”).

The charter also provides that the nominating and corporate governance committee may, in its sole discretion, retain or obtain the advice of, and terminate, any search firm to be used to identify director candidates, and will be directly responsible for approving the search firm's fees and other retention terms.

Director Nominations

Our nominating and corporate governance committee will recommend to the board of directors candidates for nomination for election at the annual meeting of the stockholders. We have not formally established any specific, minimum qualifications that must be met or skills that are necessary for directors to possess. In general, in identifying and evaluating nominees for director, the board of directors considers educational background, diversity of professional experience, knowledge of our business, integrity, professional reputation, independence, wisdom, and the ability to represent the best interests of our stockholders.

Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

None of our officers currently serves, or in the past yearCompany has served, as a member of the compensation committee of any entity that has one or more officers serving on our board of directors.

Code of Business Conduct and Ethics

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicablethat applies to our directors,all of its employees, officers and employees, which is available on our website. We have filed a copy of ourdirectors, including those officers responsible for financial reporting. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available on the Investors' section of the Company’s website, which is located at ir.gelesis.com. Information contained on or accessible through such website is not a part of this report, and our committee charters as exhibitsthe inclusion of the website address in this Report. You will be ablereport is an inactive textual reference only. The Company intends to review these documents by accessing our public filings at the SEC's web site at www.sec.gov. In addition, a copy ofdisclose any amendments to the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, will be provided without charge upon request from us. We intend to discloseor any amendments to or waivers of certain provisions of our Code of Business Conduct and Ethicsits requirements, on Form 8-K.

Corporate Governance Guidelines

Our board of directors adopted corporate governance guidelines in accordance with the corporate governance rules of the NYSE that serve as a flexible framework within which our board of directors and its committees operate. These guidelines cover a number of areas including board membership criteria and director qualifications, director responsibilities, board agenda, roles of the chairman of the board, chief executive officer and presiding director, meetings of independent directors, committee responsibilities and assignments, board member access to management and independent advisors, director communications with third parties, director compensation, director orientation and continuing education, evaluation of senior management and management succession planning. A copy of our corporate governance guidelines is available on our website.

Conflicts of Interest

Mr. Hicks has agreed not to participate in the formation of, or become an officer or director of any other special purpose acquisition company with a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act, until we have entered into a definitive agreement regarding our initial business combination or we have failed to complete our initial business combination by July 7, 2022, as such may be extended by stockholder approval. Potential investors should also be aware of the following other potential conflicts of interest:

·None of our officers or directors is required to commit his or her full time to our affairs and, accordingly, may have conflicts of interest in allocating his or her time among various business activities.

- 61 -

·In the course of their other business activities, our officers and directors may become aware of investment and business opportunities which may be appropriate for presentation to us as well as the other entities with which they are affiliated. Our management may have conflicts of interest in determining to which entity a particular business opportunity should be presented.

·Our initial stockholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares and any public shares held by them in connection with the consummation of our initial business combination. Additionally, our initial stockholders have agreed to waive their redemption rights with respect to any founder shares held by them if we fail to consummate our initial business combination by July 7, 2022. If we do not complete our initial business combination within such applicable time period, the proceeds of the sale of the private placement warrants held in the trust account will be used to fund the redemption of our public shares, and the private placement warrants will expire worthless. With certain limited exceptions, the founder shares will not be transferable, assignable by our sponsor until the earlier of: (A) one year after the completion of our initial business combination or (B) subsequent to our initial business combination, (x) if the last sale price of our Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination, or (y) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, capital stock exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of our stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of Class A common stock for cash, securities or other property. With certain limited exceptions, the private placement warrants and the common stock underlying such warrants, will not be transferable, assignable or saleable by our sponsor or its permitted transferees until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination. Since our sponsor and officers and directors may directly or indirectly own common stock and warrants, our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest in determining whether a particular target business is an appropriate business with which to effectuate our initial business combination.

·Our officers and directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a particular business combination if the retention or resignation of any such officers and directors were to be included by a target business as a condition to any agreement with respect to our initial business combination.

·Our sponsor, officers or directors may have a conflict of interest with respect to evaluating a business combination and financing arrangements as we may obtain loans from our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or any of our officers or directors to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender. Such warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period.

The conflicts described above may not be resolved in our favor.

In general, officers and directors of a corporation incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware are required to present business opportunities to a corporation if:

·the corporation could financially undertake the opportunity;

·the opportunity is within the corporation's line of business; and

·it would not be fair to our company and its stockholders for the opportunity not to be brought to the attention of the corporation.

Accordingly, as a result of multiple business affiliations, our officers and directors may have similar legal obligations relating to presenting business opportunities meeting the above-listed criteria to multiple entities. Furthermore, our amended and restated certificate of incorporation will provide that we renounce our interest in any corporate opportunity offered to any director or officer unless such opportunity is expressly offered to such person solely in his or her capacity as a director or officer of our company and such opportunity is one we are legally and contractually permitted to undertake and would otherwise be reasonable for us to pursue, andwebsite to the extent required by the director or officer is permitted to refer that opportunity to us without violating another legal obligation.applicable rules and NYSE requirements.

- 62 -

Item 11.Executive Compensation.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Officer and Director Compensation

None of our officers has received any cash compensation for services rendered to us except asThe information required by this item will be set forth below. We have agreed to pay an affiliate of our sponsor a total of $10,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support. Upon completion of our initial business combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees. In no event will our sponsor or any of our existing officers or directors, or any entity with which our sponsor or officers are affiliated, be paid any finder's fee, reimbursement, consulting fee, monies in respect of any payment of a loan or other compensation by the company prior to, or in connection with any services rendered for any services they render in order to effectuate, the completion of our initial business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). However, these individuals will be reimbursed for any out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with activities on our behalf such as identifying potential target businesses and performing due diligence on suitable business combinations. We do not have a policy that prohibits our sponsor, executive officers or directors, or any of their respective affiliates, from negotiating for the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses by a target business. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, officers or directors, or our or their affiliates. Any such payments prior to an initial business combination will be made using funds held outside the trust account. Other than quarterly audit committee review of such payments, we do not expect to have any additional controls in place governing our reimbursement payments to our directors and executive officers for their out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with identifying and consummating an initial business combination.

After the completion of our initial business combination, directors or members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting or management fees from the combined company. All of these fees will be fully disclosed to stockholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer materials or proxy solicitation materials furnished to our stockholders in connection with a proposed initial business combination. We have not established any limit on the amount of such fees that may be paid by the combined company to our directors or members of management. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of the proposed initial business combination, because the directors of the post-combination business will be responsible for determining officer and director compensation. Any compensation to be paid to our officers will be determined, or recommended to the board of directors for determination, either by a compensation committee constituted solely by independent directors or by a majority of the independent directors on our board of directors.

We do not intend to take any action to ensure that members of our management team maintain their positions with us after the consummation of our initial business combination, although it is possible that some or all of our officers and directors may negotiate employment or consulting arrangements to remain with us after our initial business combination. The existence or terms of any such employment or consulting arrangements to retain their positions with us may influence our management team's motivation in identifying or selecting a target business but we do not believe that the ability of our management to remain with us after the consummation of our initial business combination will be a determining factor in our decision to proceed with any potential business combination. We are not party to any agreements with our officersProxy Statement and directors that provide for benefits upon termination of employment.is incorporated herein by reference.

- 63 -

Item 12.Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

The following table setsinformation required by this item will be set forth information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock as of December 31, 2020 based on information obtained from the persons named below, with respect to the beneficial ownership of shares of our common stock, by:

·each person known by us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding shares of common stock;

·each of our executive officers and directors that beneficially owns shares of our common stock; and

·all our executive officers and directors as a group.

Unless otherwise indicated, we believe that all persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock beneficially owned by them.

In February 2020, our sponsor purchased 5,750,000 founder shares for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000, or approximately $0.004 per share. In March 2020, our sponsor transferred an aggregate of 15,000 founder shares to each of Ms. Cavanaugh and Mr. Ghiselli and 22,500 founder shares to Mr. Whittenburg, our independent directors. On July 1, 2020, we effected a stock dividend of 1,150,000 shares with respect to our Class B common stock, resulting in our initial stockholders holding an aggregate of 6,900,000 founder shares, of which our independent directors hold 63,000 shares. These 63,000 founder shares are not subject to forfeiture in the event the underwriters' overallotment optionProxy Statement and is not exercised. The following table presents the number of shares and percentage of our common stock ownedincorporated herein by our initial stockholders.reference.

  Class A Common Stock Class B Common Stock 
Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(1) Number of Shares
Beneficially Owned
 Approximate
Percentage of
Outstanding
Common Stock
 Number of Shares
Beneficially
Owned (2)
 Approximate
Percentage of
Outstanding
Common Stock
 
Capstar Sponsor Group, LLC(3)   6,837,000 99%
R. Steven Hicks(3)   6,837,000 99%
Rodrigo de la Torre(4)     
Jamie Weinstein(4)     
Kathryn Cavanaugh   18,000 * 
John Ghiselli(4) 971 * 18,000 * 
James Whittenburg   27,000 * 
All executive officers and directors as a group (six individuals) 971 * 6,900,000 100%

* less than 1%

(1) Unless otherwise noted, the business address of each of the following entities or individuals is c/o Capstar Special Purpose Acquisition Corp., 405 West 14th Street, Austin, TX 78701.

(2) Interests shown consist solely of founder shares, classified as shares of Class B common stock. Such shares are convertible into shares of Class A common stock on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment.

(3) Our sponsor is the record holder of such shares. Mr. Hicks is a manager of our sponsor, and as such shares voting and investment discretion with respect to the common stock held of record by our sponsor and may be deemed to have shared beneficial ownership of the common stock held directly by our sponsor. Mr. Hicks disclaims beneficial ownership of such securities except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

(4) Such individual holds a direct or indirect economic interest in our sponsor and a pecuniary interest in certain of the shares held by our sponsor. Such individual disclaims beneficial ownership of such shares except to the extent of his pecuniary interest therein.

- 64 -

Restrictions on Transfers of Founder Shares and Private Placement Warrants

The founder shares, private placement warrants and any shares of Class A common stock issued upon conversion or exercise thereof are each subject to transfer restrictions pursuant to lock-up provisions in a letter agreement with us entered into by our sponsor, officers and directors. Those lock-up provisions provide that such securities are not transferable or salable (i) in the case of the founder shares, until the earlier of (A) one year after the completion of our initial business combination or (B) subsequent to our initial business combination, (x) if the last sale price of our Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after our initial business combination, or (y) the date on which we complete a liquidation, merger, capital stock exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction that results in all of our stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property, and (ii) in the case of the private placement warrants and the Class A common stock underlying such warrants, until 30 days after the completion of our initial business combination, except in each case (a) to our officers or directors, any affiliates or family members of any of our officers or directors, any members of our sponsor, or any affiliates of our sponsor, as well as affiliates of such members and funds and accounts advised by such members), (b) in the case of an individual, by gift to such individual's immediate family or to a trust, the beneficiary of which is a member of such individual's immediate family, an affiliate of such person or to a charitable organization; (c) in the case of an individual, by virtue of laws of descent and distribution upon death of the individual; (d) in the case of an individual, pursuant to a qualified domestic relations order; (e) by private sales or transfers made in connection with the consummation of an initial business combination at prices no greater than the price at which the shares or warrants were originally purchased; (f) in the event of our liquidation prior to the completion of our initial business combination; (g) by virtue of the laws of Delaware or our sponsor's limited liability company agreement upon dissolution of our sponsor; or (h) in the event of our liquidation, merger, capital stock exchange, reorganization or other similar transaction which results in all of our stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property subsequent to our completion of our initial business combination; provided, however, that in the case of clauses (a) through (e) or (g) these permitted transferees must enter into a written agreement agreeing to be bound by these transfer restrictions and the other restrictions contained in the letter agreements and by the same agreements entered into by our sponsor with respect to such securities (including provisions relating to voting, the trust account and liquidation distributions described elsewhere in this Report).

Registration and Stockholder Rights

The holders of the founder shares, private placement warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of working capital loans will have registration rights to require us to register a sale of any of our securities held by them pursuant to a registration and stockholder rights agreement. These holders will be entitled to make up to three demands, excluding short form registration demands, that we register such securities for sale under the Securities Act. In addition, these holders will have "piggy-back" registration rights to include their securities in other offerings filed by us.

In addition, pursuant to the registration and stockholder rights agreement, our sponsor, upon consummation of an initial business combination, will be entitled to nominate three individuals for election to our board of directors.

Item 13.Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

In February 2020, we issued an aggregate of 5,750,000 founder shares to our sponsor for an aggregate purchase price of $25,000 in cash, or approximately $0.004 per share. In March 2020, our sponsor transferred 15,000 founder shares to each of Ms. Cavanaugh and Mr. Ghiselli and 22,500 founder shares to Mr. Whittenburg. Ms. Cavanaugh, Mr. Ghiselli and Mr. Whittenburg serve as our independent directors. On July 1, 2020, we effected a stock dividend of 1,150,000 shares with respect to our Class B common stock, resultingThe information required by this item will be set forth in our initial stockholders holding an aggregate of 6,900,000 founder shares, of which our independent directors hold 63,000 shares. These 63,000 founder shares are not subject to forfeiture in the event the underwriters' overallotment optionProxy Statement and is not exercised. The number of founder shares issued was determined based on the expectation that such founder shares would represent 20% of the outstanding shares at the time of our initial public offering. The founder shares (including the Class A common stock issuable upon conversion thereof) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or soldincorporated herein by the holder.reference.

- 65 -

Our sponsor purchased an aggregate of 7,520,000 warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant (or $7,520,000) in a private placement which occurred at the closing of our initial public offering. Each private placement warrant entitles the holder thereof to purchase one share of our Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share. The private placement warrants (including the Class A common stock issuable upon exercise thereof) may not, subject to certain limited exceptions, be transferred, assigned or sold by the holder.

If any of our officers or directors becomes aware of an initial business combination opportunity that falls within the line of business of any entity to which he or she has then-current fiduciary or contractual obligations, he or she will honor his or her fiduciary or contractual obligations to present such business combination opportunity to such other entity. Our officers and directors currently have certain relevant fiduciary duties or contractual obligations that may take priority over their duties to us.

We have agreed to pay an affiliate of our sponsor a total of $10,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support. Upon completion of our initial business combination or our liquidation, we will cease paying these monthly fees.

No compensation of any kind, including any finder's fee, reimbursement, consulting fee or monies in respect of any payment of a loan, will be paid by us to our sponsor, officers and directors, or any affiliate of our sponsor or officers, prior to, or in connection with any services rendered in order to effectuate, the consummation of an initial business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). We do not have a policy that prohibits our sponsor, executive officers or directors, or any of their respective affiliates, from negotiating for the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses by a target business. Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, officers, directors or our or their affiliates and will determine which expenses and the amount of expenses that will be reimbursed. There is no cap or ceiling on the reimbursement of out-of-pocket expenses incurred by such persons in connection with activities on our behalf.

Our sponsor agreed to loan us up to $250,000 for fundraising expenses. The outstanding balance of $140,000 under the promissory note was repaid at the closing of our initial public offering on July 7, 2020 from the offering proceeds. As of December 31, 2020, there were no outstanding loans.

In addition, in order to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan us funds as may be required. If we complete an initial business combination, we would repay such loaned amounts. In the event that the initial business combination does not close, we may use a portion of the working capital held outside the trust account to repay such loaned amounts but no proceeds from our trust account would be used for such repayment. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender. The warrants would be identical to the private placement warrants, including as to exercise price, exercisability and exercise period. The terms of such loans by our officers and directors, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. We do not expect to seek loans from parties other than our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor as we do not believe third parties will be willing to loan such funds and provide a waiver against any and all rights to seek access to funds in our trust account.

After our initial business combination, members of our management team who remain with us may be paid consulting, management or other fees from the combined company with any and all amounts being fully disclosed to our stockholders, to the extent then known, in the tender offer or proxy solicitation materials, as applicable, furnished to our stockholders. It is unlikely the amount of such compensation will be known at the time of distribution of such tender offer materials or at the time of a stockholder meeting held to consider our initial business combination, as applicable, as it will be up to the directors of the post-combination business to determine executive and director compensation.

- 66 -

We will enter into a registration and stockholder rights agreement with respect to the private placement warrants, the warrants issuable upon conversion of working capital loans (if any) and the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the foregoing and upon conversion of the founder shares, and, upon consummation of our initial business combination, to nominate three individuals for election to our board of directors.

Pursuant to a letter agreement with our sponsor, we provided a right of first offer to our sponsor if, in connection with or prior to the closing of our initial Business Combination, we propose to raise additional capital by issuing any equity securities, or securities convertible into, exchangeable or exercisable for equity securities (other than warrants in respect of working capital loans as described above or to any seller in such Business Combination).

Related Party Policy

We have not yet adopted a formal policy for the review, approval or ratification of related party transactions. Accordingly, the transactions discussed above were not reviewed, approved or ratified in accordance with any such policy.

We have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics requiring us to avoid, wherever possible, all conflicts of interests, except under guidelines or resolutions approved by our board of directors (or the appropriate committee of our board) or as disclosed in our public filings with the SEC. Under our Code of Business Conduct and Ethics, conflict of interest situations will include any financial transaction, arrangement or relationship (including any indebtedness or guarantee of indebtedness) involving the company.

In addition, our audit committee is responsible for reviewing and approving related party transactions to the extent that we enter into such transactions. An affirmative vote of a majority of the members of the audit committee present at a meeting at which a quorum is present will be required in order to approve a related party transaction. A majority of the members of the entire audit committee will constitute a quorum. Without a meeting, the unanimous written consent of all of the members of the audit committee will be required to approve a related party transaction. We also require each of our directors and executive officers to complete a directors' and officers' questionnaire that elicits information about related party transactions.

These procedures are intended to determine whether any such related party transaction impairs the independence of a director or presents a conflict of interest on the part of a director, employee or officer.

To further minimize conflicts of interest, we have agreed not to consummate an initial business combination with an entity that is affiliated with any of our sponsor, officers or directors unless we, or a committee of independent directors, have obtained an opinion from an independent investment banking firm or another independent entity that commonly renders valuation opinions that our initial business combination is fair to our company and our stockholders from a financial point of view. No finder's fees, reimbursements, consulting fee, monies in respect of any payment of a loan or other compensation will be paid by us to our sponsor, officers or directors, or any affiliate of our sponsor or officers, for services rendered to us prior to, or in connection with any services rendered in order to effectuate, the consummation of our initial business combination (regardless of the type of transaction that it is). However, the following payments will be made to our sponsor, officers or directors, or our or their affiliates, none of which will be made from the proceeds of our initial public offering held in the trust account prior to the completion of our initial business combination:

·Repayment of up to an aggregate of $250,000 in loans made to us by our sponsor to cover offering related and organizational expenses;

·Payment to an affiliate of our sponsor of $10,000 per month, for up to 24 months, for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support;

- 67 -

·Reimbursement for any out-of-pocket expenses related to identifying, investigating and completing an initial business combination; and

·Repayment of loans which may be made by our sponsor or an affiliate of our sponsor or certain of our officers and directors to finance transaction costs in connection with an intended initial business combination, the terms of which have not been determined nor have any written agreements been executed with respect thereto. Up to $1,500,000 of such loans may be convertible into warrants, at a price of $1.00 per warrant at the option of the lender.

Our audit committee will review on a quarterly basis all payments that were made to our sponsor, officers or directors, or our or their affiliates.

Director Independence

The NYSE listing standards require that a majority of our board of directors be independent within one year of our initial public offering. An "independent director" is defined generally as a person that, in the opinion of the company's board of directors, has no material relationship with the listed company (either directly or as a partner, shareholder or officer of an organization that has a relationship with the company). Our board of directors has determined that each of Ms. Cavanaugh, Mr. Ghiselli, Mr. Whittenburg and Mr. de la Torre are "independent directors" as defined in the NYSE listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Our independent directors will have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

Item 14.Principal Accountant Fees and Services.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Except as set forth below, the information required by this item will be set forth in our Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

Marcum LLP (“Marcum”) acts as our independent registered public accounting firm. The following is a summary of fees paid or to be paid to Marcum LLP, or Marcum, for services rendered.

Audit Fees. Audit fees consist of fees billed for professional services rendered for the audit of our year-end financial statements and services that are normally provided by Marcum in connection with regulatory filings. The aggregate fees billed by Marcum for professional services rendered for the audit of our annual financial statements, review of the financial information included in our Forms 10-Q for the respective periods and other required filings with the SEC for the year ended December 31, 2021 and for the period from February 14, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020 totaled $87,550.$230,516 and $87,550, respectively. The above amounts include interim procedures and audit fees, as well as attendance at audit committee meetings.

Audit-Related Fees.Fees. Audit-related services consist of fees billed for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to performance of the audit or review of our financial statements and are not reported under “Audit Fees.” These services include attest services that are not required by statute or regulation and consultations concerning financial accounting and reporting standards. We did not pay Marcum for consultations concerning financial accounting and reporting standards for the period from February 14, 2020 (inception) throughyear ended December 31, 2020.

Tax Fees. We did not pay Marcum for tax planning2021 and tax advice for the period from February 14, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020.

Tax Fees. For the year ended December 31, 2021 and for the period from February 14, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, fees for our independent registered public accounting firm for our preparation of 2021 & 2020 Corporation tax return were approximately $9,270 and $6,695.

All Other Fees. We did not pay Marcum for other services for the year ended December 31, 2021 and for the period from February 14, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020.

Pre-Approval Policy

Our audit committee was formed upon the consummation of our Initial Public Offering. As a result, the audit committee did not pre-approve all of the foregoing services, although any services rendered prior to the formation of our audit committee were approved by our board of directors. Since the formation of our audit committee, and on a going-forward basis, the audit committee has and will pre-approve all auditing services and permitted non-audit services to be performed for us by our auditors, including the fees and terms thereof (subject to the de minimis exceptions for non-audit services described in the Exchange Act which are approved by the audit committee prior to the completion of the audit).

- 6879 -

Table of Contents

PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

Item 15.Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

(a)The following documents are filed as part of this Form 10-K:

(1)Financial Statements:

Page
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting FirmF-2
Balance SheetF-3
Statement of OperationsF-4
Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ EquityF-5
Statement of Cash FlowsF-6
Notes to Financial StatementsF-7

(2)Financial Statement Schedules:

None.

(3)Exhibits

Annual Report:
(1)Financial Statements
(2)Exhibits

We hereby file as part of this Annual Report the exhibits listed in the attached Exhibit Index. Exhibits which are incorporated herein by reference can be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies

Exhibit No.

Description

2.1†

Business Combination Agreement, dated as of July 19, 2021, by and among Capstar Special Purpose Acquisition Corp., CPSR Gelesis Merger Sub, Inc. and Gelesis, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Annex A to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus filed by the Company on December 27, 2021).

2.2

Amendment to Business Combination Agreement, dated as of November 8, 2021, by and among Capstar Special Purpose Acquisition Corp., CPSR Gelesis Merger Sub, Inc. and Gelesis, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Annex A-1 to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus filed by the Company on December 27, 2021)

2.3

Second Amendment to Business Combination Agreement, dated as of December 30, 2021, by and among Capstar Special Purpose Acquisition Corp., CPSR Gelesis Merger Sub, Inc. and Gelesis, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Company on January 3, 2022).

3.1

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Gelesis Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Company on January 20, 2022).

3.2

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Gelesis Holdings, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Company on January 20, 2022).

4.1

Warrant Agreement, dated July 1, 2020, between the Company and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.1 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by Capstar Special Purpose Acquisition Corp. on July 8, 2020).

4.2†

Amended and Restated Registration and Stockholder Rights Agreement, dated January 13, 2021, by and among the Company and the stockholders party thereto (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Company on January 20, 2022).

4.3*

Description of Securities of Gelesis Holdings, Inc.

10.1

Form of Sponsor Letter Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit A to Annex A to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus filed by the Company on December 27, 2021).

10.2

Amendment to Sponsor Letter Agreement, dated as of November 8, 2021 (incorporated by reference to Annex A-2 to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus filed by the Company on December 27, 2021).

10.3

Form of Subscription Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit B to Annex A to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus filed by the Company on December 27, 2021).

10.4

Form of Transaction Support Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit C to Annex A to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus filed by the Company on December 27, 2021).

10.5

Form of Amended and Restated Registration and Stockholder Rights Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit D to Annex A to the Proxy Statement/Prospectus filed by the Company on December 27, 2021).

10.6+

Gelesis Holdings, Inc. 2021 Stock Option and Incentive Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Company on January 20, 2022).

10.7+

Gelesis Holdings, Inc. 2016 Stock Option and Grant Plan (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4 filed by the Company on August 10, 2021).

10.8*+

Gelesis Holdings, Inc. 2006 Stock Incentive Plan

- 80 -

Table of such material can also be obtained from the Public Reference SectionContents

10.9

Royalty Assignment Agreement, dated as of December 18, 2009, by and among PureTech Ventures, LLC, Gelesis, Inc. and Gelesis LP (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed by the Company on October 5, 2021)

10.10††

Second Amended and Restated Supply and Distribution Agreement, dated July 1, 2021, by and between Roman Health Pharmacy LLC and Gelesis, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed by the Company on October 5, 2021)

10.11††

Pharmaceutical Distribution Agreement, dated as of Feb 12, 2020, between Gelesis, Inc. and Specialty Medical Drugstore, LLC (d/b/a GoGoMeds) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed by the Company on October 5, 2021)

10.12††

License, Collaboration and Supply Agreement, dated June 18, 2020, by and between Gelesis, Inc. and CMS Bridging DMCC (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.10 to the Registration Statement on Form S-4/A filed by the Company on October 5, 2021).

10.13+

Employment Agreement, dated as of July 16, 2021, by and between Gelesis Holdings, Inc. and Yishai Zohar (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Company on January 20, 2022).

10.14+

Employment Agreement, dated as of July 27, 2021, by and between Gelesis Holdings, Inc. and David Pass (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Company on January 20, 2022).

10.15+

Employment Agreement, dated as of July 19, 2021, by and between Gelesis Holdings, Inc. and Elliot Maltz (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Company on January 20, 2022).

10.16

Form of Director Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Company on January 20, 2022).

10.17

Form of Officer Indemnification Agreement (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Current Report on Form 8-K filed by the Company on January 20, 2022).

21.1*

List of Subsidiaries.

24.1*

Power of Attorney (included on signature page of this Annual Report).

31.1*

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a).

31.2*

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(a) or Rule 15d-14(a).

32.1**

Certification of the Chief Executive Officer required by Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. 1350

32.2**

Certification of the Chief Financial Officer required by Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) and 18 U.S.C. 1350

101.INS*

Inline XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema

101.CAL*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase

101.DEF*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase

101.LAB*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase

101.PRE*

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase

104

Cover Page Interactive Data File (embedded within the Inline XBRL document and included in Exhibit 101)

*

Filed herewith

**

Furnished herewith

Schedules and exhibits to this agreement have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(a)(5) of Regulation S-K. A copy of any omitted schedule and/or exhibit will be furnished to the SEC upon request.

††

Certain confidential portions (indicated by brackets and asterisks) have been omitted from this exhibit.

+

Denotes management compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.

- 81 -

Table of the SEC, 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549, at prescribed rates or on the SEC website at www.sec.gov.Contents

Item 16.Form 10-K Summary.

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

Not applicable.

- 6982 -

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

March 31, 2022

(a)The following exhibits are filed as part of this Report:

Exhibit No.Description
1.1

Form of Underwriting Agreement***

GELESIS HOLDINGS, INC.

3.1

Certificate of Incorporation***
3.2

Certificate of Amendment to Certificate of Incorporation***

/s/ Yishai Zohar

3.3

Form of Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation***

Name: Yishai Zohar

3.4

Bylaws***
4.1Specimen Unit Certificate***
4.2Specimen Class A Common Stock Certificate***
4.3Specimen Warrant Certificate***
4.4Form of Warrant Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer and Trust Company and the Registrant***
5.1Opinion of Greenberg Traurig, LLP***
10.1Form of Letter Agreement among the Registrant, Capstar Sponsor Group, LLC and each of the executive officers and directors of the Registrant***
10.2Form of Investment Management Trust Agreement between Continental Stock Transfer and Trust Company and the Registrant***
10.3Founder Shares Subscription Agreement, dated February 14, 2020, between the Registrant and Capstar Sponsor Group,  LLC***
10.4Form of Warrant Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and Capstar Sponsor Group, LLC***
10.5Form of Registration and Stockholder Rights Agreement between the Registrant and certain securityholders***
10.6Form of Indemnity Agreement***
10.7Promissory Note issued in favor of Capstar Sponsor Group, LLC, dated February 14, 2020***
10.8Form of Administrative Services Agreement***
14Form of Code of Business Conduct and Ethics***
31.1*Certification of Principal

Title: Chief Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15(d)-14(a), as adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002Director

32.1**

(Principal Executive Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Yishai Zohar, Elliot Maltz and David Abraham, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution and resubstitution, for him or her and in his or her name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or her substitute or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this Annual Report on Form 10-K has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name

Position

Date

/s/ Yishai Zohar

Certification of Principal

Yishai Zohar

Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

March 31, 2022

/s/ Elliot Maltz

Elliot Maltz

Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002and Accounting Officer)

March 31, 2022

99.1

Audit Committee Charter***

99.2

/s/ Paul Fonteyne

Compensation Committee Charter***

99.3

Paul Fonteyne

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee Charter***

Director

March 31, 2022

101.INS*

XBRL Instance Document

101.CAL*

/s/.Raju Kucherlapati

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.SCH*

Raju Kucherlapati

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

Director

March 31, 2022

101.DEF*

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

101.LAB*

/s/ Jane Wildman

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Labels Linkbase Document

101.PRE*

Jane Wildman

XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

Director

March 31, 2022

/s/ Dominic Perks

Dominic Perks

Director

March 31, 2022

/s/ Ali Bauerlein

Ali Bauerlein

Director

March 31, 2022

/s/ Clayton Christopher

Clayton Christopher

Director

March 31, 2022

/s/ Kathryn Cavanaugh

Kathryn Cavanaugh

Director

March 31, 2022

*Filed herewith.

**Furnished.

***Previously filed.

- 7083 -

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the Stockholders and Board of Directors of

Gelesis Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a
Capstar Special Purpose Acquisition Corp.)

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheetsheets of Gelesis Holdings, Inc. (f/k/a Capstar Special Purpose Acquisition Corp.) (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of operations, consolidated changes in stockholders’ equitydeficit and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2021 and for the period from February 14, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2021 and for the period from February 14, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Basis for Opinion

These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s consolidated financial statements based on our audit.audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (the “PCAOB”) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our auditaudits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the auditaudits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audit,audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.

Our auditaudits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our auditaudits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. We believe that our audit providesaudits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/S/ Marcum LLP

Marcum LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2020.

New York, NY

Houston, TX March 31, 2022

March 30, 2021


F-2

GELESIS HOLDINGS, INC.

(F/K/A CAPSTAR SPECIAL PURPOSE ACQUISITION CORP.)

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

BALANCE SHEET

December 31, 

December 31, 

    

2021

    

2020

ASSETS

    

 

Current assets

 

  

Cash

$

221,189

$

491,827

Prepaid expenses

 

13,503

 

65,973

Total Current Assets

 

234,692

 

557,800

Marketable securities held in Trust Account

 

276,207,207

 

276,209,453

Total Assets

$

276,441,899

276,767,253

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

 

  

 

  

Current liabilities - Accounts payable and accrued expenses

$

21,805,927

1,630,832

Warrant liabilities

22,499,441

30,101,808

Deferred underwriting fee payable

 

9,660,000

 

9,660,000

Total Liabilities

 

53,965,368

 

41,392,640

Commitments (Note 6)

 

  

 

  

Class A common stock subject to possible redemption 27,600,000 shares at redemption value as of December 31, 2021 and 2020

 

276,000,000

 

276,033,447

Stockholders’ Deficit

 

  

 

  

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding

 

 

Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized, 0 shares issued and outstanding (excluding 27,600,000 shares subject to possible redemption) at December 31, 2021 and 2020

 

 

Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 6,900,000 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2021 and 2020

 

690

 

690

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

Accumulated deficit

 

(53,524,159)

 

(40,659,524)

Total Stockholders’ Deficit

 

(53,523,469)

 

(40,658,834)

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

$

276,441,899

276,767,253

DECEMBER 31, 2020

ASSETS   
Current Assets    
Cash $491,827 
Prepaid expenses  65,973 
Total Current Assets  557,800 
     
Cash and marketable securities held in Trust Account  276,209,453 
TOTAL ASSETS $276,767,253 
     
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY    
Current liabilities - accrued expenses $1,630,832 
Deferred underwriting payable  9,660,000 
Total Liabilities  11,290,832 
     
Commitments    
     
Class A common stock subject to possible redemption, 26,044,485 shares at redemption value  260,476,412 
     
Stockholders’ Equity    
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 1,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding   
Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 1,555,515 issued and outstanding (excluding 26,044,485 shares subject to possible redemption)  156 
Class B common stock, $0.0001 par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; 6,900,000 shares issued and outstanding  690 
Additional paid-in capital  7,215,914 
Accumulated deficit  (2,216,751)
Total Stockholders’ Equity  5,000,009 
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY $276,767,253 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


F-3

GELESIS HOLDINGS, INC.

(F/K/A CAPSTAR SPECIAL PURPOSE ACQUISITION CORP.)

STATEMENT

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

FOR THE PERIOD FROM FEBRUARY 14, 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2020

For the Period

from February

14, 2020

For the

(Inception)

Year Ended

Through

December 31, 

December 31, 

    

2021

    

2020

General and administrative expenses

    

$

20,674,209

$

2,426,204

Loss from operations

 

(20,674,209)

 

(2,426,204)

Other income (expense):

 

  

 

  

Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account

 

167,045

 

201,441

Unrealized gain on marketable securities held in Trust Account

 

6,715

 

8,012

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

7,602,367

(12,406,208)

Transaction costs associated with the Initial Public Offering

(671,901)

Total other expense, net

 

7,776,127

 

(12,868,656)

Net loss

$

(12,898,082)

$

(15,294,860)

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding, Class A common stock

 

27,600,000

 

15,218,692

Basic and diluted net loss per share, Class A common stock

$

(0.37)

$

(0.70)

Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding, Class B common stock

 

6,900,000

 

6,496,262

Basic and diluted net loss per share, Class B common stock

$

(0.37)

$

(0.70)

Formation and operating costs $2,426,204 
Loss from operations  (2,426,204)
     
Other income:    
Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account  201,441 
Unrealized gain on marketable securities held in Trust Account  8,012 
Other income, net  209,453 
     
Net loss $(2,216,751)
     
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding, Class A Common Stock subject to possible redemption  26,261,989 
     
Basic and diluted net income per share, Class A Common stock subject to possible redemption $0.00 
     
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding, Non-redeemable common stock  7,273,705 
     
Basic and diluted net loss per share, Non-redeemable common stock $(0.31)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


F-4

GELESIS HOLDINGS, INC.

(F/K/A CAPSTAR SPECIAL PURPOSE ACQUISITION CORP.)

STATEMENTCONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITYSTOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT

Class A

Class B

Additional

Total

Common Stock

Common Stock

Paid-In

Accumulated

Stockholders’

    

Shares

    

Amount

    

Shares

    

Amount

    

Capital

    

Deficit

    

Deficit

Balance – February 14, 2020 (Inception)

0

$

0

0

$

0

$

0

$

0

$

0

Issuance of Class B common stock to Sponsor

 

 

 

6,900,000

 

690

 

24,310

 

 

25,000

Remeasurement of Class A common stock to redemption amount

(1,302,710)

(25,364,664)

(26,667,374)

Excess cash received from sale of Private Placement Warrants

1,278,400

1,278,400

Net loss

 

0

0

0

0

0

(15,294,860)

(15,294,860)

Balance – December 31, 2020

$

6,900,000

$

690

$

$

(40,659,524)

$

(40,658,834)

Remeasurement of Class A common stock to redemption amount

33,447

33,447

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

(12,898,082)

 

(12,898,082)

Balance – December 31, 2021

 

$

 6,900,000

$

690

$

$

(53,524,159)

$

(53,523,469)

FOR THE PERIOD FROM FEBRUARY 14, 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2020

  

Class A
Common Stock

  

Class B
Common Stock

  Additional
Paid-in
  

(Accumulated
Deficit)

Retained

  Total
Stockholders’
 
  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount  Capital  Earnings  Equity 
Balance – February 14, 2020 (Inception)    $     $  $  $  $ 
                             
Issuance of Class B common stock        6,900,000   690   24,310      25,000 
                             
Sale of 27,600,000 Units, net of underwriting discounts  27,600,000   2,760         260,145,412      260,148,172 
                             
Sale of 7,520,000 Private Placement Warrants              7,520,000      7,520,000 
                             
Class A common stock subject to possible redemption  (26,044,485)  (2,604)        (260,473,808)     (260,476,412)
                             
Net loss                 (2,216,751)  (2,216,751)
Balance – December 31, 2020  1,555,515  $156   6,900,000  $690  $7,215,914  $(2,216,751) $5,000,009 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


F-5

GELESIS HOLDINGS, INC.

(F/K/A CAPSTAR SPECIAL PURPOSE ACQUISITION CORP.)

STATEMENTCONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

For the Period from

For the

February 14, 2020

Year Ended

(Inception) Through

December 31, 

December 31, 

    

2021

    

2020

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:

    

 

Net loss

$

(12,898,082)

$

(15,294,860)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:

 

  

 

  

Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account

 

(167,045)

 

(201,441)

Unrealized gain on marketable securities held in Trust Account

 

(6,715)

 

(8,012)

Transaction costs associated with the Initial Public Offering

671,901

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

(7,602,367)

12,406,208

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

  

 

  

Prepaid expenses

 

52,470

 

(65,973)

Accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

20,175,095

 

1,630,832

Net cash used in operating activities

 

(446,644)

 

(861,345)

Cash Flows from Investing Activities:

 

  

 

  

Cash withdrawn from Trust Account to pay for franchise taxes

176,006

Investment of cash into Trust Account

 

 

(276,000,000)

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

176,006

 

(276,000,000)

Cash Flows from Financing Activities:

 

  

 

  

Proceeds from issuance of Class B common stock to Sponsor

 

 

25,000

Proceeds from sale of Units, net of underwriting discounts paid

 

 

270,480,000

Proceeds from sale of Private Placement Warrants

 

 

7,520,000

Proceeds from promissory note — related party

 

 

150,000

Repayment of promissory note — related party

 

 

(150,000)

Payment of offering costs

 

 

(671,828)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

277,353,172

Net Change in Cash

 

(270,638)

 

491,827

Cash — Beginning of period

 

491,827

 

Cash — End of period

$

221,189

$

491,827

Non-Cash investing and financing activities:

 

  

 

  

Remeasurement of Class A common stock to redemption amount

$

33,447

$

26,667,374

Deferred underwriting fee payable

$

$

9,660,000

Initial classification of warrant liability

$

$

17,695,600

FOR THE PERIOD FROM FEBRUARY 14, 2020 (INCEPTION) THROUGH DECEMBER 31, 2020

Cash Flows from Operating Activities:   
Net loss $(2,216,751)
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:    
Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account  (201,441)
Unrealized gain on marketable securities held in Trust Account  (8,012)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:    
Prepaid expenses  (65,973)
Accrued expenses  1,630,832 
Net cash used in operating activities  (861,345)
     
Cash Flows from Investing Activities:    
Investment of cash in Trust Account  (276,000,000)
Net cash used in investing activities  (276,000,000)
     
Cash Flows from Financing Activities:    
Proceeds from issuance of Class B common stock to Sponsor  25,000 
Proceeds from sale of Units, net of underwriting discounts paid  270,480,000 
Proceeds from sale of Private Placement Warrants  7,520,000 
Proceeds from promissory note – related party  150,000 
Repayment of promissory note – related party  (150,000)
Payment of offering costs  (671,828)
Net cash provided by financing activities  277,353,172 
     
Net Change in Cash  491,827 
Cash – Beginning of period   
Cash – End of period $491,827 
     
Non-Cash investing and financing activities:    
Initial classification of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption $262,692,170 
Change in value of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption $(2,215,758)
Deferred underwriting fee payable $9,660,000 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated financial statements.


F-6

CAPSTAR SPECIAL PURPOSE ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

NOTE 1. DESCRIPTION OF ORGANIZATION AND BUSINESS OPERATIONS

Capstar Special Purpose Acquisition Corp. (now known as Gelesis Holdings, Inc.) (the "Company"“Company” or “CPSR”) was a blank check company incorporated in Delaware on February 14, 2020. The Company was formed for the purpose of effecting a merger, capital stock exchange, asset acquisition, stock purchase, reorganization or similar business combination with one or more businesses (the "Business Combination"“Business Combination”).

Although the Company is not limited to a particular industry or geographic region for purposes of consummating a Business Combination, the Company intends to focus on businesses in the consumer, healthcare and technology, media and telecommunications ("TMT"(“TMT”) industries. The Company is an early stage and emerging growth company and, as such, the Company is subject to all of the risks associated with early stage and emerging growth companies.

Business Combination

On January 13, 2022 (the “Closing Date”), CPSR consummated the previously announced business combination (the “Business Combination”), pursuant to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement, dated as of July 19, 2021 (as amended on November 8, 2021 and December 30, 2021, the “Business Combination Agreement”), by and among CPSR, CPSR Gelesis Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned subsidiary of CPSR (“Merger Sub”), and Gelesis, Inc., a Delaware corporation (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, “Legacy Gelesis”).

Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, on the Closing Date, (i) Merger Sub merged with and into Legacy Gelesis (the “Merger”), with Gelesis as the surviving company in the Merger, and, after giving effect to such Merger, Legacy Gelesis became a wholly-owned subsidiary of CPSR and (ii) CPSR changed its name to “Gelesis Holdings, Inc.” (together with its consolidated subsidiaries, “Gelesis Holdings”).

In accordance with the terms and subject to the conditions of the Business Combination Agreement, at the effective time of the Merger (the “Effective Time”), based on an implied Legacy Gelesis equity value of $675 million, (i) each share of Legacy Gelesis common stock outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time was exchanged for shares of the common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of Gelesis Holdings (“Common Stock”); (ii) all vested and unvested options of Legacy Gelesis were assumed by Gelesis Holdings exercisable for shares of Common Stock; (iii) each outstanding warrant of Legacy Gelesis was assumed by Gelesis Holdings and became a warrant to purchase shares of Common Stock; (iv) each share of Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of CPSR (“CPSR Class A Common Stock”) and each share of Class B common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of CPSR (“CPSR Class B Common Stock”), that was issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time became 1 share of Common Stock following the consummation of the Business Combination; (v) each outstanding redeemable public warrant of CPSR was automatically converted into a redeemable public warrant to purchase a share of Common Stock; and (vi) each outstanding Private Placement Warrant of CPSR was automatically converted into a Private Placement Warrant to purchase a share of Common Stock.

Concurrently with the execution of the Business Combination Agreement, on July 19, 2021, CPSR entered into subscription agreements (the “Subscription Agreements”) with certain investors (the “PIPE Investors”), pursuant to which the PIPE Investors agreed to subscribe for and purchase, and CPSR agreed to issue and sell to the PIPE Investors, an aggregate of 9,000,000 shares of CPSR Class A Common Stock at a price of $10.00 per share, for aggregate gross proceeds of $90,000,000 (the “PIPE Financing”). The PIPE Financing was consummated concurrently with the closing of the Business Combination.

On December 13, 2021, the Company entered into a bridge financing arrangement (the “Bridge Financing”), executing convertible promissory note agreements with 2 existing investors in the aggregate amount of $27.0 million. These convertible promissory notes bore interest at 10.0% and were settled in cash for principal plus accrued interest on January 19, 2022.

F-7

On December 30, 2021, CPSR entered into a Backstop Agreement (the “Backstop Agreement”) with PureTech Health LLC (“PureTech”) and SSD2, LLC (“SSD2” and together with PureTech, the “Backstop Purchasers”), pursuant to which the Backstop Purchasers agreed to purchase an aggregate of up to 1,500,000 shares of CPSR Class A Common Stock immediately prior to the Closing at a cash purchase price of $10.00 per share (the “Backstop Purchase Shares”), resulting in aggregate proceeds of up to $15.0 million, which amount, when added to the proceeds from the PIPE Financing, would ensure that the Minimum Cash Condition would be satisfied. Pursuant to the terms and conditions of the Backstop Agreement, the Backstop Purchasers were obligated to purchase Backstop Purchase Shares in such number that resulted in gross proceeds to CPSR equal to the amount by which $15.0 million exceeded the available funds remaining in CPSR’s Trust Account (as defined below) following all Capstar Stockholder Redemptions (the “Available Funds”), subject to the other terms and conditions of the Backstop Agreement. Based on the number of Capstar Stockholder Redemptions, the Backstop Purchasers became obligated to purchase an aggregate 744,217 Backstop Purchase Shares for an aggregate purchase price of $7,442,170, which is the amount by which $15.0 million exceeded the Available Funds. In addition, at the closing of the sale of the Backstop Purchase Shares, CPSR issued to the Backstop Purchasers 1,983,750 shares of CPSR Class A Common Stock.

In addition to the above consideration, if the trading price of the Common Stock is greater than or equal to $12.50, $15.00 and $17.50, respectively, for any twenty (20) trading days within any thirty (30)-trading day period on or prior to the date that is five years following the Closing (the “Earnout Period”), the holders of Legacy Gelesis common stock outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time, as well as holders of Legacy Gelesis options and warrants outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time will be entitled to their pro rata portion of 23,483,250 restricted earn out shares of Common Stock, which will vest in equal thirds (the “Earnout Shares”), and will also vest in connection with any change of control transaction with respect to Gelesis Holdings if the applicable thresholds are met in such change of control transaction during the Earnout Period.

On January 11, 2022, CPSR held a special meeting of stockholders (the “Special Meeting”) at which the stockholders of CPSR considered and approved, among other matters, a proposal to adopt the Business Combination Agreement. Prior to the Special Meeting, holders of 26,844,777 shares of CPSR Class A Common Stock exercised their right to redeem such shares for cash at a price of approximately 10.00 per share for aggregate payments of $268,646,943.

At the Closing, (i) an aggregate of 755,223 shares of CPSR Class A Common Stock and 4,916,250 shares of CPSR Class B Common Stock were exchanged for an equivalent number of shares of Common Stock; (ii) an aggregate of 54,814,847 shares of Common Stock were issued in exchange for shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of Legacy Gelesis (“Legacy Gelesis Common Stock”) outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time; (iii) an aggregate of 9,000,000 shares of Common Stock were issued to the PIPE Investors in connection with the PIPE Financing; (iv) an aggregate of 2,727,967 shares of Common Stock were issued to the Backstop Purchasers; and (v) the Company had an earnout obligation pursuant to which it may be required to issue up to 23,482,845 shares of Common Stock. Moreover, at the Closing, (i) each outstanding redeemable public warrant of CPSR, each outstanding private placement warrant of CPSR and each outstanding warrant of Legacy Gelesis became a warrant to purchase shares of Common Stock and (ii) each vested and unvested option of Legacy Gelesis outstanding as of immediately prior to the Effective Time was assumed by Gelesis Holdings, to be settled or exercisable for shares of Common Stock, based on an implied Legacy Gelesis equity value of $675 million. Immediately after giving effect to the Transactions, there were 72,214,287 shares of Common Stock outstanding and 13,486,708 shares of Common Stock subject to outstanding equity awards.

Business Prior to the Business Combination

Prior to the Business Combination, the Company had one wholly-owned subsidiary, CPSR Gelesis Merger Sub, Inc., which was incorporated in the State of Delaware on July 2, 2021 (“Merger Sub”).

As of December 31, 2020,2021, the Company had not commenced any operations. All activity for the period from February 14, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 20202021 relates to the Company'sCompany’s formation, its initial public offering ("(“Initial Public Offering"Offering”), which is described below, and the search for a target company for a Business Combination.Combination and activities in connection with the proposed business combination with Legacy Gelesis. The Company will not generate any operating revenues until after the completion of its initial Business Combination, at the earliest. The Company will generategenerates non-operating income in the form of interest income from the proceeds derived frommarketable securities held in the Initial Public Offering.Trust Account.

F-8

The registration statement for the Company’s Initial Public Offering was declared effective on July 1, 2020. On July 7, 2020, the Company consummated the Initial Public Offering of 27,600,000 units (the “Units” and, with respect to the shares of Class A common stock included in the Units sold, the “Public Shares”), which includes the full exercise by the underwriters of the over-allotment option to purchase an additional 3,600,000 Units, at $10.00 per Unit, generating gross proceeds of $276,000,000, which is described in Note 3.

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, the Company consummated the sale of 7,520,000 warrants (each, a "Private“Private Placement Warrant"Warrant” and, collectively, the "Private“Private Placement Warrants"Warrants”) at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant in a private placement to Capstar Sponsor Group, LLC (the "Sponsor"“Sponsor”), generating gross proceeds of $7,520,000, which is described in Note 4.

Transaction costs amounted to $15,851,828, consisting of $5,520,000 of underwriting fees, $9,660,000 of deferred underwriting fees and $671,828 of other offering costs.

Following the closing of the Initial Public Offering on July 7, 2020, an amount of $276,000,000 ($10.00 per Unit) from the net proceeds of the sale of the Units in the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants was placed in a trust account (the “Trust Account”). The proceeds are held in the Trust Account located in the United States and shall be invested only in U.S. government securities, within the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(16) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "Investment“Investment Company Act"Act”), with a maturity of 185 days or less or in any open-ended investment company that holds itself out as a money market fund selected by the Company meeting the conditions of Rule 2a-7 of the Investment Company Act, as determined by the Company, until the earlier of: (i) the completion of a Business Combination or (ii) the distribution of the funds in the Trust Account, as described below.Account.

The Company's management has broad discretion with respect to the specific application of the net proceeds of the Initial Public Offering and the sale of the Private Placement Warrants, although substantially all of the net proceeds are intended to be applied generally toward consummating a Business Combination. There is no assurance that the Company will be able to complete a Business Combination successfully. The Company's initial Business Combination must be with one or more target businesses that together have a fair market value equal to at least 80% of the balance in the Trust Account (excluding taxes payable on interest income earned from the Trust Account and the deferred underwriting commissions) at the time of the agreement to enter into the initial Business Combination. The Company will only complete a Business Combination if the post-transaction company owns or acquires 50% or more of the outstanding voting securities of the target or otherwise acquires a controlling interest in the target sufficient for it not to be required to register as an investment company under the Investment Company Act.

The Company will provide its holders of the outstanding Public Shares (the "public stockholders") with the opportunity to redeem all or a portion of their Public Shares upon the completion of a Business Combination either (i) in connection with a stockholder meeting called to approve the Business Combination or (ii) by means of a tender offer. The decision as to whether the Company will seek stockholder approval of a Business Combination or conduct a tender offer will be made by the Company, solely in its discretion. The public stockholders will be entitled to redeem their Public Shares for a pro rata portion of the amount then in the Trust Account (initially $10.00 per Public Share, plus any pro rata interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay its tax obligations). The per-share amount to be distributed to public stockholders who redeem their Public Shares will not be reduced by the deferred underwriting commissions the Company will pay to the underwriters (as discussed in Note 6). There will be no redemption rights upon the completion of a Business Combination with respect to the Company's warrants.

The Company will proceed with a Business Combination if the Company has net tangible assets of at least $5,000,001 upon such consummation of a Business Combination and, if the Company seeks stockholder approval, a majority of the shares voted are voted in favor of the Business Combination. If a stockholder vote is not required by law or stock exchange requirements and the Company does not decide to hold a stockholder vote for business or other legal reasons, the Company will, pursuant to its Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the "Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation"), conduct the redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") and file tender offer documents with the SEC prior to completing a Business Combination. If, however, stockholder approval of the transaction is required by law, or the Company decides to obtain stockholder approval for business or legal reasons, the Company will offer to redeem shares in conjunction with a proxy solicitation pursuant to the proxy rules and not pursuant to the tender offer rules. If the Company seeks stockholder approval in connection with a Business Combination, the Company's Sponsor has agreed to vote its Founder Shares (as defined in Note 5) and any Public Shares purchased during or after the Initial Public Offering in favor of approving a Business Combination. Additionally, each public stockholder may elect to redeem their Public Shares irrespective of whether they vote for or against the proposed transaction.


CAPSTAR SPECIAL PURPOSE ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

Notwithstanding the above, if the Company seeks stockholder approval of a Business Combination and it does not conduct redemptions pursuant to the tender offer rules, the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that a public stockholder, together with any affiliate of such stockholder or any other person with whom such stockholder is acting in concert or as a "group" (as defined under Section 13 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act")), will be restricted from redeeming its shares with respect to more than an aggregate of 15% or more of the Public Shares, without the prior consent of the Company.

The Sponsor has agreed (i) to waive its redemption rights with respect to its Founder Shares and Public Shares held by it in connection with the completion of a Business Combination and (ii) not to propose an amendment to the Company's Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation that would affect the substance or timing of the Company's obligation to redeem 100% of its Public Shares if the Company does not complete a Business Combination, unless the Company provides the public stockholders with the opportunity to redeem their shares in conjunction with any such amendment.

The Company will have until July 7, 2022 to consummate a Business Combination (the "Combination Period"). If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the Company will (i) cease all operations except for the purpose of winding up, (ii) as promptly as reasonably possible but not more than ten business days thereafter, redeem the Public Shares, at a per-share price, payable in cash, equal to the aggregate amount then on deposit in the Trust Account including interest earned on the funds held in the Trust Account and not previously released to the Company to pay taxes (less up to $100,000 to pay dissolution expenses), divided by the number of then outstanding Public Shares, which redemption will completely extinguish public stockholders' rights as stockholders (including the right to receive further liquidating distributions, if any), subject to applicable law, and (iii) as promptly as reasonably possible following such redemption, subject to the approval of the Company's remaining stockholders and the Company's board of directors, dissolve and liquidate, subject in each case to the Company's obligations under Delaware law to provide for claims of creditors and the requirements of other applicable law. There will be no redemption rights or liquidating distributions with respect to the Company's warrants, which will expire worthless if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period.

The Sponsor has agreed to waive its right to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account with respect to the Founder Shares if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. However, if the Sponsor acquires Public Shares in or after the Initial Public Offering, such Public Shares will be entitled to liquidating distributions from the Trust Account if the Company fails to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period. The underwriters have agreed to waive their rights to their deferred underwriting commission (see Note 6) held in the Trust Account in the event the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and, in such event, such amounts will be included with the other funds held in the Trust Account that will be available to fund the redemption of the Public Shares. In the event of such distribution, it is possible that the per share value of the assets remaining available for distribution will be less than the Initial Public Offering price per Unit ($10.00).

In order to protect the amounts held in the Trust Account, the Sponsor has agreed to be liable to the Company if and to the extent any claims by a third party for services rendered or products sold to the Company, or a prospective target business with which the Company has entered into a written letter of intent, confidentiality or similar agreement, reduce the amount of funds in the Trust Account to below the lesser of (i) $10.00 per Public Share and (ii) the actual amount per Public Share held in the Trust Account as of the liquidation of the Trust Account, if less than $10.00 per Public Share due to reductions in the value of the trust assets, less taxes payable, provided that such liability will not apply to any claims by a third party or prospective target business who executed a waiver of any and all rights to the monies held in the Trust Account nor will it apply to any claims under the Company's indemnity of the underwriters of the Initial Public Offering against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). Moreover, in the event that an executed waiver is deemed to be unenforceable against a third party, the Sponsor will not be responsible to the extent of any liability for such third-party claims. The Company will seek to reduce the possibility that the Sponsor will have to indemnify the Trust Account due to claims of creditors by endeavoring to have all vendors, service providers (except for the Company's auditors), prospective target businesses or other entities with which the Company does business, execute agreements with the Company waiving any right, title, interest or claim of any kind in or to monies held in the Trust Account.

Risks and Uncertainties

Management continues to evaluate the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic and has concluded that while it is reasonably possible that the virus could have a negative effect on the Company’s financial position and/or results of its operations, and/or search for a target company, the specific impact is not readily determinable as of the date of these consolidated financial statements. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.


CAPSTAR SPECIAL PURPOSE ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

Liquidity and Management’s PlanCapital Resources

As of December 31, 2020,2021, the Company had $491,827$221,189 in its operating bank accounts $276,209,453 in securitiesand a working capital deficit of $21,364,028, which excludes $207,207 of interest income that is available to pay for franchise taxes.

Until the consummation of the Business Combination, the Company used the funds not held in the Trust Account for identifying and evaluating target businesses, performing due diligence on prospective target businesses, traveling to be used forand from the offices, plants or similar location of prospective target businesses or their representatives or owners, reviewing corporate documents and material agreements of prospective target businesses and structuring, negotiating and completing a Business Combination, or to repurchase or redeemwhich was the Business Combination with Legacy Gelesis. The Company completed its common stock in connection therewithBusiness Combination on January 13, 2022, which was the Business Combination with Legacy Gelesis, and working capital deficit of $897,026, which excludes $176,006 of franchise taxes payable. As of December 31, 2020, approximately $209,000 of the amount on deposit in the Trust Account represented interest income, which is available to pay the Company’s tax obligations.

As of December 31, 2020, the Company lacked the liquidity it needed to sustain operations for a reasonable period of time, which is considered to be one year from the issuance date of the financial statements and had substantial doubt over its ability to continue as a going concern. On March 3, 2021 (see Note 10), the Sponsor committed to provide the Company an aggregate of $1,500,000 in loans for working capital purposes. Accordingly, management has since reevaluated the Company’s liquidity and financial condition and determined thatraised sufficient capital exists to sustain operations for at least one year from the issuance date of these financial statements and therefore substantial doubt has been alleviated.its operations.

NOTE 2. SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Basis of Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements are presented in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) and pursuant to the rules and regulations of the SEC.U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”).

Principles of Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary. All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

F-9

Emerging Growth Company

The Company is an “emerging growth company,” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), as modified by the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the “JOBS Act”), and it may take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements that are applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies including, but not limited to, not being required to comply with the independent registered public accounting firm attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 ("(“Sarbanes-Oxley Act"Act”), reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in its periodic reports and proxy statements, and exemptions from the requirements of holding a nonbinding advisory vote on executive compensation and stockholder approval of any golden parachute payments not previously approved.

Further, Section 102(b)(1) of the JOBS Act exempts emerging growth companies from being required to comply with new or revised financial accounting standards until private companies (that is, those that have not had a Securities Act registration statement declared effective or do not have a class of securities registered under the Exchange Act) are required to comply with the new or revised financial accounting standards. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. The Company has elected not to opt out of such extended transition period which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, the Company, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of the Company’s consolidated financial statement with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires the Company’s management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods.

Making estimates requires management to exercise significant judgment. It is at least reasonably possible that the estimate of the effect of a condition, situation or set of circumstances that existed at the date of the consolidated financial statements, which management considered in formulating its estimate, could change in the near term due to one or more future confirming events. Accordingly,One of the more significant accounting estimates included in these consolidated financial statements is the determination of the fair value of the warrant liabilities. Such estimates may be subject to change as more current information becomes available and, accordingly, the actual results could differ significantly from those estimates.


CAPSTAR SPECIAL PURPOSE ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all short-term investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. The Company did not0t have any cash equivalents as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Marketable Securities Held in Trust Account

At December 31, 2021 and 2020, substantially all of the assets held in the Trust Account were held in U.S. Treasury Bills. All of the Company’s investments held in the Trust Account are classified as trading securities. Trading securities are presented on the consolidated balance sheet at fair value at the end of each reporting period. Gains and losses resulting from the change in fair value of investments held in Trust Account are included in interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. The estimated fair values of investments held in Trust Account are determined using available market information.

F-10

Offering Costs

The Company complies with the requirements of the ASC 340-10-S99-1. Offering costs consisted of legal, accounting, underwriting fees and other costs incurred through the Initial Public Offering that were directly related to the Initial Public Offering. The Company incurred offering costs amounting to $15,851,828 as a result of the Initial Public Offering, consisting of $5,520,000 of underwriting commissions, $9,660,000 of deferred underwriting commissions, and $671,828 of other offering costs. The offering costs were charged to temporary equity and additional paid-in capital upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering. Immediately thereafter, temporary equity was remeasured and an adjustment was recognized through additional paid in capital and accumulated deficit to adjust temporary equity to the redemption value.

Warrant Liabilities

The Company accounts for the Public Warrants (as defined in Note 2) and Private Placement Warrants (together with the Public Warrants, the “Warrants”) in accordance with the guidance contained in ASC 815-40, under which the Warrants do not meet the criteria for equity treatment and must be recorded as liabilities. Accordingly, the Company classifies the Warrants as liabilities at their fair value and adjusts the Warrants to fair value in respect of each reporting period. This liability is subject to re-measurement at each balance sheet date until the Warrants are exercised, and any change in fair value is recognized in the consolidated statements of operations. The Private Placement Warrants and the Public Warrants for periods where no observable traded price was available are valued using a Monte Carlo simulation. For periods subsequent to the detachment of the Public Warrants from the Units, the Public Warrants’ quoted market price was used as the fair value as of each relevant date.

Class A Common Stock Subject to Possible Redemption

The Company accounts for its shares of Class A common stock subject to possible redemption in accordance with the guidance in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 480 “Distinguishing Liabilities from Equity.” Shares of Class A common stock subject to mandatory redemption is classified as a liability instrument and is measured at fair value. Conditionally redeemable common stock (including common stock that features redemption rights that is either within the control of the holder or subject to redemption upon the occurrence of uncertain events not solely within the Company’s control) is classified as temporary equity. At all other times, common stock is classified as stockholders’ equity. The Company’s Class A common stock features certain redemption rights that are considered to be outside of the Company’s control and subject to occurrence of uncertain future events. Accordingly, Class A common stock subject to possible redemption is presented at redemption value as temporary equity, outside of the stockholders’ equity section of the Company’s consolidated balance sheet.sheets.

The Company recognizes changes in redemption value immediately as they occur and adjusts the carrying value of redeemable common stock to equal the redemption value at the end of each reporting period. Increases or decreases in the carrying amount of redeemable common stock are affected by charges against additional paid-in capital and accumulated deficit.

At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the ordinary shares reflected in the consolidated balance sheets are reconciled in the following table:

Gross proceeds

 

$

276,000,000

Less:

    

Proceeds allocated to Public Warrants

(11,454,000)

Class A common stock issuance costs

 

(15,179,927)

Plus:

 

Remeasurement of carrying value to redemption value

 

26,667,374

Common stock subject to possible redemption, 12/31/20

276,033,447

Remeasurement of carrying value to redemption value

(33,447)

Common stock subject to possible redemption, 12/31/21

$

276,000,000

F-11

Income Taxes

The Company follows the asset and liability method of accounting for income taxes under ASC 740, "Income“Income Taxes." Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the consolidated financial statements carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income in the period that included the enactment date. Valuation allowances are established, when necessary, to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized.

The effective tax rates differ from the statutory tax rate for the periods presented primarily due to the change in warrant valuation and the valuation allowance recorded on the Company’s net operating losses.

ASC 740 prescribes a recognition threshold and a measurement attribute for the consolidated financial statement recognition and measurement of tax positions taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. For those benefits to be recognized, a tax position must be more likely than not to be sustained upon examination by taxing authorities. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits as income tax expense. There were no0 unrecognized tax benefits and no0 amounts accrued for interest and penalties as of December 31, ,2020.2021. The Company is currently not aware of any issues under review that could result in significant payments, accruals or material deviation from its position. The Company is subject to income tax examinations by major taxing authorities since inception.

On March 27, 2020, the CARES Act was enacted in response to COVID-19 pandemic. Under ASC 740, the effects of changes in tax rates and laws are recognized in the period which the new legislation is enacted. The CARES Act made various tax law changes including among other things (i) increasing the limitation under Section 163(j) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “IRC”) for 2019 and 2020 to permit additional expensing of interest (ii) enacting a technical correction so that qualified improvement property can be immediately expensed under IRC Section 168(k), (iii) making modifications to the federal net operating loss rules including permitting federal net operating losses incurred in 2018, 2019, and 2020 to be carried back to the five preceding taxable years in order to generate a refund of previously paid income taxes and (iv) enhancing the recoverability of alternative minimum tax credits. Given the Company’s full valuation allowance position and capitalization of all costs, the CARES Act did not have an impact on the financial statements.

Net Income (Loss) perLoss Per Common Share

The Company complies with accounting and disclosure requirements of FASB ASC Topic 260, “Earnings Per Share”. The Company has two classes of common stock, which are referred to as Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Income and losses are shared pro rata between the two classes of common stock. Net income (loss)loss per common share is computed by dividing net incomeloss by the weighted-averageweighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period. Remeasurement associated with the redeemable shares of Class A common stock outstanding duringis excluded from loss per common share as the period, excluding shares of common stock subject to forfeiture. redemption value approximates fair value.

The Company has not considered the effect of the warrants sold in the Initial Public Offering and private placement to purchase an aggregate of 21,320,000 shares in the calculation of diluted loss per share, since the exercise of the warrants areis contingent upon the occurrence of future eventsevents. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the inclusionCompany did not have any other dilutive securities or other contracts that could, potentially, be exercised or converted into common stock and then share in the earnings of such warrants would be anti-dilutive.

The Company’s statement of operations includesthe Company. As a presentation of income (loss) per share for common shares subject to possible redemption in a manner similar to the two-class method of income (loss) per share. Net income (loss)result, diluted net loss per common share is the same as basic and diluted, for Common stock subject to possible redemption is calculated by dividing the proportionatenet loss per common share of income or loss on marketable securities held by the Trust Account, net of applicable franchise and income taxes, by the weighted average number of Common stock subject to possible redemption outstanding since original issuance.


CAPSTAR SPECIAL PURPOSE ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

Net income (loss) per share, basic and diluted, for non-redeemable common stock is calculated by dividing the net income (loss), adjusted for income or loss on marketable securities attributable to Common stock subject to possible redemption, by the weighted average number of non-redeemable common stock outstanding for the period.

Non-redeemable common stock includes Founder Shares and non-redeemable shares of common stock as these shares do not have any redemption features. Non-redeemable common stock participates in the income or loss on marketable securities based on non-redeemable shares’ proportionate interest.

periods presented.

The following table reflects the calculation of basic and diluted net income (loss)loss per common share (in dollars, except per share amounts):

  

For the Period from
February 14, 2020
(Inception) Through
December 31, 2020

 
Class A Common Stock Subject to Possible Redemption    
Numerator: Earnings allocable to Class A common stock subject to possible redemption    
Interest earned on marketable securities held in Trust Account $197,640 
Less: interest available to be withdrawn for payment of taxes  (166,079)
Less: interest available to be withdrawn for working capital   
Net income attributable to Class A common stock subject to possible redemption $31,561 
Denominator: Weighted Average Class A common stock subject to possible redemption    
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding, Class A common stock subject to possible redemption  26,261,989 
Basic and diluted net income per share, Class A common stock subject to possible redemption $0.00 
     
Non-Redeemable Common Stock    
Numerator: Net Loss minus Net Earnings    
Net loss $(2,216,751)
Net income allocable to Class A common stock subject to possible redemption  (31,561)
Non-Redeemable Net Loss $(2,248,312)
Denominator: Weighted Average Non-redeemable common Stock    
Basic and diluted weighted average shares outstanding, Non-redeemable common stock  7,273,705 
Basic and diluted net loss per share, Non-redeemable common stock $(0.31)

For the Period from

February 14, 2020

(Inception) Through

Year Ended December 31, 

December 31, 

2021

2020

    

Class A

    

Class B

    

Class A

    

Class B

Basic and diluted net loss per common share

Numerator:

Allocation of net loss, as adjusted

$

(10,318,466)

$

(2,579,616)

$

(10,719,238)

$

(4,575,622)

Denominator:

Basic and diluted weighted average stock outstanding

27,600,000

6,900,000

15,218,692

6,496,262

Basic and diluted net loss per common share

$

(0.37)

$

(0.37)

$

(0.70)

$

(0.70)

Concentration of Credit Risk

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist of a cash account in a financial institution, which, at times, may exceed the Federal Depository Insurance CoverageCorporation coverage limit of $250,000. The Company has not experienced losses on this account and management believes the Company is not exposed to significant risks on such account.

F-12

Fair valueValue of Financial Instruments

The fair value of the Company’s assets and liabilities, which qualify as financial instruments under ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurement,” approximates the carrying amounts represented in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet,sheets, primarily due to their short-term nature.

The Company follows the guidance in ASC 820 for its financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at each reporting period, and non-financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at least annually.

The fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities reflects management’s estimate of amounts that the Company would have received in connection with the sale of the assets or paid in connection with the transfer of the liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In connection with measuring the fair value of its assets and liabilities, the Company seeks to maximize the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from independent sources) and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs (internal assumptions about how market participants would price assets and liabilities). The following fair value hierarchy is used to classify assets and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservable inputs used in order to value the assets and liabilities:

Level 1:

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market for an asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.

Level 2:

Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs. Examples of Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities and quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.

Level 3:

Unobservable inputs based on our assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

Recent Accounting Standards

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU No. 2020-06, “Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40): Accounting for Convertible Instruments and Contracts in an Entity’s Own Equity” (“ASU 2020-06”), which simplifies accounting for convertible instruments by removing major separation models required under current GAAP. ASU 2020-06 removes certain settlement conditions that are required for equity contracts to qualify for the derivative scope exception and it also simplifies the diluted earnings per share calculation in certain areas. ASU 2020-06 is effective January 1, 2022 and should be applied on a full or modified retrospective basis, with early adoption permitted beginning on January 1, 2021. The Company adopted ASU 2020-06 on January 1, 2021. The adoption of ASU 2020-06 did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Management does not believe that any other recently issued, but not yet effective, accounting standards, if currently adopted, would have a material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.


CAPSTAR SPECIAL PURPOSE ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

NOTE 3. INITIAL PUBLIC OFFERING

Pursuant to the Initial Public Offering, the Company sold 27,600,000 Units, which includes the full exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase an additional 3,600,000 Units, at a purchase price of $10.00 per Unit. Each Unit consists of one1 share of Class A common stock and one-halfone-half of one1 redeemable warrant ("(“Public Warrant"Warrant”). Each whole Public Warrant entitles the holder to purchase one share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share, subject to adjustment (see Note 7).

NOTE 4. PRIVATE PLACEMENT

Simultaneously with the closing of the Initial Public Offering, on July 7, 2020, the Sponsor purchased an aggregate of 7,520,000 Private Placement Warrants at a price of $1.00 per Private Placement Warrant, for an aggregate purchase price of $7,520,000. Each Private Placement Warrant is exercisable to purchase one1 share of Class A common stock at a price of $11.50 per share. The proceeds from the Private Placement Warrants were added to the proceeds from the Initial Public Offering held in the Trust Account. If the Company does not complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period, the proceeds

F-13

NOTE 5. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

Founder Shares

On February 26, 2020, the Sponsor purchased 5,750,000 shares of the Company'sCompany’s Class B common stock (the "Founder Shares"“Founder Shares”) for an aggregate price of $25,000. On July 1, 2020, the Company effected a stock dividend of 1,150,000 shares, resulting in the Company'sCompany’s initial stockholders holding an aggregate of 6,900,000 Founder Shares. The Founder Shares included an aggregate of up to 900,000 shares subject to forfeiture to the extent that the underwriters'underwriters’ over-allotment option was not exercised in full or in part, so that the Sponsor would own, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the Company'sCompany’s issued and outstanding shares after the Initial Public Offering. All share and per-share amounts have been retroactively restated to reflect the stock dividend. As a result of the underwriters’ election to fully exercise their over-allotment option, no Founder Shares are currently subject to forfeiture.

The Sponsor has agreed, subject to limited exceptions, not to transfer, assign or sell any of its Founder Shares until the earlier to occur of: (A) one year after the completion of a Business Combination or (B) subsequent to a Business Combination, (x) if the last sale price of the Class A common stock equals or exceeds $12.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within any 30-trading day period commencing at least 150 days after a Business Combination, or (y) the date on which the Company completes a liquidation, merger, capital stock exchange or other similar transaction that results in all of the Company'sCompany’s stockholders having the right to exchange their shares of common stock for cash, securities or other property.

Administrative Support Agreement

The Company entered into an agreement, commencing on July 1, 2020 through the earlier of the Company'sCompany’s consummation of a Business Combination and its liquidation, to pay an affiliate of the Sponsor a total of $10,000 per month for office space, utilities and secretarial and administrative support. For the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company incurred $120,000 in fees for these services. For the period from February 14, 2020 (inception) through December 31, 2020, the Company incurred and paid $60,000 in fees for these services,services. At December 31, 2021, the Company had $20,000 of which such amount isfees included in account payable and accrued expensesexpense in the accompanyingconsolidated balance sheet.sheets.

Promissory Note — Related Party

On February 14, 2020, the Sponsor agreed to loan the Company an aggregate of up to $250,000 to cover expenses related to the Initial Public Offering pursuant to a promissory note (the "Promissory Note"“Promissory Note”). The Promissory Note was non-interest bearing and payable on the earlier of July 31, 2020 or the completion of the Initial Public Offering. The outstanding balance under the Promissory Note of $140,000 was repaid at the closing of the Initial Public Offering on July 7, 2020. Borrowings under the Promissory Note are no longer available.

Related Party Loans

In order to finance transaction costs in connection with a Business Combination, the Sponsor, an affiliate of the Sponsor, or the Company'sCompany’s officers and directors may, but are not obligated to, loan the Company funds as may be required ("(“Working Capital Loans"Loans”). If the Company completes a Business Combination, the Company would repay the Working Capital Loans out of the proceeds of the Trust Account released to the Company. In the event that a Business Combination does not close, the Company may use a portion of proceeds held outside the Trust Account to repay the Working Capital Loans but no proceeds held in the Trust Account would be used to repay the Working Capital Loans. Except for the foregoing, the terms of such Working Capital Loans, if any, have not been determined and no written agreements exist with respect to such loans. The Working Capital Loans would either be repaid upon consummation of a Business Combination, without interest, or, at the lender'slender’s discretion, up to $1,500,000 of such Working Capital Loans may be convertible into warrants at a price of $1.00 per warrant. The warrants would be identical to the Private Placement Warrants. On March 3, 2021, the Sponsor committed to provide the Company an aggregate of $1,500,000 in loans for working capital purposes on an as needed basis. Such loans will be evidenced by a promissory note when issued. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were no amounts outstanding under the Working Capital Loans.

F-14

Sponsor Loan


CAPSTAR SPECIAL PURPOSE ACQUISITION CORP.On July 28, 2021, the Sponsor committed to provide the Company an aggregate of $4,000,000 in loans for working capital purposes. These loans will be non-interest bearing, unsecured and will be repaid upon the consummation of a Business Combination. If the Company does not consummate a Business Combination, all amounts loaned to the Company in connection with these loans will be forgiven except to the extent that the Company has funds available to it outside of its Trust Account. As of December 31, 2021, there were 0 amounts outstanding under these loans.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

NOTE 6. COMMITMENTS

Registration Rights

Pursuant to a registration rights agreement entered into on July 1, 2020, the holders of the Founder Shares, Private Placement Warrants and warrants that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans (and any shares of Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants or warrants that may be issued upon conversion of Working Capital Loans and upon conversion of the Founder Shares) are entitled to registration rights requiring the Company to register such securities for resale (in the case of the Founder Shares, only after conversion to Class A common stock). The holders of the majority of these securities will be entitled to make up to three3 demands, excluding short form demands, that the Company register such securities. In addition, the holders have certain "piggy-back"“piggy-back” registration rights with respect to registration statements filed subsequent to the completion of a Business Combination and rights to require the Company to register for resale such securities pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act. The Company will bear the expenses incurred in connection with the filing of any such registration statements.

On the Closing Date, Gelesis Holdings, the Sponsor, certain former directors of CPSR (the “Director Holders”) and certain former stockholders of Legacy Gelesis (the “Legacy Gelesis Holders” and, collectively with Sponsor and the Director Holders, the “Holders”) entered into an Amended and Restated Registration and Stockholder Rights Agreement (the “Registration Rights Agreement”), pursuant to which, among other things, the Holders agreed not to effect any sale or distribution of any equity securities of Gelesis Holdings held by any of them during the lock-up period described in the Registration Rights Agreement and Gelesis Holdings agreed to register for resale, pursuant to Rule 415 of the Securities Act, certain shares of Common Stock and other equity securities of Gelesis Holdings that are held by the parties thereto from time to time.

Underwriting Agreement

The underwriters are entitled to a deferred fee of $0.35 per Unit, or $9,660,000 in the aggregate. The deferred fee will be waivedwas paid by the underwriters inCompany at the event that the Company does not complete a Business Combination, subject to the termsclosing of the underwriting agreement.Business Combination.

NOTE 7. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITYDEFICIT

Preferred Stock—The Company is authorized to issue 1,000,000 shares of preferred stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share with such designations, voting and other rights and preferences as may be determined from time to time by the Company'sCompany’s board of directors. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were no0 shares of preferred stock issued or outstanding.

Class A Common Stock—On February 26, 2020, the Company amended its Certificate of Incorporation such that the Company is authorized to issue 100,000,000 shares of Class A common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class A common stock are entitled to one1 vote for each share. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were 1,555,51527,600,000 shares of Class A common stock issued and outstanding, excluding 26,044,485 shares of Class A common stockwhich are subject to possible redemption.redemption and classified as temporary equity.

Class B Common Stock—On February 26, 2020, the Company amended its Certificate of Incorporation such that the Company is authorized to issue 10,000,000 shares of Class B common stock with a par value of $0.0001 per share. Holders of Class B common stock are entitled to one1 vote for each share. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were 6,900,000 shares of Class B common stock issued and outstanding.

F-15

Holders of Class B common stock will have the right to elect all of the Company'sCompany’s directors prior to a Business Combination. Holders of Class A common stock and Class B common stock will vote together as a single class on all other matters submitted to a vote of stockholders except as required by law.

The shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock at the time of a Business Combination on a one-for-one basis, subject to adjustment. In the case that additional shares of Class A common stock, or equity-linked securities, are issued or deemed issued in excess of the amounts offered in the Initial Public Offering and related to the closing of a Business Combination, the ratio at which shares of Class B common stock shall convert into shares of Class A common stock will be adjusted (unless the holders of a majority of the outstanding shares of Class B common stock agree to waive such adjustment with respect to any such issuance or deemed issuance) so that the number of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon conversion of all shares of Class B common stock will equal, in the aggregate, on an as-converted basis, 20% of the sum of the total number of all shares of common stock outstanding upon the completion of the Initial Public Offering plus all shares of Class A common stock and equity-linked securities issued or deemed issued in connection with a Business Combination (excluding any shares or equity-linked securities issued, or to be issued, to any seller in a Business Combination, and any private placement-equivalent warrants issued to the Sponsor or its affiliates upon conversion of loans made to the Company).

NOTE 8. WARRANTS

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were 13,800,000 Public Warrants outstanding. Public Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares. No fractional warrants will be issued upon separation of the Units and only whole warrants will trade. The Public Warrants will become exercisable on the later of (a) 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination or (b) 12 months from the closing of the Initial Public Offering. The Public Warrants will expire five years after the completion of a Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.

The Company will not be obligated to deliver any shares of Class A common stock pursuant to the exercise of a warrant and will have no obligation to settle such warrant exercise unless a registration statement under the Securities Act covering the issuance of the shares of Class A common issuable upon exercise of the warrants is then effective and a current prospectus relating to those shares of Class A common stock is available, subject to the Company satisfying its obligations with respect to registration. No warrant will be exercisable and we will not be obligated to issue shares of Class A common stock upon exercise of a warrant unless Class A common stock issuable upon such warrant exercise has been registered, qualified or deemed to be exempt under the securities laws of the state of residence of the registered holder of the warrants.


CAPSTAR SPECIAL PURPOSE ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

The Company has agreed that as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 15 business days after the closing of a Business Combination, the Company will use its best efforts to file with the SEC a registration statement covering the issuance of the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants to cause such registration statement to become effective and to maintain a current prospectus relating to those shares of Class A common stock until the warrants expire or are redeemed, as specified in the warrant agreement. If a registration statement covering the shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is not effective by the 60th60th business day after the closing of a Business Combination, warrant holders may, until such time as there is an effective registration statement and during any period when the Company will have failed to maintain an effective registration statement, exercise warrants on a "cashless basis"“cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act or another exemption. If that exemption, or another exemption, is not available, holders will not be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis.

Once the warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the Public Warrants:

in whole and not in part;

in whole and not in part;
at a price of $0.01 per warrant;
upon not less than 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder; and

F-16

upon not less than 30 days' prior written notice of redemption to each warrant holder;
if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the Company’s Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending 3 business days before the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

if, and only if, the reported last sale price of the Company's Class A common stock equals or exceeds $18.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending three business days before the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.

If and when the warrants become redeemable by the Company, the Company may not exercise its redemption right if the issuance of shares of common stock upon exercise of the warrants is not exempt from registration or qualification under applicable state blue sky laws or the Company is unable to effect such registration or qualification.

If the Company calls the Public Warrants for redemption, management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise the Public Warrants to do so on a "cashless“cashless basis," as described in the warrant agreement. The exercise price and number of shares of Class A common stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, except as described below, the warrants will not be adjusted for issuance of Class A common stock at a price below its exercise price. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the warrants. If the Company is unable to complete a Business Combination within the Combination Period and the Company liquidates the funds held in the Trust Account, holders of warrants will not receive any of such funds with respect to their warrants, nor will they receive any distribution from the Company'sCompany’s assets held outside of the Trust Account with the respect to such warrants. Accordingly, the warrants may expire worthless.

In addition, if (x) the Company issues additional shares of common stock or equity-linked securities for capital raising purposes in connection with the closing of a Business Combination at an issue price or effective issue price of less than $9.20 per share (with such issue price or effective issue price to be determined in good faith by the Company'sCompany’s board of directors and, in the case of any such issuance to the Sponsor or its affiliates, without taking into account any Founder Shares held by the sponsor or such affiliates, as applicable, prior to such issuance) (the "Newly“Newly Issued Price"Price”), (y) the aggregate gross proceeds from such issuances represent more than 60% of the total equity proceeds, and interest thereon, available for the funding of a Business Combination on the date of the consummation of a Business Combination (net of redemptions), and (z) the volume weighted average trading price of the Company'sCompany’s common stock during the 20 trading day period starting on the trading day prior to the day on which the Company consummates a Business Combination (such price, the "Market Value"“Market Value”) is below $9.20 per share, the exercise price of the warrants will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 115% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price, and the $18.00 per share redemption trigger price will be adjusted (to the nearest cent) to be equal to 180% of the higher of the Market Value and the Newly Issued Price.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were 7,520,000 Private Placement Warrants outstanding. The Private Placement Warrants are identical to the Public Warrants underlying the Units sold in the Initial Public Offering, except that the Private Placement Warrants and the Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of the Private Placement Warrants will not be transferable, assignable or salable until 30 days after the completion of a Business Combination, subject to certain limited exceptions. Additionally, the Private Placement Warrants will be exercisable on a cashless basis and be non-redeemable so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by someone other than the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.


F-17

CAPSTAR SPECIAL PURPOSE ACQUISITION CORP.Table of Contents

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

NOTE 8.9 — INCOME TAX

The Company’s net deferred tax assets are as follows:

December 31, 

December 31, 

    

2021

    

2020

Deferred tax assets (liabilities)

 

  

Net operating loss carryforward

$

9,695

$

36,961

Startup/Organizational expenses

488,923

472,542

Unrealized gain on marketable securities

 

(4,382)

 

(43,985)

Total deferred tax assets

 

494,236

 

465,518

Valuation allowance

 

(494,236)

 

(465,518)

Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance

$

0

$

0

  December 31, 2020 
Deferred tax assets (liabilities)    
Net operating loss carryforward $36,961 
Startup and organizational costs  472,542 
Unrealized gain on marketable securities  (43,985)
Total deferred tax assets  465,518 
Valuation Allowance  (465,518)
Deferred tax assets, net of allowance $ 

The income tax provision for the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 consists of the following:

For the Period from February 14, 2020 (Inception) Through December 31, 2020
Federal
Current$
Deferred(465,518)
State and Local
Current
Deferred
Change in valuation allowance465,518
Income tax provision$

December 31, 

December 31, 

    

2021

    

2020

Federal

 

  

Current

$

$

Deferred

 

(28,719)

 

(465,518)

State and Local

 

  

 

  

Current

 

 

Deferred

 

 

Change in valuation allowance

 

28,719

 

465,518

Income tax provision

$

0

$

0

As of December 31, 2020 and December 31, 2021, the Company had $176,006 and $46,167 of U.S. federal net operating loss carryovers, respectively, which can be carried forward indefinitely, available to offset future taxable income.

In assessing the realization of the deferred tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion of all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which temporary differences representing net future deductible amounts become deductible. Management considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax liabilities, projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. After consideration of all of the information available, management believes that significant uncertainty exists with respect to future realization of the deferred tax assets and has therefore established a full valuation allowance. For the period from February 14, 2020 (inception) throughyear ended December 31, 2020,2021, the change in the valuation allowance was $28,719. For the period from July 7, 2020 through December 31, 2020, the change in the valuation allowance was$465,518.

F-18

A reconciliation of the federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax rate at December 31, 2021 and 2020 is as follows:

December 31, 2020
Statutory federal income tax rate21.0%
Valuation allowance(21.0)%
Income tax provision0.0%

    

 

   

December 31, 2021

   

December 31, 2020

Statutory federal income tax rate

 

21.0

%

21.0

%

State taxes, net of federal tax benefit

0.0

%

0.0

%

Business combination expense

(33.19)

%

Change in fair value of warrants

12.38

%

0.0

%

Transaction costs incurred in connection with warrant liabilities

(0.0)

%

Valuation allowance

 

(0.19)

%

(21.0)

%

Income tax provision

 

0.0

%

0.0

%

The Company files income tax returns in the U.S. federal jurisdiction and is subject to examination by the various taxing authorities. The Company'sCompany’s tax returns since inceptionfor the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 remain open to examination by the taxing authorities. The Company considers Texas to be a significant state tax jurisdiction.

NOTE 9.10. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The Company follows the guidance in ASC 820 for its financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at each reporting period, and non-financial assets and liabilities that are re-measured and reported at fair value at least annually.


CAPSTAR SPECIAL PURPOSE ACQUISITION CORP.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

DECEMBER 31, 2020

The fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities reflects management’s estimate of amounts that the Company would have received in connection with the sale of the assets or paid in connection with the transfer of the liabilities in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. In connection with measuring the fair value of its assets and liabilities, the Company seeks to maximize the use of observable inputs (market data obtained from independent sources) and to minimize the use of unobservable inputs (internal assumptions about how market participants would price assets and liabilities). The following fair value hierarchy is used to classify assets and liabilities based on the observable inputs and unobservable inputs used in order to value the assets and liabilities:

Level 1:Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities. An active market for an asset or liability is a market in which transactions for the asset or liability occur with sufficient frequency and volume to provide pricing information on an ongoing basis.
Level 2:Observable inputs other than Level 1 inputs. Examples of Level 2 inputs include quoted prices in active markets for similar assets or liabilities and quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets that are not active.
Level 3:Unobservable inputs based on our assessment of the assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

The following table presents information about the Company’s assets that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2021 and 2020, and indicates the fair value hierarchy of the valuation inputs the Company utilized to determine such fair value:

Description Level  December 31,
2020
 

    

Level

    

December 31, 2021

 

December 31, 2020

Assets:       

Assets

  

 

Cash and marketable securities held in Trust Account 1  $276,209,453 

 

1

$

276,207,207

$

276,209,453

Liabilities:

Warrant Liability — Public Warrants

1

$

8,964,000

$

19,458,000

Warrant Liability — Private Placement Warrants

3

$

13,805,441

$

10,643,808

The Warrants are accounted for as liabilities in accordance with ASC 815-40 and are presented within warrant liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. The warrant liabilities are measured at fair value at inception and on a recurring basis, with changes in fair value presented within change in fair value of warrant liabilities in the consolidated statements of operations.

The measurement of the Public Warrants as of December 31, 2021 and 2020 is classified as Level 1 due to the use of an observable market quote in an active market. Level 3 financial liabilities consist of the Private Placement Warrant liability for which there is no current market for these securities such that the determination of fair value requires significant judgment or estimation. Changes in fair value measurements categorized within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy are analyzed each period based on changes in estimates or assumptions and recorded as appropriate.

The fair value of the Private Placement Warrants was estimated at December 31, 2021 and 2020 to be $1.84 per warrant and $1.42 per warrant, respectively, using the modified Black-Scholes option pricing model and the following assumptions:

    

December 31, 2021

    

December 31, 2020

Risk free rate

 

1.26

%

0.47

%

Expected term

 

5.04

5.76

Dividend yield

 

0.00

%

0.00

%

Expected volatility

 

24.28

%

19.0

%

Exercise price

$

11.50

$

11.50

Unit Price

$

9.96

$

10.15

F-19

The following table presents the changes in the fair value of Level 3 warrant liabilities:

Warrant

    

Private Placement

    

Public

    

Liabilities

Fair value as of January 1, 2020

$

$

$

Initial measurement on July 7, 2020 (Initial Public Offering)

 

6,241,600

 

11,454,000

 

17,695,600

Transfer to Level 1

(11,046,900)

(11,046,900)

Change in fair value

 

4,402,208

 

(407,100)

 

3,995,108

Fair value as of December 31, 2020

$

10,643,808

$

$

10,643,808

Change in fair value

3,161,633

3,161,633

Fair value as of December 31, 2021

$

13,805,441

$

13,805,441

Due to the use of quoted prices in an active market (Level 1) to measure the fair value of the Public Warrants, subsequent to initial measurement, the Company had transfers out of Level 3 totaling approximately $11.1 million during the period from July 7, 2020 through December 31, 2020. There were 0 transfers in or out of Level 3 from other levels in the fair value hierarchy during the year ended December 31, 2021.

NOTE 10.11. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

The Company evaluated subsequent events and transactions that occurred after the balance sheet date up to the date that the consolidated financial statements were issued. Based upon this review, other than as describedthe below, the Company did not identify any subsequent events that would have required adjustment or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements.

On March 3, 2021, the Sponsor committed to provideJanuary 13, 2022 the Company an aggregate of $1,500,000 in loans for working capital purposes on an as needed basis. Such loans will be evidenced by a promissory note when issued.completed its Business Combination with Legacy Gelesis.


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

CAPSTAR SPECIAL PURPOSE ACQUISITION CORP.
By:/s/ R. Steven Hicks
Name:R. Steven Hicks
Title:Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1934, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the date indicated.

NamePositionDate

Chairman, Chief Executive Officer and Chief FinancialMarch 30, 2021
/s/ R. Steven HicksOfficer (Principal executive officer and principal financial
R. Steven Hicksand accounting officer)
/s/ Rodrigo de la TorreLead Director

Rodrigo de la Torre

March 30, 2021
/s/ Jamie Weinstein Director

Jamie Weinstein

March 30, 2021
/s/ Kathryn Cavanaugh Director

Kathryn Cavanaugh

March 30, 2021
/s/ John Ghiselli Director

John Ghiselli

March 30, 2021
/s/ James WhittenburgDirector

James Whittenburg

March 30, 2021

- 71 -F-20